Đề thi HSG Anh

ENGLISH PRACTICE 1
I/ Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in the
following questions
1. A. looked B. watched C. carried D. stopped
2. A. study B. success C. surprise D. sugar
3. A. unite B. underline C. university D. uniform
4. A. danger B. angry C. language D. passage
5. A. character B. children C. teacher D. change
II/ Chooose the word whose stress patteren is different from the other three in the following
questions
1. A. realize B. improve C. possible D. comfortable
2. A. important B. especially C. prefer D. influence
3. A. general B. opinion C. abroad D. surprise
4. A. comfort B. nation C. apply D. moment
5. A. medical B. advise C. vegetables D. physical
III/ Choose the best answer to fill in the blank
1. Are you interested........playing badminton after class?
A. in B. with C. on D. for
2. " What.......going to Hanoi tomorrow? "
A. to B. in C. about D. for
3. Hoa works very........so she always gets good marks.
A. badly B. good C. hardly D. hard
4. The building was built........1962 and 1969.
A. between B. from C. since D. for
5. This school.........n 1997
A. built B. is built C. was built D. has built
6. Of all my friends, Hoa is.............
A. the tallest B. the most tallest C. taller D. more taller
7. Would you mind if I..............a photo ?
A. take B. took C. would take D. am going to take
8. Last week I...............my children to the biggest zoo in town.
A. got B. brought C. fetch D. took
9. Are you proud...............your country and its tradition ?
A. about B. on C. of D. for
10. Do you collect stamps or other things ? - Yes, I am a stamp………….
A. collecting B. collector C. collect D. collection
11. It is very dangerous...............in the polluted environment.
A. to live B. lives C. living D. live
12. Our...............resources are limited so we should recycle all used things.
A. nature B. natural C. naturing D. naturally
13. His car is the same color..............my uncle’s.
A. alike B. as C. like D. to
14. This ruler.................of plastic.
A. make B. made C. is making D. is made
15. I take part...............most youth activities of my school.
A. in B. of C. on D. at
IV/ Write the correct form of verb to fill in the brackets
Nowadays, a lot of important inventions (1- carry out) by scientists (2- work) for large industrial firms.
However, there (3 – be) still opportunities for other people (4 – invent) various things. In Britain, there is a
weekly TV program which (5 – attempt) to show all the devices which people (6 – invent ) recently. The
people (7 – organize) the program receive information about 700 inventions per year. New ideas can (8 –
develop) by private inventors. However, it is important (9 – consider) these questions : Will it work? Will it
(10 – want)? Is it new?
1. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. 9.
5. 10.
V/ Write the correct preposition to fill in the blank.
1. Could I help you your bag?
2. Na got up late this morning because her alarm clock didn’t go .
3. I’m looking forward seeing you in June.
4. In the competition, everyone fell the deep and dangerous water.
5. Ha Long Bay is recognized UNESCO as a World Heritage Site
6. They have a meeting 6.30 and 9.30.
7. My mother often picks me from the school.
8. I’m going to invite my friends to come over dinner tonight.
9. Next summer, my family will have a vacation Thailand and stay there one week.
VI/ Write the correct form of word to fill in the blank
1. We have two postal a day. (DELIVER)
2. He left the room without . (EXPLAIN)
3. Playing tennis is one of his favorite . (ACT)
4. We started our trip on a beautiful morning. (SUN)
5. They left the house in a mess. (FRIGHT)
6. He said “ Good morning” in a most way. (FRIEND)
7. There is no easy to this problem. (SOLVE)
8. He always drives more at night. (CARE)
9. Does this suit you? (ARRANGE)
10. He is a very carpenter. (SKILL)
VII/Underline the incorrect word and correct it as example
Example: 0. I haven’t saw you for two month 0/ seen
Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer 1/

holiday. He traveled, with him classmates, to a mountainous area 2/
in Hoa Binh province. They gone there to help make a road 3/
through a forest among two villages. “ It was very difficult 4/
because there had no water to drink and no shops where we 5/
could bought food,”said Nam. “ It was very cold and wet 6/
in the mountains. It is one of the wetter places in the country.” 7/
Nam stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard work, 8/
But he says it was the best thing he has ever did. He is hoping 9/
to return next year to do any more work there 10/
VIII/ Write the suitable word to fill in the blank
Learning a language is, in some way, like (1) how to fly or play the piano. There (2)
important differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this: learning how to do
such things needs lots (3) practice. It is never simply to “know” something. You must be able to
“do” things with what (4) know. For example, it is not enough simply to read a book on (5)
to fly an aeroplane. A (6) can give you lots of information about how to fly, but if only
read a book and then try to (7) without a great deal of practice first, you will crash and kill (8)
. The same is true of (9) the piano. So you think it is enough simply to read about it?
Can you play the piano without having lots of (10) first?
IX/ Rewrite the sentence, using the word given
1. Minh does morning exercises regularly. He wants to be healthy ( so as to )
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. I’m learning English. I want to read book in English. (in order to)
………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. She said nothing . She didn’t want to make him angry (so as to)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. The man was taken to the local hospital. He was injured in the accident. (past participle)
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. The musician is internationally famous. He appeared in the concert last night. (present participle)
………………………………………………………………………………………….
X/ Rewrite the sentence without changing the meaning
1. Keeping the environment clean is very important.
- It’s ……………………………………………………………………………..
2. They will show the time machine to the public when they finish it.
- The time machine ……………………………………………………………………..
3. He was delighted to receive his aunt’s letter.
- He was delighted that ………………………………………………………………..
4. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.
- People ………………………………………………………………………………..
5. I’m very sad that I wasn’t accepted in that group.
- I’m very sad not …………………………………………………………………….
6. It’s three years since I last spoke to her.
- I haven’t ………………………………………………………………………………
7. Tam doesn’t type as fast as she used to.
- Tam used ……………………………………………………………………………..
8. “ Please turn down the radio for me”, said my father.
- My father asked ………………………………………………………………………
9. Lan will be fifteen next week.
- It is Lan’s ……………………………………………………………………………..
10. How long is it since you used the pen?
- When..................................................................................?
XI/ Rearrange the word to make the meaningful sentence
1. stamps / a child / Minh / since / collected / was / has / he.
- …………………………………………………………………………………….
2. tomorrow / can / not / we / somewhere / I / so / working / go / am.
- ……………………………………………………………………………………..
3. back / in / months / England / going / two / are / to / they.
- ………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. information / entertainment / also / is / TV / only / but / not / bringing .
- ………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. struggle / on / always / nature / home / life / at / is / the farm / with / a.
- ………………………………………………………………………………………
KEYS – PRACTICE 1
Tổng điểm 100:10 = 10 điểm
I/ 5 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm
1- C 2- D 3- B 4–A 5–A
II/ 5 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm
1–B 2- D 3-A 4- C 5- B
III/ 15 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm
1- A 2–C 3-D 4-A 5–C

6–A 7–B 8–D 9–C 10 – B
11 – A 12 – B 13 – B 14 – D 15 – A
IV/ 10 điểm – Mỗi động từ đúng 1 điểm
1. are caried out 6. have invented
2. working 7. organizing
3. are 8. be developed
4. to invent 9. to consider
5. attempts 10. be wanted
V/ 10 điểm – Mỗi giới từ đúng 1 điểm
1. with 2. off 3. to 4. into 5.by
6. betwwwn 7. up 8. for 9. in / for
VI/ 10 điểm – Mỗi từ đúng 1 điểm
1. deliveries 3. activities 5. frightening 7. solution 9. arrangement
2. explanation 4. sunny 6. friendly 8. carefully 10. skillful
VII/ 10 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm

1. interested -> interesting 3. gone -> went 5. had -> was
2. him -> his 4. among -> between 6. bought -> buy

7. wetter -> wettest 9. did -> done
8. since -> for 10. any -> some
VIII/ 10 điểm – Mỗi từ đúng 1 điểm
1. learning 2. are 3. of 4. you 5. how
6. book 7. fly 8. yourself 9. playing 10. practice
IX/ 10 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm
1. Minh does morning exercises regularly so as to be healthy.
2. I’m learning English in order to read book in English.

3. She said nothing so as not to make him angry.
4. The man injured in the accident was taken to the local hospital.
5. The musician appearing in the concert last night is internationally famous.
X/ 10 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm
1. It’s very inportant to keep the environment clean.
2. The time machine will be shown to the public when it is finished.
3. He was delighted that his aunt sent him a letter.
4. People recycle old car tires to make shoes and sandals.

5. I’m very sad not to be accepted in that group.
6. I haven’t spoken to her for three years.
7. Tam used to type faster than she can/ does now.
8. My father asked me to turn down the radio for him.
9. It’s Lan’s fifteenth birthday next week.
10. When did you use the pen?
XI/ 10 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 2 điểm
1. Minh has collected stamps since he was a child.

2. I am not working tomorrow so we can go somewhere.
3. They are going back to England in two months.

4. TV bringing not only information but also entertaiment.
5. At home on the farm life is always a struggle with nature.

ENGLISH PRACTICE 2
A. VOCABULARY
Question 1-10: Choose the best word or phrase that best complete each sentence below
1. His.............always makes people laugh.
a. quiet b. sense of humor c. Christmas presents d. smiles
2. The way of life in this country is...............to that in my country.
a. similar b. the same c. like d. as
3. You have to make...................children do not play with matches.
a. ensure b. surely c. sure d. ensuring
4. The prince immediately..................the girl.
a. fall in love with b. fell in love with c. fall into love at d. fell into love at
5. Different language…..............learn words in different ways.
a. learners b. learner c. people d. person
6. My little brother….............pictures very much.
a. enjoy to draw b. enjoy drawing c. enjoys to draw d. enjoys drawing
7. Some people in the neighborhood are not happy....................the changes
a. with b. about c. at d. of
8. TV…................information and entertainment.
a. brings b. takes c. gives d. makes
9. His feet hurt so he has to walk to school…………………….
a. on crutch b. on crutches c. on foot d. on feet
10...................natural resources? Is it difficult?
a. what about to save b. what about saving c. how about save d. how about to save
Question 11-20: Word form
11. It is ………………to eat too much sugar and fat HEALTH
12. If you can give a reasonable…............for your bad behavior last night.
I’ll forgive you EXPLAIN
13. My brother often does experiments about electricity for…………….. PLEASE
14. The …………………..changed me 50,000VND for each room. DECORATE
15. There many cultural……………..between his country and mine DIFFER
16. A toaster is a chicken……………..that cooks food APPLY
17. ………………..in Viet Nam has brought a lot of big changes INDUSTRY
18. After taking an aspirin, her headache………………… APPEAR
19. The ……………….she gave last night was marvelous PERFORM
20. The………………in his province is very dramatic. LANDED
B. GRAMMAR AND STUCTURE
Question 21-31: Choose the correct answer. Only one answer is correct:
21. After the clothes..............we can wear them to Ann’s birthday party.
a. washing b. wash c. to wash d. are washed
22. A new university without a library..............in USA.
a. recently b. opened recently c. recently has opened d. has recently opened
23. Do you know the place…..................I can have a meal with my friends?
a. where b. which c. what d. when
24. On Christmas Eve, people often..........a tree.
a. are decorated b. were decorated c. decorating d. decorate
25.............to your place tomorrow. Hope to meet you there.
a. would come b. will come c. am coming d. was coming
26. The can overturned and everyone…................into the deep river
a. fall b. fell. . c. felt d. feel
27 The games were…...............important that they stopped fighting for a time.
a. so b. too c. very d. such
28. This is an emergency. Please.......................an ambulance to Cua Viet beach
a. to sending b. sending c. to send d. send
29. Of the all members in my family, my grandpa is…………………..
a. oldest b. the oldest c. most old d. the most old
30. How long……………..here? - Since 1980.
a. do you live b. did you live c. have you live d. have you lived
31. We are having a plan to help them by................them do things.
a. encouraged b. encourage c. to encourage d. encouraging
Question 32-41: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct from:
32. Most of the Earth’s surface (cover)..........................by water.
33. The first festival (hold)........................nearly eight hundred years ago.
34. There’s some behind us. I think we (follow)………………………..
35. My mother (not visit)……………………….us since he (move)....................to the new town.
36. This bike (use)..........................for more than six years.
37. Nowadays, many historical places (destroy)........................seriously.
38. It (get).......................hotter and hotter in June
39. Last moth when we (visit)………….him, he (do)........................an experiment on the upstairs
40. Tet holiday in Viet Nam (celebrate)..........................around January and February
41. The Eiffel Tower is in Paris. It (visit)...........................by millions of people every year.
C, PHONETIC
Question 42-51: In three of the four words, the underlined part is pronounced the same; in the
fourth word the underlined part is pronounced differently. Find the fourth word.
42. a. held b. flew c. mend d. tent
43. a. quiet b. industry c. relative d. participant
44. a. nothing b. clothes c. hold d. told
45. a. bear b. ear c. tear d. hear
46. a. lot b. floor c. box d. dog
47. a. small b. law c. tall d. plane
48. a. float b. noun c. about d. out
49. a. arrive b. abroad c. around d. armchair
50. a. snowy b. cold c. prison d. Chicago
51. a. great b. hate c. heat d. afraid
Question 52-59: In three of these words the first syllable is stressed. In the fourth the second
syllable is stressed. Find the word in which the second syllable is stressed.
52. a. person b. enough c. picture d. people
53. a. Japan b. Australia c. Britain d. Canada
54. a. surprise b. wonderful c. ticket d. evening
55. a. busy b. fortunate c. include d. follow
56. a. depart b. medical c. husband d. business
57. a. volcano b. gallery c. seafood d. windy
58. a. sunny b. facility c. humid d. minus
59. a. weather b. lava c. middle d. delicious
D. READING
Question 60-69: Read the article and circle the letter next to the word that best fits each space:
Traveling in the Lake District:
The Lake District is very popular for holidays all year round. Roads leading to the area have been improved
in (60)………………years inside the area itself, however, many roads are (61)..............and winding with steep
hills and it may not be safe to drive (62)………..….roads like this when they are (63)...............in ice. For the
mountain walker a word of warning-every season visitors (64)……………..lost or are injured and (65)……….
….... to be rescued by the Mountain Rescue teams. This kind of problem can be (66).............by following a few
simple rules. When exploring the mountains, wear warm clothing. Sensible boots, take a map, compass and
whistle and a small (67)……………...of food. Don’t go (68)...............alone and always tell someone where you
(69).............to go to.
Vocabulary
1. (to) wind: uốn lượn
2. steep (adj): dốc
3. warning: cảnh báo
4. (to) rescue: cứu
5. whistle (n): cái còi
60. a. recent b. next c. last d. close
61. a. thin b. slim c. narrow d. shallow
62. a. along b. above c. by d. in
63. a. wrapped b. above c. drowned d. filed
64. a. have b. be c. make d. get
65. a. must b. should c. need d. ought
66. a. encouraged b. prevented c. arranged d. organized
67. a. quantityb. weight c. length d. limit
68. a. for b. by c. with d. off
69. a. look b. seem c. plan d. know
E. WRITING
Question 70-77: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first:
70. It was such an interesting film that we watched it several times
The film……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………,…………………………
71. The football match was won by Manchester United
Manchester………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
72. Peter was too ill to get up.
Peter was so…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
73. Her father asked her if she would go to the cinema with her friends.
Her father asked her:”…...................................................................................................................................”
74. Parents ought to send their children to school.
Children………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
75. People think that doing morning exercises is good for health
It is ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
76. Tom is not as tall as Peter.
Peter……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
77. Every day thousands of trees are cut down in the world.
Every day people…………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………
Question 78-85: Make sentences based on the given cues:
78. I / going / visit / after work / evening.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
79. Residents / store owners / concerned / new mall / for / few months.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
80. What / mum / going / do / weekend ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
81. You / ought / go / market / buy / fish / vegetables.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
82. People / do / everything / without / help / modern equipment / years ago.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
83. How old / your brother / sister / then ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
84. Some people / neighborhood / not happy / changes.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
85. It / difficult / learn / two languages / same time.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
Question 86: Write a passage (100 words) to tell your friends “ A country picnic ” you made.
Follow the suggested ideas.
- Who you go with, when you go , how you go, what you’ve done, when you’re back, how you feel,…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………..
---------------------Good luck to you!----------------------------
KEYS – PRACTICE 2
- Mỗi ý trả lời đúng cho 0,2 điểm ( từ question 1 – 85 ) Question 86 cho 3 điểm
- Tổng toàn bài 20 điểm
A. VOCABULARY:
1. b 2. a 3. c 4. b 5. a 6. d
7. b 8. a 9. b 10. b
11. unhealthy 12. explanation 13. pleasure 14. decorator 15. differences
16. appliance 17. Industrialization 18. disappeared 19. performance 20. land
B. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE
21. d 22. d 23. a 24. d 25. c 26. b 27. a
28. d 29. b 30. d 31. d
32. is covered 33. was held 34. are being followed
35. hasn’t visited ……….moved 36. has been used 37. are being destroyed
38. is getting 39. visited…….was doing 40. is celebrated 41. is visited
C. PHONETIC
42. b 43. a 44. a 45. a 46. b 47. d 48. a
49. d 50. c 51. c 52. b 53. a 54. a 55. c
56. a 57. a 58. b 59. c
D. READING:
60. a 61. c 62. a 63. b 64. d 65. d
66. b 67. a 68. d 69. c
E. WRITING
70. The film was so interesting that we watched it several times.
71. Manchester United won the football match
72. Peter was so ill that he couldn’t get up
73. Her father asked: “ Will you go to the cinema with your friends?”
74. Children ought to be sent to school their parents.
75. It is thought that doing morning exercises is good for health.
76. Peter is taller than Tom.
77. Every day people cut down thousands of trees in the world
78. I am going to visit my grand father after work this evening
79. Residents and store owners have been concerned about the new mall for few months
80. What is mum going to do at weekend?
81. You ought to go to the market to buy fish and vegetables.
82. People did everything without the help of modern equipment years ago.
83. How old were your brother and sister then?
84. Some people in the neighborhood are not happy with the changes
85. It is difficult to learn two languages at the same time.
Question 86: Note “ write a passage”
ENGLISH PRACTICE 3
PART I - Choose the word A, B, C or D whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the
others.
1. A. rubbish B. uniform C. umbrella D. thumb
2. A. appear B. weather C. bread D. headache
3. A. project B. belong C. woman D. concert
4. A. think B. though C. mother D. these
5. A. eraser B. baseball C. suitcase D. waterfall
Choose the word A, B, C or D whose main stress is different from the others in the group.
6. A. pencil B. raincoat C. arrive D. notebook
7. A. enjoyable B. power C. permission D. explore
8. A. photography B. minority C. heroic D. visit
9. A. translation B. difficult C. unluckily D. agree
10. A. Vietnamese B. engineer C. celebration D. product
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
PART II- Choose the best answers to completes each sentence.
1. Hoa coins and stamps since she was six.
A. was collecting B. has collected C. collected D. will collect
2. His brother is a boy. He always tells a joke.
A. handsome B. humorous C. sociable D. energetic
3. Do you mind if I your car to work?
A. drive B. driving C. to drive D. drove
4. They are that their son won the championship.
A. delighted B. pleasing C. sad D. interesting
5. My sister regretting Mai’s glasses yesterday.
A. to break B. broken C. breaking D. break
6. Hoa dances more than her classmates.
A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beautify
7. They will hold a meeting in the large room the morning of next Sunday.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
8. Minh loves playing chess his sister enjoys skipping in their free time.
A. when B. because C. while D. during
9. One hundred dollars an big amount of money for her.
A. is B. are C. were D. is being
10. Don’t overheat the victim blankets or coats.
A. on B. for C. with D. from
11. We are going to a small plane to Ha Long Bay this weekend.
A. drive B. ride C. take D. give
12. They as well as Mai in the field at this time last Sunday.
A. was working B. were working C. has worked D. have worked
13. Thanks Alexander Graham Bell’s invention, I can communicate with each other easily.
A. for B. from C. on D.to
14. We must the environment from the pollution every day.
A. save B. protest C. protect D. waste
15. In our opinion, there are a lot of differences two twins.
A. from B. without C. with D. between
16. If you your work, let’s play volleyball with them in the garden.
A. finish B. are finishing C. have finished D. will finish
17. Have a picnic with in the mountain tomorrow.
A. Hanh and I B. Hanh and me C. I and Hanh D. me and Hanh
18. Study is no restricted to just one location.
A. longer B. long C. longest D. the longest
19. My son was hit a stick while he was working in the field.
A. by B. with C. without D. out
20. Nam and Manh have played badminton for two hours, but of them are tired.
A. none B. both C. neither D. all
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
16. 17. 18. 19. 20
PART III - Put the correct form of the words:
1. Joanne wants to become a in the future. (science)
2. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been in the last few years. (urban)
3. The book was so that we didn’t want to read it. (interest)
4. There are a lot of in the competition. (contest)
5. Linda’s made the party less exciting. (absent)
6. He didn’t win the championship, so he felt very . (hope)
7. Because of his , they failed the exam. (lazy)
8. Vinamilk company has served customers a lot of recently. (produce)
9. Tet holiday is one of the most important for Vietnamese people. (celebrate)
10. Laura loves all of Vietnamese dishes, Nem. (special)
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
PART IV - Find and correct a mistake in each sentence:
1. The boy was enough intelligent to solve that problem.
2. The girl helped me with the needlework yesterday is my classmate.
3. They asked their friends not play soccer in the road.
4. Hanh is the same weigh as my sister.
5. It is careless for you to leave your book on the train.
6. My brother used to going to the movies with our father.
7. Hoa asked me if I could have a picnic with her in the country or not.
8. Most of monkeys both in the forest and in the zoo are interesting in bananas.
9. It takes Nam thirty minutes going to school on foot everyday.
10. Not only Ha but also her friends was present in my fifteenth birthday party.
Your answers:
1. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. 9.
5. 10.
Part V- Choose the most suitable answer A, B, C, or D to complete the following passage.
Air pollution is caused (1) ill health in human beings. In a lot of countries, there are (2)
limiting the amount of smoke factories can produce although there is not enough (3) on the effects of
smoke on the atmosphere. Doctors have (4) that air pollution causes (5) diseases. The gases
from the exhausts of cars (6) also increased air pollution in most cities. The
(7) of petrol produces a poisonous gas, which is often collected in busy streets circled by high
buildings. Children
(8) in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere can not think as (9) as other
children, and are clumsy when they (10) their hands.
1. A. from B. on C. over D. of
2. A. laws B. ideas C. problems D. regulations
3. A. news B. article C. information D. newspaper
4. A. agreed B. pointed C. disagreed D. proved
5. A. lung B. heart C. liver D. stomach
6. A. had B. have C. has D. having
7. A. water B. lead C. gas D. exhaust
8. A. lived B. live C. to live D. living
9. A. quick B. slowly C. quickly D. slow
10. A. touch B. use C. handle D. collect
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
PART VI - Read and fill a suitable word in each blanket:
Christmas is always held (1) December the twenty fifth every year. Every family in England
decorates a Christmas tree and puts (2) in the middle of the living room. And Santa Claus plays an
important (3) in this festival. There is a poem to relate him. In 1823, the patron saint of children,
Saint Nicholas appeared in a poem (4) A Visit Saint Nicholas. The character in the poem (5) a
fat jolly man who wore a (6) suit and gave children (7) on Christmas Eve. The poem, which
was (8) by Clement Clarke Moore, an American professor, became popular (9) the USA.
Santa Claus is based (10) the description of Saint Nicholas in this poem.
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Part VII- Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence.
1. It is over two years since they left their homeland. (They haven’t.............................)
2. “How many cars are there in front of your house, Mai?” I said (I asked.......................)
3. No one introduced me to newcomers in the festival. (I..........................................)
4. The food was too bad for the children to eat. (The food was so................................)
5. It’s no use persuading her to join in that activity. (There is no.................................)
6. I am on the fifth page of the essay I am typing. (So far.........................................)
7. The dog keeps stealing my socks. (The dog is....................................................)
8. Hoa found it easy to translate this poem into French. (Hoa had no............................)
9. Collect all of dirty clothes by 8 o’clock tomorrow morning. (Let all..........................)
10. Mary is the most graceful girl at school. (No girl................................................)
Your answers:
1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Part VIII- Write a letter about 150 – 200 words to a pen friend about your neighborhood.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
KEYS – PRACTICE 3
PART I –points
1. B 2.A 3.C 4. A 5. D
6. C 7. B 8. D 9. B 10. D
PART II - points
1. B 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. C
6. C 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. C
11. C 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. D
16. C 17. B 18. A 19. B 20. C
PART III –points
1. scientist 2. urbanized 3. uninteresting 4. participation 5. absence
6. hopeless 7. laziness 8. products 9. contestants 10 especially
PART IV – points
1. enough intelligent - intelligent enough 6. going - go
2. helped - helping 7. if - whether
3. play - to play 8. interesting - interested
4. weigh - weight 9. going - to go
5. for - of 10. was - were
Part V – points
1. D 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. A
6. B 7. B 8. D 9. C 10.B
PART VI – points
1. ON 2. IT 3. PART/ROLE 4. CALLED 5. WAS

6. RED 7. PRESENTS 8. WRITTEN 9. WITH 10.ON
Part VII- points

1. They haven’t come back their homeland for over two years.
2. I asked Mai how many cars there were in front of her/his house.
3. I wasn’t introduced to newcomers in the festival.
4. The food was so bad that the children couldn’t eat it.
5. There is no point in persuading her to join in that activity.
6. So far I have typed five pages of the essay.
7. The dog is always stealing my socks.
8. Hoa had no difficulty in translating this poem into French.
9. Let all of dirty clothes be collected by 8 o’clock tomorrow morning.
10. Mary is the most graceful girl at school. (No girl at school is as graceful as Mary.
Part VIII- ( điểm)
- Nội dung (content): 1.5 điểm
- Từ vựng (vocabulary): 0.5 điểm
- Ngữ pháp (grammar): 0.5 điểm
- Tính mạch lạc và trôi chảy (coherence and cohesion) + độ dài (length): 0.5 điểm
- Sai dưới 4 lỗi không trừ điểm.
- Sai trên 4 lỗi, hoặc sai những lỗi nặng trừ 0.5 điểm/1 lỗi.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 4
I. Choose one of word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. christmas B. character C. school D. church
2. A. traveled B. surprised C. worked D. climbed
3. A. tour B. pour C. your D. course
4. A. towel B. down C. window D. flower
5. A. cook B. food C. too D. pool
II. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
1. His handwriting is terrible. It’s not easy at all...........what he writes.
A. to see B. to read C. reading D. seeing
2. The city is...................on the shore of Lake Michigan.
A. visited B. lied C. laying D.located
3. Kim Tan town is...................busier.
A. becoming B. doing C. making D. having
4. The Smiths never go out in the evening,...................?
A. do they B. don’t they C. doesn’t he D. does he
5. Ba is strong enough................his father with the work on the farm.
A. helping B. help C. helps D. to help
6. Last week my child.................to the biggest zoo in town by my wife.
A. took B. were taken C. went D. has gone
7. I tried my................not to laugh, but I couldn’t.
A. good B. well C. best D. better
8. Are you proud...............your country and its tradition ?
A. about B. on C. of D. for
9. I want to ask my parents................some money.
A. from B. for C. with D. about
10. You are very different.....................your brother.
A. to B. for C. with D. from
11. I am better ........................ English than Nam.
A.than B. with C. at D. for
12. He seldom goes fishing,................?
A. doesn't he B. is he C. does he D. isn't he
13. Heavy rains.......the plane for several hours
A. stopped B. prevented C. delayed D. kept
14. You must go to school ……the ages of 5 and 16. it is compulsory.
A. from B. over C. during D. between
15. Sorry to keep you…………
A. wait B. waiting C. to wait D. waited
III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets .
1. I‘ve decided (stop).................smoking.
2. I (visit)....................singapore two years ago.
3. Look at those black clouds. It (rain).
4..................................................................We are tired of (work) for low salary.
5. This is the second time you (break)……a cup.
6. (you/do)................the homework yet?
7. Mai is in her room. She (play) the guitar.
8. The teacher said that we should ( not make )................noise in class.
9. Water............( cover) most of the Earth’s surface.
10. The gate.................( lock) at 6.30 p.m everyday.
IV. Read the passage and answer the questions.
It was the first lesson after the summer holidays at a small school in England. The lesson was about the
seasons of the year. “There are four seasons in the year,” said the teacher,
“They are spring, summer, autumn, and winter. In spring, it is warm and every thing begins to grow. In
summer ,It is hot and there are many flowers in the fields and gardens. In autumn, there are many
vegetables and much fruit. Everybody likes to eat fruit. In winter, It is cold and it often rains. Sometimes
there is snow on the ground.”
Here the teacher stopped and looked at one of the pupils “stop talking, Tom,”he said. “Now listen to me.
Can you tell us when is the best time of apples?”
“Yes, sir,” answered Tom. “It is when the farmer is not at home and there is no dog in the garden.”
1. Where did the lesson take place?
…………………………………………………………………………
2. What was the lesson about?
…………………………………………………………………………
3. What did the teacher ask Tom to do?
…………………………………………………………………………
4. What did the teacher asked the class to do?
…………………………………………………………………………
5. Did the teacher say “Stop talking, Tom,”?
…………………………………………………………………………
V. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the following sentences.
1. Their children have quite ………………characters. DIFFERENCE
2. My brother bought a new…………..rod yesterday. FISH
3. Mr. Jane runs his business very ………….. SUCCESS
4. I like the city life because there are many kinds of ………. ENTERTAIN
5. The scouts do the……………..work. VOLUNTEER
6. Is there anything……………… on TV tonight? INTEREST
7. What is the correct……………..of this word? PRONOUNCE
8. My uncle often spends his free time doing volunteer work at a local............. ORPHAN
9. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more………….. COMFORT
10. In electronics, we learn to repair ...................appliances. HOUSE
VI. There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Find out and correct it.
1. He has waited there for a quarter past six. (1)……………..
2. Surface mail is many cheaper than air mail. (2)……………..
3. They do their best to keeping the family happy. (3)…………….
4. The armchair is in the living room, among the television and sofa. (4)…………….
5. Tourists usually have a bus to the countryside. (5)……………
VII. Fill in the blank with one suitable word.
Charlie Chaplin was born in a very poor part of London. (1)..................father was a comedian and his
mother worked (2) ………………a dancer and a singer. Neither of them (3)..................successful so the family
(4) ……………… very little money. The first time he himself earned (5)....................by dancing and singing, he
was only five years old. He did many kinds of jobs, but what he loved best was working (6)...................the
theatre.
When he (7) ……………… about fifteen, he joined a traveling theatre company and went on trips to
America. On one such tour, (8)...................was offered a part in a film, so he went to Hollywood, where he
eventually became both a famous actor (9)...................film director.
He died in Switzerland in 1977, at the (10)....................of 88. There is now a statue of him in Leicester
Square, London, the city of his birth and early up-bringing.
VIII. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition.
1. It’s 2.5 km…………my school….......the movie theatre.
2. I live ………..Xuan Dieu street.........my grandparents
3. She is talking...........her students in the school yard.
4. My new house is different.........my old house.
5. My father is a farmer. He works..........a farm.
6. Does your aunt work..........the central hospital? – Yes, she is a nurse there.
7. I’m always busy. I must work...........early morning until night.
8. Mr. Minh is a journalist. He writes...........Tuoi Tre newspaper.
9. This apartment is suitable….........my family.
10. I often help my parents.............the housework after school.
IX. Rewrite the following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.
1. She eats more chocolate than I.
I …………………………………………………………….
2. Vinh keeps forgetting his homework.
Vinh is …………………………………………………………….
3. Keeping the environment clean is very
important.
It’s………………………………………………………………….
4. No one helped Lan to do the homework.
Lan ………………………………………………………………
5. It’s three years since I last spoke to her.
I haven’t……………………………………………………………
Tam used ………………………………………………………….
7. How long is it since you used the car?
When ……………………………………………………………..
8. We started living here 15 years ago.
We have…………………………………………………………...
9. Let’s meet inside the centre ,at the cafe
corner?
How……………………………………………………………….
10. Nam is very strong, he can do heavy work.
Nam is strong ………………………………………………………………..
Keys – practice 4
Question I : ( 1,25 marks )
1. D 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. A
Question II : ( 3,75 marks )
1. B 2. D 3. A 4. A 5. D
6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. D
11. C 12. C 13. C 14. D 15. B
Question III : ( 2,5 marks )
1. to stop 2. visited 3. is going to rain 4.working 5. have broken
6. Have you done 7. is playing 8.not make 9. covers 10. is locked

Question IV : ( 1,25 marks )
1. The lesson took place in a small school in England.
2. The lesson was about the seasons of the year.
3. The teacher asked Tom to stop talking.
4. The teacher asked the class to listen to him.
5. Yes ,he did
Question V : ( 2,5 marks )
1. different 6. interesting
2. fishing 7. pronunciation
3. successfully 8. orphanage
4. entertainment 9. comfortable
5. voluntary 10. household
Question VI : ( 1,25 marks )
1.for-since
2.many-much
3.keeping-keep
4. among - between
5. have - take
Question VII : ( 2,5 marks )
1. His 2. as 3. was 4. had 5. money

6. in 7. was 8. he 9. and 10. age
Question VIII: ( 2,5 marks )
1. from - to.
2. on - with
3. to
4. from
5. on
6. in
7. from
8. for
9. for
10. with
Question IX : ( 2,5 marks )
1. I don’t eat as much chocolate as she does.
2. Vinh is always forgetting his homework.
3. It’s very important to keep the inviroment clean.
4. Lan did the homework herself.
5. I haven’t spoken to her for three years.
6. Tam used to type fast.
7. When did you use the car?

8. We have lived here for 15 years.
9. How about meeting inside the center,at the cafe corner.
10. Nam is strong enought to do heavy work.

ENGLISH PRACTICE 7
I/ Section one: vocabulary and structures
Question 1: Choose the best answers
1. Don’t be silly! That............................possibly be Rivaldo!
a. mustn’t b . shouldn’t c. won’t d. can’t
2. No sooner had we started the game,....................it began to rain.
a. than b. then c. that d. and
3. I...........................be interested in playing badminton as a child.
a. could b. ought to c. might d. used to
4. They’ve told you time and time........................not to go out at night.
a. to b. over c. again d. before
5. Sorry I’m late, but I.......................feed my little son before leaving home.
a. needed b. must c. had to d. was to
6. Smith writes very quickly. He’s....................finished his essay.
a. already b. been c. for d. yet
7. What are you going to do? - I don’t know. I haven’t made............my mind yet.
a. on b. at c. in d. up
8. I’ve........................to Paris. I went there in March.
a. been b. gone c. just d. yet
9. This is the first..................I’ve ever lived far from home.
a. already b. since c. that d. time
10. What did the girl say....................?
a. at you b. for you c. you d. to you?
11. Phong rang his friend in Nha Trang yesterday, and he said it...........raining there.
a. was b. is c. should be d. to be
12. The last time I saw Khang, he looked very relaxed. He explained that he’d been on holiday
the .....................week.
a. earlier b. following c. next d. previous
13. We wonder....................the tickets are on sales yet.
a. what b. when c. whether d. where
14. When I rang Oanh some time last week, she said she was busy.............day.
a. this b. that c. then d. the
15. Which word has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others?
a. just b. sun c. put d. bucket
a. instead b. head c. heap d. dead
17. Which word has a different stress in the group?
a. amount b. inventor c. garbage d. resource
18. This film must be new. We’ve....................seen it before.
a. ever b. never c. since d. yet
19. He hates...............................to do something by others.
a. to be asked b. asking c. being asked d. to ask
20. Let’s go camping in the mountain,....................?
a. do we b. can we c. will we d. shall we
Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the word in parentheses.
1. Phuong Linh arranged flowers the most...................(attract) in the contest.
2. It is a contest in which................(participate) have to read two poems in English.
3...................(environment) are concerned about the use of dynamite to catch fish.
4. Years later, she passed me in the street without even a small sign of......(recognize).
5. Nam put.............(press) on that towel to stop the bleeding.
6. After many years of..........(fail), Edison finally succeeded in inventing the light bulb.
7. We use first-aid in order to ease the victim’s pain and..................(anxious).
8. She felt................(relief) after she passed the exam.
9. You’ll meet the tour guide on your...............(arrive) at the hotel.
10. We can take buses or trains to Northern..................(destine) of Nha Trang.
11. Sapa is considered the most beautiful......(mountain) resort in the north of Viet Nam.
12. It’s now high time you knew how to dress and................(dress) yourself.
13. We are having a good time here. People on the island are very friendly and.........(hospitality).
14. The police are interested in the sudden..........(appear) of the valuable painting.
15. I wrote...........(end) letters of application but I got no reply.
16. A fairy appeared and................................( MAGIC )changed her old clothes
17. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s............................( WISE )
18. In that story, the prince got....................( MARRY )to a poor girl
19. Let me get an..............................( APPLY ) form and I can fill out
20. He was..........................( FOOL ) to say that English is helpless
II/ Section two: reading comprehension
Question 1: Read these passages and match the each passage to its title. There is ONE title you
needn’t use(10 pts)
A. How I began D. My most frightening experience
B. The worst aspect of my hobby E. Why I like my hobby
C. My hopes for the future F. When and where I do it
1. For me, every weekday begins the same: I get up at 7.00. I have breakfast, I take the bus to
school, I go to lessons ... I don’t hate this daily routine, but it isn’t very thrilling. In the evenings, however, I
drive Formula 1 cars, build enormous cities and defend my planet against aliens. In short, I play computer
games. It’s like entering a different world. That’s why I love playing them so much.
2. My interest in computer games has taught me a lot about computer graphics. I want to study
computing at college, and learn how to design and program games. Eventually, I’d like to start my own
software company, creating and testing new games. That way, I could spend all day doing what I love most.
3. Computer games are interesting because they often contain stories and characters. The
games are getting better all the time, but they are also getting more expensive. The only thing I don’t like
about my hobby is the cost! New games are often about $50.
4. Some of my friends from school are interested in computer games too. We normally meet at
my house in the evenings and play for a few hours. We sometimes play at weekends, but if the weather’s
good I prefer to go cycling or play basketball instead.
5. I first became interested in computer games about four years ago. I was staying with my
cousin for the weekend. He had some games and he taught me how to play them. I became hooked
immediately! When I got home, I decided to save all my money for buying games. Now I’ve got about twenty
different games.
Question 2: Read the text and choose the best answer to fill in each gap
Have you ever followed instructions for knitting something or have you read a piece of music? If you have,
you have behaved in a similar way(1)................ a computer. A computer obeys a program to carry out a
particular task. Just (2)................. a knitting pattern is expressed in numbers and piece of music in lines and
dots, so a computer program is (3)..............in the form of programming language. Like the English language
(or any other language), there are (4).................... of grammar, and a program must be correct in every way.
There are hundreds of programming language, but only (5) are well-known and widely used. The
most popular language which is used in offices(6).............Cobol. This language is used for printing payrolls
and keeping records of goods. Engineers and scientists use Fortran (7)......................carry out calculations.
(8)......................... neither of these two programs is very popular with people working on home computers.
Basis is the most popular language for home computers, chiefly (9)..............it is easy to learn and use.
(10)................. these languages are useful for many purposes, it is time that a new simple program was
devised. Such a program ought to be not only easy to use but also completely reliable.
1. A. to B. as C. so D. from
2. A. like B. by C. too D. as
3. A. expensive B. expresses C. expressed D. expressing
4. A. rules B. laws C. regulations D. principles
5. A. a little B. a few C. much D. a lot of
6. A. called B. calling C. is called D. is calling
7. A. so as for B. in order that C. so as that D. in order to
8. A. In addition B. Therefore C. Consequently D. However
9. A. because B. if C. because of D. unless
10. A. Even B. Despite C. Although D. In spite
Question 3: Find and correct one mistake in each line of the passage below
Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer holiday. 1........................................
He traveled with him classmates to a mountainous 2........................................
area in Hoa Binh province. They gone there to help make a 3........................................
road through a forest among two villages. “It was very difficult 4........................................
because there had no water to drink and no shops where we could 5........................................
bought food,” said Nam. “It was also cold and wet 6........................................
in the mountains. It is one of the wetter place in the country.” Nam 7........................................
stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard 8........................................
work, but he says it was the best thing he has ever did. He is hoping to 9........................................
return next year to do any more work there. 10........................................
III/ section three: writing
Question 1: Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences
1. exported / many / last year / rice / how / to/ Japan / tons / were / of / ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. trees / planting / on / the boys / the hill / group / are / the / in / volunteer / .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………
3. rain / heavy / from / prevented / the / playing / us / soccer.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. if / he / me / some / asked / I / money / could / then / lend / him /
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. design / to send / friends / someone / greetings / Englishman / a card / Christmas / to / an / his / had /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Le Lai Street / are/ living / they / in / at / An Giang / their / with /children / 186.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. uncle / spent / most / their /of /the /violin / practicing / his time / in / room /music /the/.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. which / us / tells / sentence / that / more / than / is / she / her / beautiful / sister /?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. his / friends / old / unlike / he / is / impolite / very /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. going / fatherland / month / Kenny / his / is / family / next / visit / with / his / to /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
11. colleagues / go / he / to / to / weekend / and / don’t / have / at / work / the / his /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
12. there / she / near / wanted / a / here / was / museum / know / to / if /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
13. hold / going / their / are / they / tomorrow / party / house / at / to / a /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
14. going / aren’t / are / boys / the / the / they / canteen / to / school /?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
15. for / you’ll / meeting / late / be / the / if / bed / to / soon / don’t / you / go
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Question 2: Rewrite sentences as directed so that it has the same meaning as the sentence given
1. Thinking of making toys from used paper was his interesting idea.
It’s interesting that...................................................................................................................
2. He hasn’t come back to his home village for over 20 years now.
It’s............................................................................................................................................
3. That’s the strangest film I’ve ever seen.
I have never..............................................................................................................................
4. Please don’t interrupt me while I am speaking.
I’d rather...................................................................................................................................
5. Get up now or you’ll be late for school.
If...............................................................................................................................................
6. The last time we met each other was ten years ago.
We haven’t...............................................................................................................................
7. Finding accommodation at busy time in Da Lat is difficult .
It’s...........................................................................................................................................
8. Originally, tennis was an indoor game.
Tennis used..............................................................................................................................
9. My father prefers living in the countryside to living in the city.
My father likes........................................................................................................................
10. Nobody in my class is as intelligent as Lan.
Lan is.......................................................................................................................................
11. Have you ever played a computer game before?
Is this.......................................................................................................................................
12. France presented the Statue of Liberty to the United States in 1876.
The Statue ...............................................................................................................................
13. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it.
The water wasn’t.....................................................................................................................
14. He hasn’t chatted with his classmates through the Internet for
ages. It’s
ages...................................................................................................................................
15. People should stop experiments on animals.
Experiments............................................................................................................................
The end
Keys – practice 7

Question 1: Choose the best answers (20 pts)
1 2A 3 4C 5C 6 7 8A 9 10 11 12 13 14B 15C 16 17 18 19 20
D D A D D D A D C C C B C D
Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the word in parentheses. (20 pts)
1. attractively 2. participants 3 . environmentalists 4. recognition 5. pressure 6. failure 7.
anxiety
8. relieved 9. arrival 10. destinations 11. mountainous 12. undress 13. hospitable
14. disappearance 15. endless 16. magically 17. wisdom 18. married 19.
application 20. foolish

1E/ 2C/3B /4F /5A
Question 2: Read the text and choose the best answer to fill in each gap.(10 pts)
1A/ 2D/ 3C/4A/5B/ 6C/ 7D/ 8D/ 9A/ 10C
Question 3: Find and correct one mistake in each line of the passage below.(10 pts)
1. interested interesting 2him 3. gone
his went
4.among between 5. had was 6. bought buy
7. wetter wettest 8. since for 9. did done10. any some

Question 1: Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.(15 pts)
1. How many tons of rice were exported to Japan last year?
2. The boys in the volunteer group are planting trees on the hill.
3. The heavy rain prevented us from playing soccer.
4. If I asked him some money, he could lend me then.
5. An Englishman had someone design a card to send Christmas greetings to his friends.
6. They are living with their children at 186 Le Lai Street in An Giang.
7. Their uncle spent most of his time practicing the violin in the music room.
8. Which sentence tells us that she is more beautiful than her sister?
9. Unlike his old friends, he is very impolite.
10. Kenny is going to visit his fatherland with his family next month.
11. He and his colleagues don’t have to go to work at the weekend.
12. She wanted to know if there was a museum near here.
13. They are going to hold a party at their house tomorrow.
14. The boys are (aren’t)going to the school canteen, aren’t (are)they?
15. If you don’t go to bed soon, you’ll be late for the meeting.
Question 2: Rewrite sentences as directed so that it has the same meaning as the sentence given.
(15pts)
1. It is interesting that he thought of making toys from used paper.
2. It’s over twenty years since he last came back to his home village.
3. I have never such a strange film before.
4. I’d rather you didn’t interrupt me while I am speaking.
5. If you don’t get up now, you’ll be late for school.
6. We haven’t met each other for ten years.
7. It’s difficult to find accommodation in Da Lat at busy time.

8. Tennis used to be an indoor game.
9. My father likes living in the countryside better than living in the city.
10. Lan is the most intelligent (student) in my class.
11. Is this the first time you have played a computer game?
12. The Statue of Liberty was presented to the United State by the France in 1876.
13. The water wasn’t warm enough for the children to swim in.
14. It’s ages since he last chatted with his classmates through the Internet.
15. Experiments on animals should be stopped.
The end
ENGLISH PRACTICE 6
A. Vocabulary
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C, or D
1. To jog means to................................
A. work hard B. run fast C. run slowly D. work carefully
2. To quit means to................................
A. give up B. start C. begin D. sleep
3. To reduce means to....................
A. increase B decrease C. destroy D. rise
4. To assist means to............................
A. hire B. like C. hate D. help
5. I am looking forward to..............you some day .
A. seeing B. saw C. see D. sees
6. The opposite of failure is...................
A. success B. difficulty C. pride D. harm
7. The opposite of enemy is...................
A. army B. friend C. dog D. cat
8. The opposite of agree is...................
A. fly B. dream C. refuse D. grow
9. What is she doing?
A. Nothing B. Doing C. Feeding D. Sweeping
10. Ba is sociable but his brother is quite …………..
A. outgoing B. shy C. generous D. kind
II. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of words with the capital words at the
beginning at sentences.
11. All...............between Paris and Hanoi have been cancelled due to fog
FLY → ……………………….
12. There is plenty of…..............for young people in this city.
ENTERTAIN → ……………………….
13. It’s......................to complain; you won’t get your money back.
USE → …………………………..
14. During his...................the family used to live in the country side.
CHILD → ………………….
15. He is such (a/an ).................person that no one likes him.
HELP → …………………………
B. Grammar and Structure
I. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank
16. My friend.............the answer to the question now.
A. is known B. know C. is knowing D. knows
17. I think I’ll buy this pair of shoes. They.............me really well.
A. fit B. are fitting C. have fit D. are fitted
18. I’ll tell my uncle all the news when I.............him.
A. will see B. am going to see C. see D. shall see
19. I’ve got my key. I found it when I...............for something else.
A. looked B. have lookedC. looking D. was looking
20. “All these photographs.................with a very cheap camera,” he said.
A. have taken B. take C. were taken D. were taking
21. I wondered.................the tickets were on sale yet.
A. what B. whether C. when D. where
22. Dinner will be ready soon. Can you please............the table?
A. lay B. put C. make D. take
23. Our neighbors are very...................on camping holidays.
A. interested B. fond C. eager D. keen
24. There are some one following us. I think we.................................in this area.
A. are following B. are followed C. follow D. are being followed
25. Walt Disney....................the character of Mickey Mouse
A. was created B. is created C. creates D. created .
26. Would you like to go to the cinema? –No, thanks. I’d...........stay at home.
A. better B. like C. rather D. prefer
27. Did they ask you what examinations you’ve….............?
A. succeeded B. passed C. overcome D. obtained
28. The Caspian Sea, a salt lake, is...............any other lake in the world.
A. larger than B. largest C. the largest D. the larger than
29. Most people prefer…………..money to...............it.
A. spend- earn B. spending- earn C. to spend – earning D. spending- earning
30. Our teacher made us...............harder.
A. working B. to work C. work D. works
31. The plane will…................in a few minutes.
A. take off B. land C. group D. both A&B
32. The teacher told the student ……………
A. what to do that B. how to do that C. which to do that D. by how to do that
33. He is used to................in public.
A. the speaking B. be speaking C. speak D. speaking
34. Do you think I should practice.........English every day?- Yes, if you want to improve it.
A. on listening B. to listen C. listened D. listening
35. I am not old enough...........the car.
A. driving B. drive C. drove D. to drive
II. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting
36. Peter, I’d would like you to meet some very special people
A B C D
37. It is greatly to be with you on such a lovely day
A B C D
38. Would you mind to go to the local bookshop to get me some papers?
A B C D
39. I think I prefer country life more than city life
A B C D
40. Thanks for invite me to the water - fetching contest of your school
A B C D
III. Complete the text with the verbs in brackets. Use the passive form
Wiki Website
“Wiki” means “quick” in Hawaian. The word is used to describe websites that...............(41. write) by
people who use the site. Anyone who visits a wiki website can add or change the information on the page.
The first wiki website....................(42. create) by Ward Cunningham in 1995. Since then, wiki guidebooks ,
wiki dictionaries and wiki encyclopedias...................(43. publish) on the Internet. The most popular online
encyclopedia is “wikipedia” . Over 22 million entries................(44. add) since it started, and it is now the most
detailed encyclopedia in the world. According to the create or of Wikipedia, the work...................(45. do) by
20. 000 people who regularly edit the pages. The amazing thing is that the information is completely free.
41……………………….42……………………………43………………………………….
44………………………………………45………………………………………………….
C. Speaking
I. Matching the question in column A with the suitable answer in column B
A B
46. What do you think this machine is for? A. Yes, sir
47. Would you mind if I opened the door? B. Tall, thin, short curly hair
48. Would you like to go through the departure C. I have no idea.
lounge? D. Too quiet.
49. What does the countryside look like? E. Please go ahead
50. What does he look like?
46 47 48 49 50
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
51. A. worked B. naked C. looked D. attacked
52. A. engineer B. excited C. experiment D. exhibition
53. A. teammate B. speaker C. bean D. overhead
54. A. furious B. purpose C. surf D. turn
55. A. deny B. deposit C. benefit D. respond
D. Reading
I. Fill in the blanks with suitable word
celebration, custom, gather, gifts, midnight, particularly, symbolize, ring, bring, display
In Scotland, the biggest..............(56) of the year is “Hogmanay”. “Hogmanay” is the Scottish word for
New Year’s Eve. On 31st December in Edinburgh, there is an enormous firework ……………(57) at the castle
and they play live music in the park. Thousands of people …………….(58) in the streets , coffees and bars. Then
at 12 o’clock, church bells...................(59) all over the city. After midnight people go “first footing” . This is a
Scottish …………..(60) that dates back hundreds of years. “First footing” is visiting your neighbours after
……………..(61) on New Year’s Eve. The visitors must step into the house with their right foot step first, to
……………..(62) good luck. Traditionally, the visitors bring three ……………….(63) : a piece of coal, a piece of
“short bread” ( a Scottish biscuit) and a little whisky. The gifts.....................(64) warmth, food and happiness.
If the first person who visits your home after midnight is a man with dark hair, that is...............(65) lucky.
56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65
II. Read the passage and choose the best answer in the blanket.
For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea quite
terrifying, (66)…………. flying is no more dangerous (67)................any other form of travel and some experts
say it is considerably safer. It is known, however, that most accident occurs (68)………….. taking off and
landing when (69)............decisions are vitally important.
The people (70)………… job it is to look (71) the passengers, the stewards and stewardesses play
an important part in helping passengers to (72)..............safe and comfortable. Indeed for many passengers
being (73)………… such care of is all part of the total experience. (74)………… other form of travel involves
waiting for people in quite the same (75)………. with food, drink, newspapers, magazines, music, and even
video films.
66. A. although B. too C. and D. because
67. A. than B. as C. then D. with
68. A. while B. during C. for D. through
69. A. leader’s B. chief’s C. driver’s D. pilot’s
70. A. whose B. which C. their D. that
71. A. for B. up C. after D. round
72. A. feel B. rest C. experience D. lie
73. A. given B. kept C. shown D. taken
74. A. Any B. No C. All D. Not
75. A. sort B. kind C. way D. part
E. Writing
I. Use the words given to make meaningful sentences.

76. Early this morning/ children/ decide/ go/ a run.
......................................................................................................................................
77. Life/ country / definitely / changing / the better.
......................................................................................................................................
78. The date / meeting/ will/ have to/ change/ tomorrow.
......................................................................................................................................
79. Tom / have / shower / telephone / rang.
......................................................................................................................................
80. Last year / we /spend / week / My Son / and / I not want / leave.
......................................................................................................................................
81. Watching / television / consider / most / popular / kind / entertainment / nowadays.
......................................................................................................................................
82. After /many / experiments / finally / first / successful /flight/ make / by / Wright brothers.
......................................................................................................................................
83. My grandfather / used / tell / stories / until / we / fall / asleep.
......................................................................................................................................
84. I / used / collect / shells / when / be / kid.
......................................................................................................................................
85. My uncle / move / Ho Chi Minh City/ 1987/ and / live / there / then.
......................................................................................................................................
II. Rewrite the following sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the first
86. Tom works hard as a student
Tom ………………………………………………………………………………
87. It is good exercise to run a mile a day
 Running ……………………………………………………………………………
88. It’s a great pleasure to be with you.
 Being ……………………………………………………………………………….
89. We didn’t see her at all.
 She …………………………………………………………………………………
90. Tom is not as tall as Peter
 Peter ……………………………………………………………………………….
91. Her father asked her if she would go to the cinema with her friend
 Her father asked her: “….................................................................”
92. The step- mother doesn’t treat the little girl in a normal way.
 The little girl ……………………………………………………………………..
93. Do you mind my smoking?
 Do you mind………………………………………………………………………..
94. No one works harder than Barbara.
 Barbara ………………………………………………………………..
95. He told his customer : “ Please bring it back if it doesn’t fit well”
 He told ……………………………………………………………………………
96. The last time we saw him was in 1988.
We haven’t…………………………………………………………………………
97. Peter spent 3 hours on repairing his computer.
 It took………………………………………………………………………………
98. You will not be accepted if you don’t finish your home work.
 Unless……………………………………………………………………………
99. “Don’t swim out too far, boys ’’ I said
 I warned…………………………………………………………………………
100. They arrived late because the traffic was terrible.
 Because of………….……………………………………………………………
KEY – PRACTICE 6
Đề bài gồm 100 câu bao gồm cả trắc nghiệm và tự luận. Mỗi câu 1 điểm, tổng số điểm là 100 sau đó quy
về thang điểm 20.
A. Vocabulary
I. 1C 2A 3B 4D 5A 6A 7B 8C 9A 10B
II. 11. flights 12. entertainment 13. useless 14. childhood 15. unhelpful
B . Grammar And Structures
I.
16 D 17. A 18. C 19. D 20. C 21. B 22. A
23. D 24. D 25. D 26. C 27. B 28. A 29. D
30. C 31D 32B 33. D 34.D 35. D

II. 36. A 37. B 38. C 39. D 40. A
III. 41. are 42. was created 43. have been published 44.
written have been 45. is done
added
C. Speaking
I. 46. C 47. E 48. A 49D 50. B

II. 51. B 52. A 53. D 54. A 55. C
D. Reading
I.
56. celebration 57. display 58. gather 59. ring 60. custom
61. midnight 62. bring 63. gifts 64. symbolize 65. particularly
II.
66. A 67. A 68.B 69. D 70.A
71. C 72. A 73. D 74. B 75.C

E. Writing
I.
76. Early this morning the children decided to go for a run.
77. Life in the country is definitely changing for the better.
78. The date of the meeting will have to be changed tomorrow.
79. Tom was having a shower when the telephone rang.
80. Last year, we spent a week in My Son and I did not want to leave.
81. Watching television is considered the most popular kind of entertainment nowadays.
82. After many experiments, finally the first successful flight was made by the Wright brothers.
83. My grandfather used to tell us stories until we fell asleep.
84 I used to collect shells when I was a kid.

85 My uncle moved to Ho Chi Minh City in 1987 and he has lived there since then.
II.
86. Tom is a hard -working student
87. Running a mile a day is good exercise
88. Being with you is a great pleasure.
89. She wasn’t seen at all
90. Peter is taller than Tom
91. Her father asked her : “Will you go to the cinema with your friend?”
92. The little girl isn’t treated in a normal way by the step- mother
93. Do you mind if I smoke?
94. Barbara works hardest
95. He told his customer to bring it back if it didn’t fit well
96. We haven’t seen him since 1988.
97. It took Peter 3 hours to repair his computer.
98. Unless you finish your homework, you will not be accepted.
99. I warned the boys not to swim out too far.

100. Because of the terrible traffic, they arrived late.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 7
I. Choose the underlined part that pronounced differently from the others
1) A. honest B. hour C. honor D. huour
2) A. deaf B. beat C. lead D. teach
3) A. there B. thank C. youth A. thirsty
4) A. fund B. upset C. tutor D. rug
5) A. safe B. mall C. nature D. face
6) A. option B. information C. quention D. invitation
7) A. choos B. chemistry C. character D. child
8) A. invited B. liked C. ended D. wanted
9) notice B. grow C. ghost D. lost
10) like B. wide C. oponion D. file
II. Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses

1. Yester day, I (1. spend) ……………… two hours (2. do)............the homeword.
2. The thiefs (3. catch)…………….. when the (4. leave)..............the bank.
3. Two hors ago, Mrs Brown (5. have)………… Alice (6. take)...........her son to the school.
4. How many times you (7. be)............to Ho Chi Minh City?
5. The moon (8. move)..................around th earth.
6. Next summer, my parents wil let me (9. visit)................my grand father.
7. How about (10. go)..................to the zoo?
III. Fill in the gaps with suitable prepositions

1. She went out the room......................saying a word.
2. The life in the countryside is changing.............Better.
3. She was born……………… 2 o’clock.................18th July.
4. Mary is thinking……………… importing fowers..............China.
5. They are traveling……………….. the airport................a bus.
6. I am afraid...................Ghost.
7. The fight....................deforestation is very important.
IV. Put the words in brackets into correct forms

1. Ha Long Bay is in.....................VietNam (north).
2. The wild animals are being.....................(appear).
3. I couldn’t find any...................between the tow picture (different).
4. She is a..................she sells flowers at a shop in Canada (flower).
5. Long put...............on that towel to stop the bleeding (press).
6. The question isn’t good. It’s..............to ask (import).
7. His father soon died of a..................heart (break).
8. Don’t let the child go out because it’s................(wind).
9. I am going to have a…...............check-up next Monday (medicine).
10. The knife is...................it can cut everything (use).
V. Choose the best answer

1. I finish...............the book and went to bed.
A. read B. to read C. reading D. reads
2. That man can tell us where …………….
A. does John live B. is John living C. John lives D. John live
3................clothes do you prefer, T- shirt or pullover?
A. Which B. What C. Where D. How
4. Can you................your paper with you when I come there, please?
A. collect B. bring C. get D. take
5. Smoking is harmful.................your health.
A. on B. for D. about C. to
6. Do you find anything.................there?
A. interested B. useful C. bored D. easily
7. Ann is very busy these days. She has................free time.
A. a little B. few C. a few D. little
8. It’s raining very ……………
A.wet B. badly C. hard D. firmly
9. A new shoppig is................In my neighborhood today.
A. being opened B. opened C. opening D. be opened
10. The stolen machines were...................a lot of money.
A. valued B. cost C. price D. worth
VI. Rewrite the following sentences as directed

1. Has anyone asked you for your opinions?/ Nam said that………………………
2. I had a dog once, but I don’t have anymore./ I ………………………………….
3. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it./ The water………..
4. “ Eat more and more vegetables” the doctor said./ The doctor told……………..
5. To live on your salary must be hard./ It ………………………………………….
6. Tom is the best player in the team./ No one in the team …………………………
7. It’s interesting to read this book./ This book ……………………………………
8. I spend half an hour traveling to work by motorbike everyday./ It takes………...
9. Peter said he wasn’t feeling well then./ Peter said “I................................”
10. A boy was injured in the accident, he is now in the hospital./ The boy ………...
VII. Find and correct mistakes in the passage

In a modern life today, the work of the farm is less hard because he is helped a lot by machines. That mean
nore food is produced and less labour and less work hours are spent. He also has more free time for intertain
and more things such as a big house, motorbike, television. Her life is getting better and good day by day. His
children go to school. Before they finish school, they are sent to universityes.The farmer still have to work
hardly but his life is much improved.
VIII. Read the passage and answer the questions

Most types of paper can be recycled. Newspapers have been recycled profitably for decades and recycling
of other paper is growing. It’s important to know what you are buying in a paper product, for that reason
virtually all paper products should be marked with the percentage and tupe of recycled content. Just saying
“recycle paper” isn’t enough. “Recycled paper” can mean anything from 100% true recycled paper to 1% re-
manufactured ends of large paper rolls. “Post- consumer” mean the paper that you and I return to recycling
centers.
 Questions :
1. Can newspapers be recycled?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Why should all paper products be marked with the percentage and tupe of?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Are all recycled paper products the same?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. What does “Post- consumer” mean?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
IX. Write a passage in 150 words about your dream school
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Keys – practice 7
I. (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm

1-D 3-A 5-B 7-D 9-C
2-A 4-C 6-C 8-B 10-F
II . (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm
(1) spent (3) were caught (5) had (7) have – been (9) visit
(2) doing (4) were leaving (6) take (8) moves (10) going
III (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm
1. without 3. at – on 5. to / in 7. against
2. for 4. of / about – from 6. of
IV. (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm
1. northern.
2. disappeared.
3. differences
4. florist
5. pressure.
6. unimportant.
7. broken.
8. windy.
9. medical.
10. useful.
V. (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm

1.C 2.C 3.A 4.B. 5.D
6.B 7.D 8.C 9.C 10.D
VI. (20 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 2 điểm
1. Have you been asked for your opinion?.

2. I used to have a dog.
4. The doctor told me to eat more and more vegetables.
5. It must be hard to live on your salary.
6. No one in the team plays as well as Tom.
7. this book is interesting to be read.
8. It takes me half an hour to travel to work by motorbike everyday.
9. Peter said “I am not feeling well now”.
10. The boy injured in the accident is now in the hospital.
VII. (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm
1. farm ->farmer 6. good-> better
2. mean-> means 7. Berofe-> After
3. work-> working 8. universityes-> universities
4. entertain-> entertainment 9. have-> has
5. Her-> His 10. hardly-> hard
VIII. (8 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 2 điểm
1. Yes, they can.
2. To help consumers know what they are buying in a paper product.
3. No, they aren’t.
4. “Post- consumer” means the paper that you and I return to recycling centers.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 8
I. Select A, B, C or D only to indicate the word whose bold and underlined part is pronounced
differently from the rest.
1. A. looked B. watched C. stopped D. carried
2. A. bath B. father C. theater D. health
4. A. whole B. when C. where D. while
5. A. improvement B. equipment C. comment D. development
II. Choose the correct word or phrase underlined to complete each of the following sentences.
1. My mother is (enough/ too/ so/ very) tired to cook tonight
2. They haven’t seen each other (since/ for/ at/ in ) Christmas.
3. Alexander Graham Bell invented the (washing machine/ computer/ television set/ telephone).
4. Mr Hoang is used (eat/ to eat/ to eating/ ate) no thing before going to work
5. Tim saw his friends while he (cross/ was crossing/ is crossing/ crossed) the street.
6. He asked me (if I have/ whether I have/ if I had/ whether I have had) a driving licence .
7. Cool the burn immediately (so as/ so that/ in order to/ because) to minimize tissue damage.
8. She promises she (is/ be/ has been/ will be) back in about ten minutes.
9. This project (is carried out/ will carried out / carries out/ will be carried out) next month.
10. I saw him (watering/ water/ is watering/ to water) the flowers in the garden.
11. Angkor Wat is the (large/ largest / larger/ most largest ) temple in the world.
12. In the rice – cooking festival, a fire is made in the (modern/ new/ traditional/ old time) way.
13. Hoa told me that she (is / was/ were/ had been) hungry.
14. It (sounds/ hears/ says/ listens) interesting. How does it work ?
15. It isn’t good for children (to eat/ eating/ for eating/ eat) too many sweets.
III. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following questions

6. She went to market without anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. Buying
7. she plays the piano!
A. How well B. How good C. What well D. What good
8. The new shopping mall is quite the present shopping area.
A. different from B. the same C. like to D. similar
9. There were flowers that I couldn’t dicide what to buy.
A. so many B. so few C. so little D. so much
10. Of my parents, my father is
A. the stricter B. the strictestC. strict D. stricter
11. Would you cleaning the floor for me?
A. like B. please C. mind D. rather
12. I’ve never seen such an interesting
A. performing B. performer C. performance D. performed
13. I’m sorry. I’m not to help you lift the table.
A. enough strong B. too strong C. strong enough D. enough strength.
14. I usually go to work by bus, but and then I use my motorbike
A. again B. once C. now D. ever
15. There are not jobs for all of us.
A. so B. such C. too D. enough
IV . Supply the correct tense of the verbs in brackets to compete the passage.
Robert Wilson (1)….(be)…. …………… a politician. He (2)…(go)...................to Oxford University in 1960,
and in 1976 he (3)… ……………… (become)…. a Member of Parliament (an MP). He (4)….(be)...................an
MP since then. He (5) ………………… (be)… Minister of Education from 1980 to 1985. He (6)… …………………
(write)… many books. He (7)…… (get)… …………… married and (8) …(have).....................two children. His
family lived in Oxford for 15 years, then they (9)…….(move)...................to London in 1980. They now (10)
…..(live)...................in a house in Kensington Street, London.
III. Rewrite these sentences so that they have the same meaning
1. She studies English so that she can improve her knowledge.
 She studies English so as……………………………………………………………………………………….
2. The last time I went to Ho Chi Minh City was 6 years ago.
 I haven’t………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. “Where is the post office?” A visitor asked Lan.
 A visitor asked Lan…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. May I borrow your ruler?
 Would you mind……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. We spent five hours getting to London.
 It took us ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Some one is going to tune my piano tomorrow.
 I am going………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. Nam keeps forgetting his homework.
 Nam is…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. My mother gave me a very nice watch yesterday.
 I was ………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………
9. We’d prefer you not to smoke.
 We’d rather…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. “ You should not believe him, Minh” said Toan
 Toan advised…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
IV. Fill a suitable preposition in each blank.
1. Mrs Vui always prides............................her cooking.
2. It is safe to keep medicine...................locked cupboards.
3. Lipton tea is different................................Dilmah tea.
4. How........................going to Vinh Market this afternoon ?
5. Mr John is very interested.............the history of Viet Nam.
6. When my parents arrived home, I was waiting............a phone call.
7. Mary regretted not bringing a lot of clothes.............her. It was very cold.
8. Hoa got up late as her alarm clock didn’t go………………..
9. Would you mind if I had a look...........................your luggage ?
10. Because of the heavy storm, the ship moved up and..........the water.
V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. The lecturer is giving us first-aid …………………. (instruct)
2. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more …………….. (comfort)
3. He said “Good morning” in a most ………….. way. (friend)
4. This book is ……….. enough for me to read. (interest)
5. Sa Pa is a wonderful ………..... resort in Viet Nam. (mountain)
6. Nam’s sister has been an………….for seven years. act)
7. Diana is a …………… She sells flowers at a shop in New York. (flower)
8. The view of this mountain is ……………… (beauty)
9. My mother doesn’t like me to wear short skirts to church. She thinks they are …… (suitable)
10. Christmas songs were …………for people in towns and villages. (perform)
III. Complete the following questions with the correct preposition.

16. She isn’t here the moment.
17. Warm clothes protect us bad weather.
18. What do you often do weekends.
19. We haven’t seen him last month.
20. He had an accident and was taken hospital.
21. We regarded him a famous doctor.
22. You’re better ask the information desk.
23. He borrowed $ 100 his father
24. “ Hamlet” is written Shakespeare.
25. Jane fell her bike and hit head on the road
VI. Read and choose the words or phrases that best fit each of the blank spaces.
Paper
Paper was …….(1)…… by the Chinese in the first century AD. Most paper is made …..(2)…. wood. When
trees are …….(3)……, they are transported …..(4)….. land or water to paper mill. Here they are cut …(5)..
and the wood is broken up into fibres. Which are ….. (6) with water and chemicals. This wood pulp is
then dried on a machine and ….(7)…. into paper.
One tree is needed for every 400 ….(8)…. of a typical forty-page newspaper. If half the adults in
Britain each buy one daily paper, this uses up over 40.000 trees a day. Trees are being cut down faster
than they are being …….(9)…, so there may be a (n) ……(10) paper shortage before the year 2010.
1. a. imagined b. invented c. thought d. brought
2. a. from b. of c. by d. with
3. a. cut in b. cut of c. cut down d. cut up
4. a. on b. of c. through d. by
5. a. up b. all c. over d. in
6. a. turned b. mixed c. beaten d. joined
7. a. make b. making c. made d. to make
8. a. covers b. texts c. sheets d. copies
9. a. set up b. replaced c. grown up d. found
10. a. able b. important c. serious d. essential
IV. Fill the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided in the right column.
26. Their children have quite characters. DIFFERENCE
27. What is the correct of this word? PRONOUNCE
28. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more COMFORT
29. She is one of the greatest to appear in this theater. PERFORM
30. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very there in the fall WIND
31. It is to eat too much sugar and fatty food. HEALTH
32. During his the family lived in Cornwall CHILD
33. Bell demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS
34. Every day, there are two from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. FLY
35. , dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. SUDDEN
V. Give the correct form of the verb in brackets.

36. Will you wait a minute while I (look) through the text ?
37. “ I hear you’ve bought a new house.” - “Yes, I ( move ) in next week”
38. Look at those black clouds. It ( rain)
39. The film ( begin) at 7.30 or 8.00 this evening ?
40. Mai (telephone) you when she comes back.
41. The pens ( produce ) by Thien Long Company are usually cheap and good.
42. “Do you mind if I sit here ?” – “ I ‘d rather you ( sit ) over there”
43. The price ( become ) more and more expensive these days.
44, + 45. Mr Binh ( know) how to drive a car although he ( not learn) it yet.
VIII. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find it by choosing A, B, C or D.
66. Have you ever seen a painting of Picasso yet ?
A B C D
67. “ Do you think anyone saw us ?” she told
nervously. A B C D
68. The plays writing by Shakespeare are very popular in the world.
A B C D
69. The employer said that he would give them a two – day trip to Phu Tho next
week. A B C D
70. My sister is studying very hard in order to pass the exam and getting scholarship at university.
A B C D
IX. Write a description of 100-120 words with the title “My holidays”.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
KEYS PRACTICE 8
Câu I : 4,5 điểm ( Mỗi câu đúng 0,3 đ )
1. too 6. if I had 11. largest
2. since 7. so as 12. traditional
3. telephone 8. will be 13. was
4. to eating 9. will be carried out 14. sounds
5. was crossing 10. watering 15. to eat
Câu II: 2,5 điểm (Mỗi câu đúng 0,25 đ)
1. is 2. went 3. became 4. has been 5. was
6. has written 7. gets 8. has 9. moved 10. live / are now living
Câu III : 3,0 điểm ( Mỗi câu đúng đạt 0,3 đ ):
1. She studies English so as to improve her knowledge.
2. I haven’t gone / been to Ho Chi Minh for 6 years.
3. A visitor asked Lan where the post office was.
4. Would you mind lending me your ruler?
Or : Would you mind if I borrowed your
ruler?
5. It took us five hours to get to Lon don.
6. I am going to have my piano tuned tomorrow.
7. Nam is always forgetting his homework.
8. I was given a very nice watch yesterday.
9. We’d rather you didn’t smoke.
10. Toan advised Minh not to believe him.
Câu IV : 2,5 điểm ( Mỗi câu đúng đạt 0,25 đ ):
1. on 2. in 3. from 4. about 5. in
6. for 7. with 8. off 9. atr 10. down
Câu V : 3,0 điểm ( Mỗi câu đúng đạt 0,3 đ ):
1. instructions 6. actress
2. comfortable 7. florist
3. friendly 8. beautiful
4. interesting 9. unsuitable
5. mountainous 10. perormed
Câu VI : 2,5 điểm ( Mỗi đáp án đúng đạt 0,25 đ
) 6. b. mixed
1. b. ivented 7. c. made
2. a. from 8. d. copies
3. c. cut down 9. b. Replaced
4. d. by 10. serious
5. a. up
Câu VII : 2,0 điểm : Giám khảo căn cứ vào bài viết về kỳ nghỉ của học sinh để chấm, bài viết sử dụng thì quá
khứ là cơ bản.
----- Hết -----
A. Phonetics
ENGLISH PRACTICE 9
I. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the
others in each group.
1. A. climate B. comic C. hike D. website
2. A. worked B. laughed C. hoped D. naked
3. A. cover B. category C. ancient D. decorate
4. A. erupt B. humor C. UFO D. communicate
5. A. Buddhism B. bomb C. viable D. bulb
II. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the stress pattern different from that of the other
words.
1. A. comprise B. depend C. design D. novel
2. A. tropical B. collection C. tendency D. charity
3. A. friendliness B. occasion C. pagoda D. deposit
4. A. importing B. specific C. impolite D. important
5. A. federation B. unpolluted C. disappearing D. profitable
B. Vocabulary and Grammar

I. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.
1. All the sentences below use “the”, which one is correct?
A. Can you pass the sugar please? B. The crime is a problem in many big cities.
C. The apples are good for you. D. I love the skiing.
2. Our friends have lived in Ho Chi Minh city 2002
A. for B. since C. in D. about
3. He prefers soccer tennis
A. from B. than C. to D. or
4. If they worked more carefully, they so many mistakes.
A. won’t make B. don’t make C. wouldn’t make D. didn’t make
5. He to his friend’s party when his parents asked him to go home.
A. goes B. was going C. went D. has gone
6. There’s a strange man behind us. I think .
A. we are followed B. we are being followed
C. we are being following D. we are following
7. Which of the following is the strongest advice?
A. You should get a hair-cut. B. If I were you I’d get a hair-cut.
C. You ought to get a hair-cut. D. You really must get a hair-cut.
8. you mind if I use your dictionary?
A. Will B. Do C. Can D. Did
9. Mr.Vo Van Kiet, was our former Prime Minister, was born in Vinh Long.
A. that B. whose C. who D. whom
10. All that rubbish will have to be at once.
A. get rid of B. got rid of C. got rid D. getting rid of
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets to complete the passage
1. My friend was (make) (pay) back the book.
2. Hardly he (take) up the book when the phone (ring) .
3. Can you imagine what I (come) across when I (roll) up the carpet yesterday?
4. If she wins the prize, it (be) because she (write) very well.
5. He resented (ask) (wait) . He had expected the minister to see him at once.
III. Give the correct form of the word in brackets to complete each sentence
1. A lot of toys encourage children’s . (imagine)
2. The factory has provided cheaper lately. (produce)
3. Burning coal is an way of heating a house. Gas is much cheaper. (economy)
4. According to some scientists the earth is losing its outer atmosphere because of . (pollute)
5. She has one of the biggest art in Britain. (collect)
6. has caused many so-called man-made disasters. (forest)
7. often walk through the streets shouting or singing about something they sell. (cry)
8. Gas and oil always increases in cold weather. (consume)
9. The police are interested in the sudden of the valuable painting. (appear)
10. He claimed that his had caused him to become a criminal. (bring up)
IV. Match a beginning in column A with the most suitable ending in column B to make
a meaningful sentence or a conversation
A B
1. I must get back to work, a. That’s right, I am
2. Hello. You must be Maryam. b. which is the capital city of California.
3. Andrew is flying to Sacramento, c. we will have no fresh water to use.
4. Do you know that you can only live d. otherwise I’ll get the sack.
without water for four days?
5. If we pollute the water, e. It depends on where you are and what
you are doing, surely?
V. Each of the following sentence has four words or phrases underlined. The four underlined parts
of the sentence are marked A, B, C, D. You are to identify the one underlined word or phrase that
should be corrected or rewritten
1. Preserving natural resources mean reserving them for our future.
A B C D
2. Despite of the increase in air fares, most people still prefer to travel by plane.
A B C D
3. Regardless of your teaching method, the objective of any conversation class should be
A B
for students to practice speaking words.
C D
4. The injured man was taken to the hospital.
A B C D
5. In order for one to achieve the desired results in this experiment, it is necessary
that he work as fastly as possible.
A B C D
C. Reading
I. The reading is followed by several questions about it. There are four possible answers (A, B, C or
D) for each question. Choose the best answer.
Benjamin Franklin
Few people can embody the spirit of early America as much as Benjamin Franklin. He lived through
almost the whole of the eighteenth century, being born six years after it began, and dying ten years before it
ended. In this time he saw the American colonies grow from tiny settlements into a nation, and he also
contributed much to the development of the new state.
At the age of 17 Franklin ran away to Philadelphia. He had already received some training as a
printer’s apprentice, and this helped him seven years later, with his first publication, the Pennsylvania
Gazette. He also received a contract to do government printing work, which helped him to rise from his poor
background to become a successful entrepreneur. Some of his experience in business was shared in his
famous Poor Richard’s Almanak, which established his reputation throughout the American colonies. In
another of his works, the Autobiography, which was written toward the end of his life, he shows the same
quiet common sense.
He was deeply interested in science and natural history, and his experiments with electricity and
lightning led directly to the invention of the lightning rod. He was also interested in improving the
conditions of his fellow men. He was involved in a number of projects in his native Philadelphia, including the
setting up of a library, a university, a philosophical society, and - because he was a pragmatic man - a fire
prevention service. In 1753 he became Postmaster-General of the colonies. Through this experience he began
to develop the idea that the colonies of North America should be a single nation. Later, he went to London to
try to persuade the British government to change the conditions, especially the taxes, that later led the
American colonists into rebellion.
Whatever Benjamin Franklin’s personal feelings about the rebellion of the American states, he
worked hard to make it succeed. As ambassador to France, he encouraged the French to help George
Washington. After the war he attended the American constitutional congress. This was his last contribution,
for he died later that year. He is still fondly remembered by Americans as one of the creators of the United
States.
1. What is a good description for this text?
A. An autobiography of Benjamin Franklin. B. The life of Benjamin Franklin
C. The works of Benjamin Franklin. D. Franklin and American Independence.
2. When was Benjamin Franklin born?
A. 1806 B. 1794 C. 1717 D. 1706
3. Which of these happened first?
A. Franklin trains as a printer. B. Franklin runs away to Philadelphia.
C. The American colonies rebel. D. Franklin starts his first publication.
4. What was Poor Richard’s Almanak about?
A. Franklin’s reputation. B. How to succeed in business.
C. How to do government printing. D. The text does not say.
5. In which countries did Franklin live?
A. England and France. B. Philadelphia and England.
C. London and America. D. England, America and France.
II. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each
space. There is an example at the beginning (0)
SAVING THE TIGER
In 1973, when the tiger appeared to (0) be facing extinction, the World Wide Fund for Nature and
(1) Indian Government agreed to set (2) “Operation Tiger”- a campaign (3) save this
threatened creature. They started by creating nine special parks (4) that tigers could live in safety. The
first was at Ranthambhore, a region (5) was quickly turning into a desert (6) too much of the
grass was being eaten by the local people’s cattle. At the time there (7) just fourteen tigers left there.
The government had to clear twelve small villages, which mean moving nearly 1,000 people and 10,000
cattle so the land (8) be handed back to nature.
Today, Ranthambhore is a very different place, with grass tall (9) for tigers to hide in, and there
are now at (10) forty of them (11) the park, wandering freely about. Other animals have also
benefited. For example, there are many (12) deer and monkeys than before. The people (13)
were moved are now living in better conditions. They live in new villages away (14) the tiger
park, with schools, temples and fresh water supplies. There are now sixteen such tiger parks in India and the
animals’ future looks (15) little safer.
D. Writing
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the sentence printed before it,
begin with the given word(s) or phrase
1. You should review your lessons for the exam.
It’s time
2. That man used to work with me when I lived in New York.
That’s
3. What a pity they close the shops at lunch-time.
I wish
4. We like ice-cream but we don’t have it everyday.
Although
5. When did you start working in that factory?
How long
6. Oil was slowly covering the sand of the beach.
The sand
7. “Where is the station car-park?” Mrs. Smith asked.
Mrs. Smith asked
8. He was sorry he hadn’t said goodbye to her at the airport.
He regretted
9. I advise you not to buy that car.
If
10. Why don’t you ask her yourself?
I suggest that
II. Make full sentences based on given cues.
1. If you/ not go / the party /I /go / either.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Unless/ I / have/ quiet room/ I / not/ able /do / work.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. nurse/ kind enough/ help him/ walk

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. He/ rather spend/ holidays/ a farm/ seaside

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. I/ return/ visit/ Japan. It/ wonderful trip.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
The end
KEYS – PRACTICE 9
A. Phonetics (Tổng số: 10 điểm)
I. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the underlined part pronounced differently from
the others in each group: 05 điểm, mỗi câu đúng 01 điểm
1B 2D 3C 4A 5B
II. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the stress pattern different from that of the
other words: 05 điểm, mỗi câu đúng 01 điểm
1D 2B 3A 4C 5D
B. Vocabulary and Grammar (tổng số: 40 điểm)
I. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence: 10 điểm, mỗi câu đúng 01 điểm
1A 2B 3C 4C 5B 6B 7D 8B 9C 10B
II. Give the correct form of the verb in brackets to completes each sentence: 10 điểm, mỗi động
từ chia đúng được 01 điểm.
1. made-to pay 2. had he taken- rang 3. came- was rolling
4. will be- writes 5. being asked- to wait
III. Give the correct form of the word in brackets to complete each sentence: 10 điểm, mỗi từ viết
đúng được 01 điểm, nếu viết từ đúng mà không có “s” thì từ đó không được tính điểm.
1. imagination 2. products
3. uneconomical/ uneconomic 4. pollution
5. collections 6. Deforestation
7. Criers 8. consumption
9. disappearance/ re-appearance 10. upbringing
IV. For each sentence, match a beginning in column A with the most suitable ending in column B
to make a meaningful sentence or a conversation: 05 điểm, mỗi câu đúng được 01 điểm.
1d 2a 3b 4e 5c
V. Each of the following sentence has four words or phrases underlined. The four underlined
parts of the sentence are marked A, B, C, D. You are to identify the one underlined word or phrase
that should be corrected or rewritten: 05 điểm, mỗi câu đúng được 01 điểm.
1B 2A 3D 4D 5C
C. Reading (Tổng số: 30 điểm)
I. The reading is followed by several questions about it. There are four possible answers (A, B, C
or D) for each questions. Choose the best answer: 15 điểm, mỗi câu đúng được 03 điểm.
1B 2D 3A 4B 5D
II. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in
each space. There is an example at the beginning (0): 15 điểm, mỗi từ đúng được 01 điểm.
1.the 2. up 3. to
4. so 5. that/which 6. since/ as/ because/ for
7. were 8. might/ could 9. enough
10. least 11. in 12. more
13. who/that 14. from 15. a
D. Writing (tổng số: 20 điểm)
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the sentence printed before
it, begin with the given word(s) or phrase: 10 điểm, mỗi câu viết đúng được 01 điểm.
1. (It’s time) you reviewed your lessons for the exam.
2. (That’s) the man who used to work with me when I lived in New York.
3. (I wish) they would open the shops at lunch time.
Or: (I wish) they wouldn’t close the shops at lunch time.
4. (Although) we like ice-cream, we don’t have it every day.
5. (How long) have you been working in that factory?
6. (The sand) of the beach was being slowly covered by oil.
7. (Mrs. Smith asked) (me) where the station car-park was.
8. (He regretted) not saying/having said goodbye to her at the airport.
9. (If) I were you, I wouldn’t buy that car.
10. (I suggest that) you (should) ask her yourself.
II. Make full sentences based on given cues: 10 điểm, mỗi câu đúng được 02 điểm.
1. If you don’t go to the party I won’t go either.
2. Unless I have a quiet room, I will not/ won’t be able to do my work/ any work.
3. The nurse is/ was kind enough to help him (to) walk.
4. He would rather spend his holidays on a farm than at the seaside.
5. I have (just) returned from a visit to Japan. It was a wonderful trip.
Tổng số điểm: 100
The End
I. PHONETICS:
ENGLISH PRACTICE 10
a. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D: (5 ¿ 0,2=1.0 pt)
1. A. Sugar B. Sorry C. Seaside D. Summer
2. A. Page B. Village C. luggage D. Heritage
3. A. Seat B. Great C.Please D. Beach
4. A. Hotel B.Photo C. Move D.Pagoda
5. A. Typhoon B. Goose C. Food D. Flood
b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. A. realize B. improve C. possible D. comfortable
2. A. important B. especially C. prefed D. influence
3. A. general B.opinion C. abroad D.surprise
4. A.comfort B.nation C.apply D.moment
5. A. medical B.advise C.vegetables D. physical
II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:
a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. “ Recycling” means not................way.
A. throwing things away B.throw things away
C.blowing things away D. not blowing things away
2. I think it is good to spend time..........English pronunciation.
A.in B.on C.with D.at
3. Two teams take part in the.............contest
A. fetching – water B.water – fetching
B. fetched – water D.water - fetched
4. She is not old.....................to go out alone in the evening.
A.enough B.for C. so that D. that
5. Ha Long Bay, one of the most picturesque sights in Viet Nam, was.............by UNESCO as world
Heritage Site.
A.recognized B.signed C.realized D. collected
6. Could you help me..................this door, please?
A.push B.pushing C.pushed D.for pushing
7. At the end of the street there is path.................To the river.
A.leads B.leasd C.leading D.led
8. All letters...................today should arrive tomorrow.
A.posted B.post C.to post D.posting
9. When I arrived, there was a big red car...............outside the house.
A.park B.parked C.parking D.parks
10. I live in a pleasant room..............The garden.
A.overlook B.overlooks C.overlooker D.overlooking
b. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters: (10 ¿ 0,2=2.0 pts)
1. Farmers are always faced with ......................... brought about by typhoons, floods or droughts.
(destroy)
2. They made a decision to close down the factory.......................(permanence)
3. She was.....................for days after the accident. (conscious)
4. A few passengers received serious.....................in the accident. (injure)
5. Children often feel a lot of .. ...................... about their first day at school. (anxious)
6. He drinks a lot of coffee to keep him.......................(wake)
7. Linda is one of the.....................from Friends of the Earth. (represent)
8. Attractive.....................can help to sell products. (package)
9. These products are.....................friendly. (environment)
10. It’s difficult to find.....................at busy time. (accommodate)
c. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (5 ¿ 0,2=1.0 pt)
1. When the phone rang, I (water).....................the flowers in the garden.
2. You should practice ( speak).......................English everyday.
3. It (get).........................................hotter and hotter in June.
4. His doctor advised him (give).................Up somoking.
5. My uncle (not visit)............................. us since he (move)................to the new town.
d. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. Instead............going to the theater, we'll go to the concert.
2. There is nothing to prevent the children...........playing there.
3. They will be here.............a few minutes.
4. Most children often participate................outdoor activitives in their free time.
5. You are very different.............your brother.
III. READING:
a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
There (1).................... many simple things we can do to stop the (2)....................of the invironment. First of
all, we should not dump our rubbish without (3).................which things, such as bottles and paper can
(4). ...................... .
We should put objectives that we can recycle in (5).....................bins. Secondly, instead of talking our
car wherever we go, we ought to leave it at home (6).. ....................... possible, and go on foot or
(7)........................ public transport. When we have to drive to the market (8)...................our shopping, we
should always remember (9)... ...................our own bags (10). .................... we don't need to use the
supermarket's plastic bags.
1. A. are B.is C.was D.were
2. A. destroy B. destroyed C.destructive D. destruction
3. A. think B.to think C.thinking D. thought
4. A.be recycled B.recycle C.recycling D. being recycled
5. A. recycle B. recycles C. recycled D. recycling
6. A. where B.whenever C.whenD. wherever
7. A. on B. in C. by D. to
8. A. to do B. do C. to make D. making
9. A. taking B.to take C. take D. took
10. A.so B. that C. so that D. so as
b. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10 ¿ 0,2=2 pts)
The world's (1) ........................ famous clock is Big Ben standing (2). ........................ to the Housees of
Parliament in London. Big Ben is the (3).....................of the bell which chimes every hour.
The Bell (4). ........................ named after Sir Benjamin Hall, the man (5) ........................ was given the tast of
hauling the bell up the clock tower. The clock (6) ........................ four faces and keeps accurate time. It can
(7). ........................ adjusted by the removal or addition of coins (8).......................a stray attached to the clock
pendulum.
One interesting thing about the clock (9) ........................ the light shines above the belfry at night, it
(10)....................that the House of Common is still in session.
c. Read the passage and answer the questions. (1.0 pt)
TRADITIONS AND CUSTOMS IN GREAT BRITAIN.

Every nation and every country has its own customs and traditions. In Britain traditions play a more
important part in the life of the people than in other countries. Englishmen are proud of their traditions and
carefully keep them up.
It has been the law for about 300 years that all theaters are closed on Sundays. No letters are delivered, only
a few Sunday papers are published. To this day an English family prefers a house with a garden to a flat in a
modern house with a central heating. English people like gardens. Sometimes the garden in front of the
house is a little square covered with cement painted garden in inmitation of grass and box of flowers.
Holidays are especially rich in old traditions and are different in Scotland, Ireland, Wales and England.
Christmas is a great English national holiday, and in Scotland it is not kept, except by clerks in banks, all
shops and factories are working.
1. How important are traditions in Britain?
..................................................................................................................................
2. What do Englishmen do to their traditions?
..................................................................................................................................
3. Which does an English family prefer, a house with a garden or a flat?
..................................................................................................................................
4. Find sentences in the text which shows that the English people like gardens very much?
..................................................................................................................................
5. How is Christmas kept in Scotland?
..................................................................................................................................
IV WRITING:
a. Use the following words and phrases. Make all the necessary changes and additions to write
complete and meaningful sentences. (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. I / not / see / him / since / we / leave / school.

..................................................................................................................................
2. This / be / first time / Tim / see / rice paddies.
..................................................................................................................................
3. compost / make / from / household and garden waste.
..................................................................................................................................
4. he / tell / me / that / he / borrow / book / school library.
..................................................................................................................................
5. would / you / mind / if / I / sit / here?
..................................................................................................................................
b. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence. Do not change the words given in any way: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence
1. I haven’t eaten this kind of food before.
→ This is the first ………………………………………………………………...
2. My brother started working in that factory five years ago.
→ My brother has …………………………………………………………………..
3. ‘Can I borrow your bike, Nga?’ ,Nam askerd.
→ Nam asked Nga ………………………………………………………………….
4. This pen belongs to Phong.
→ This is ……………………………………………………………………………
5. They haven’t cleaned the streets this weed.
→ The streets ……………………………………………………………………….
6. Apples are usually cheaper than oranges.
→ Apples are not ……………………………………………………………………
7. He’d rather play golf than tennis.
→ He prefers ………………………………………………………………………..
8. Mai broke the cup because of her carelessness.
→ Because Mai ……………………………………………………………………..
9. How long is it since they built the house?
→ When ……………………………………………………………………………..
10. You are not allowed to smoke here.
→ Would you mind …………………………………………………………………
c. Write a composition about 130 words about one of the interesting places in your country, using
some headlines below. ( 2.0 pts)
(don’t show your name, your school or your village):
- Name of the place.
- Sights/ landscapes.
- Acommadation and food.
- Available transportation.
Keys – practice 10
I. PHONETICS:
a. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D. (5 ¿ 0,2=1.0 pt)
1.A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. D
b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (5 ¿ 0,2=1.0 pt)
1.B 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. B
II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:

a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10 ¿ 0,2=2.0 pts)
1.A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. A
6. A 7. C 8. A 9.C 10. D
b. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the following
sentences. (10 ¿ 0,2=2.0 pts)
1. destruction 2. permanently 3. unconscious 4. injuries 5. anxiety
6. awake 7. representatives 8. packaging 9. environmentally 10. accommodation
c. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets. (5 ¿ 0,2=1.0 pt)
1. was watering 2. speaking 3. is getting
4. to give 5.hasn't visited - moved
d. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (5 ¿ 0,2=1.0 pt)

1. of 2. from 3.in 4. in 5. from
III. READING:
a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. A. are 2.D. destruction 3.C.thinking 4. A.be recycled 5. D. recycling
6. B.whenever 7.C. by 8. A. to do 9.B.to take 10.C. so that

b. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10 ¿ 0,2=2.0 pts)
1. most 2. next 3. name 4. was 5. who
6. has 7. be 8. on 9. that 10. means
c. Read the passage and answer the questions. (5 x 0,2=1.0 pt)
1. In Britain, traditions play a more important part in the life of the people than in other
countries.
2. Englishmen are proud of their traditions and carefully keep them up.
3. An English family prefers a house with a garden to a flat.
4. " An English people like gardens. Sometimes the garden in front of the house is a little
square covered with cement painted garden in inmitation of grass and box of flowers".
5. In Scotland, Christmas is not kept, except by clerks in banks, all shops and factories are
working.
IV. WRITING:
a. Use the following words and phrases. Make all the necessary changes and additions to
write complete and meaningful sentences. (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)
1. I have not seen him since we left school.
2. This is the first time Tim has seen (the) rice paddies.
3. Compost is made from household and garden waste.
4. He told me that he borrowed this/ that/ a book from the school library.
5. Would you mind if I sat here?
b. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the words given in any way. (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. This is the first time I have eaten this kind of food.
2. My brother has worked in that factory for five years.
3. Nam asked Nga to lend her bike/ Nam askes Nga if she could lend him her bike/ Nam askes
Nga if he could borrow her bike.
4. This is Phong's pen.
5. The streets haven't been cleaned this week.
6. Apples are not usually as expensive as oranges.
7. He prefers golf to tennis/ He prefers playing golf to playing tennis.
8. Because Mai was careless, she broke the cup.
9. When did they begin building the house?/ When did they build the house?
10. Would you mind not smoking here?
c. Write a composition about 150 words about about one of the interesting places in your
country, using some headlines below. ( 3.0 pts)
(don’t show your name, your school or your village):
The composition must have at least four ideas below.
-Name of the place.(0,5pt)
- Sights/ landscapes. (1 pt)
- Acommadation and food. (1 pt)
- Available transportation. (0,5pt)

ENGLISH PRACTICE 11
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others
1. a. notice b. grow c. ghost d. lost
2. a. casual b. material c. champagne d. campus
3. a. deny b. deposit c. benefit d. respond.
4. a. hike b. shrine c. widely d. opinion
5. a. furious b. purpose c. surf d. turn.
II. Choose the best answer, circle the letter a, b, c or d

1. The baby’s getting.............everyday.
a. more big b. bigger c. bigger and bigger d. more and more big
2. English...........at the meeting.
a. speak b. speaks c. is speaking d. is spoken
3. These flowers......................
a. smell good b. smells good c. smell well d. smells well
4. She...........getting up early now.
a. didn’t use to b. is used to c. is using to d. used to
5. Did you put..................sugar in my coffee?
a. many b. a few c. so many d. much
6. Do you know..................yesterday?
a. if did they arrive b. if they arrive c. if did they arrivedd. if they arrived
7. If you are tired, you should..........a break.
a. make b. do c. take d. go
8. Beef is my.................food.
a. preferable b. favorable c. favorite d. likeable
9. I’m looking.................to hearing from you.
a. at b. after c. over d. forward
10. She...........a cake when the telephone rang.
a. makes b. make c. has make d. was making
11. I’ve known him.....................I left school.
a. when b. before c. until d. since
12. He has left his book here on...................so that you can read it.
a. design b. intention c. purpose d. meaning
13. What would you...................me to do for you?
a. want b. hope c. wish d. have
14. After retiring, my father will spend his...................on an expensive holiday.
a. dollars b. accounts c. savings d. cheques
15. We can’t go wrong if we.......the instructions.
a. follow b. keep c.take d. guide
III. Read the text below. Use the word given at the end of each line to form a word that fits in
the space in the same line.
Example: (0) impossible
These days it is(o)………….......................to open a newspaper without POSSIBLE
reading about the damage we are doing to the environment.
The earth is being(1)………….....................and the future looks bad. THREAT
What can each of us do?
We cannot clean up our(2)…………......................rivers and seas overnight. POLLUTION
Nor can we stop the(3)……………...................of plants and animals. But APPEAR
we can stop adding to the problem while(4)………………................. .......... SCIENCE
search for answers, and laws are passed in nature’s(5)……………............... DEFEND
It may not be easy to change your lifestyle(6)…………….................., but COMPLETE
some steps are easy to take: cut down the amount of(7)………….................. DRIVE
you do or use as little plastic as possible. It is also easy to save energy,
which also reduces(8)…………….................bills. We must all make HOUSE
a personal (9)……………................... to work for the future of our planet if DECIDE
we want to (10)…………....................a better world for our grand- children. SURE
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense or form.
Dentists can do a lot(0)....to improve...(improve) your teeth. They can straighten your teeth
by(1).....................................(put) wires on them. These wires(2).............................(push) the roots of the teeth the
right way. The best time for (3)..............................(do) this is while the teeth(4).............................(grow). A lot of
dentists, however, prefer not(5).............................(start) doing this before a child(6)..................(be) at least eight.
Sometimes a dentist even(7)……………...........….(use) elastic bands(8).........................(make) a tooth straight.
Sometimes(9)...............................(pull) tooth out can prevent the other teeth from(10)............................(grow) too
close to one another.
IV. Fill in an appropriate word in each blank.

Kipling was the first writer........ (1)..... expressed the faith and national pride. He was.......(2) in
Bombay India.........(3)..... 1865 and was taken .....(4)..... England to .....(5).... educated at the .....(6) of 6. But at
the age of 17 he returned ......(7)...... India and became a journalist. ........(8)..... this time he.....(9).... a great
amount of prose and portry. After wards he returned to England and travelled in Japan and America. He
received the 1907 Nobel ....(10)... for literature and died in 1936 while he was working on his
autbiographical notes.
V. Read the passage and choose the best answer.

After inventing dynamite, Swedish-born Alfred Nobel became a very rich man. However, he foresaw its
universally destructive powers too late. Nobel preferred not to be remembered as the inventor of dynamite,
so in 1895, just two weeks before his death, he created a fund to be used for awarding prizes to people who
had made worthwhile contributions to mankind. Originally there were five awards: literature, physics,
chemistry, medicine and peace. Economics was added in 1968, just sixty-seven years after the first awards
ceremony. Nobel's original legacy of nine million dollars was invested, and the interest on this sum is used
for the awards which vary from $30,000 to $125,000.
Every year on December 10, the anniversary of Nobel's death, the awards (gold medal, illuminated
diploma, and money) are presented to the winners. Sometimes politics plays an important role in the judges'
decisions. Americans have won numerous science awards, but relatively few literature prizes. No awards
were presented from 1940 to 1942 at the beginning of World War II Some people have won two prizes, but
this is rare; others have shared their prizes.
1. When did the first award ceremony take place7
A. 1895 B . 1901 C. 1962 D. 1968
2. Why was the Nobel prize established?
A. To recognise worthwhile contributions to humanity.
B. To resolve political differences.
C. To honour the inventor of dynamite.
D. To spend money.
3. In which area have Americans received the most awards?
A. Literature B. Peace C. Economics D. Science
4. Which of the following statements is not true?
A. Awards vary in monetary value.
B. Ceremonies are held on December 10 to commemorate Nobel's invention.
C. Politics can play an important role in selecting the winners.
D. A few individuals have won two awards.
5. In how many fields are the prizes bestowed?
A. 2 B. 5 C. 6 D. 10
VI. Write a new sentence as similar in meaning a possible to the original sentence
1. John missed the lecture because he came very
late If
John ............................................................................................
2. He could not afford to buy the car
The car............................................................................................
3. You will not be accepted if you don’t finish your home
work Unless.............................................................................................
4. I had to spend the whole evening finishing the
test It.....................................................................................................
5. Weather conditions influence most people’s lives.
Most people’s lives........................................................................
VII. Make meaningfull sentences based on given hints
1. My friend / live / next door / enjoy / read / book / very / much

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. He / prefer / fiction book / non – fiction book.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. He / start / collect / book / he school / boy.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. He / spend / a lot of money / book /years now
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. He hope / he / have / own library.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
I : 5 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1.d 2.b 3.c 4.d 5.a
II. 15 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1. c 2.d 3.a 4.b 5.d 6.d 7.c 8.c
9.d 10.d 11.d 12.c 13.a 14.c 15.a
III. 10 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1. THREATENED
2. POLLUTED
3. APPEARANCE
4. SCIENTIST
5. DEFENESTRATION
6. COMPLETELY
7. DRIVING
8. HOUSE
9. DECIDEDNESS
10. ENSURE
IV. 10 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1. putting
2. will push
3. doing
4. are being grown
5. to start
6. is
7. uses
8. to make
9. pulling
10. being grown / growing
V. . 10 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1.was 2.born 3. in 4. to 5. be 6.age
7.to 8. by 9. was 10. prize
VI. . 10 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 02 điểm

1.B 2.A 3.D 4.B 5.C
VII.
Câu VI : 5 điểm , mỗi câu viết lại đúng cho 01 điểm
1. If John hadn’t come late , He’d not have missed the lecture
had come ealier , he’d have attended the
lecture
2. The car was too expensive for him to buy
3. Unless you finish your work , you will not be accepted.
4. It took me the whole evening to finish this test
5. Most peole’s lives are influenced by weather conditions
Câu VII : 5 điểm , mỗi câu đúng cho 01 điểm
1. My friend who lives / living next door enjoys reading books very much
2. He prefers fiction books to non- fiction books
3. He started collecting books when he was a school boy
4. He has spent a lot money buying books for years now.
5. He hopes he’ll have own library.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 12
Exercise I: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in
the following questions
1) A. honest B. hour C. honor D. huour

2) A. deaf B. beat C. lead D. teach
3) A. there B. thank C. youth A. thirsty
4) A. fund B. upset C. tutor D. rug
5) A. safe B. mall C. nature D. face
6) A. option B. information C. quention D. invitation
7) A. choos B. chemistry C. character D. child
8) A. invited B. liked C. ended D. wanted
9) notice B. grow C. ghost D. lost
10) like B. wide C. oponion D. file
Exercise II: Fill in the blank with a suitable form of verb in the bracket
Exercise III: Fill in the blank with a suitable preposition

6. I am afraid...................Ghost.
Exercise IV. Fill in the blank with the correct form of word in the bracket

Exercise V : Choose the best answer by cirling A, B, C or D

Exercise VI : Rewrite the sentence by using the given words without changing the meaning
1. Has anyone asked you for your opinions?/

Nam said that………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I had a dog once, but I don’t have anymore./
I ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it./
The water……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. “ Eat more and more vegetables” the doctor said./
The doctor told……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. To live on your salary must be hard./
It ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Tom is the best player in the team./
No one in the team …………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. It’s interesting to read this book./
This book ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. I spend half an hour traveling to work by motorbike everyday./
It takes………...……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………....
9. Peter said he wasn’t feeling well then./
Peter said “I …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………”
10. A boy was injured in the accident, he is now in the hospital./
The boy ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
Exercise VII : Find the mistakes in the passage and correct them
and more things such as a big house, motorbike, television. Her life is getting better and good day by day.
His children go to school. Before they finish school, they are sent to universityes.The farmer still have to work
Exercise VIII : Read the passage and answer the questions below
Most types of paper can be recycled. Newspapers have been recycled profitably for decades and recycling of
other paper is growing.It’s important to know what you are buying in a paper product, for that reason
centers.
 Questions :
1. Can newspapers be recycled?.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Bài I: Mỗi câu đúng được 0,2 điểm.

1-D 3-A 5-B 7-D 9-C
2-A 4-C 6-C 8-B 10-F
Bài II: Mỗi động từ chia đúng được 0,3 điểm.
Bài III:(2 điểm)Mỗi giới từ đúng được 0,2 điểm).
Bài V: (2 điểm).Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,3 điểm.
1.C 2.C 3.A 4.B. 5.D
6.B 7.D 8.C 9.C 10.D
Bài VI : (4 điểm) Mỗi câu viết đúng được 0,4 điểm.
Bài VII :(2 điểm) Mỗi lỗi sai tìm và sửa đúng được 0,2 diểm.
Bài VIII:(2 điểm)Mỗi câu trả lời đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1. Yes, they can.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 13
I- Find the word whose underlined part is pronounced diffirent from the others.
1- a. sun b. fun c. pull d. hunt

2- a. tie b. sit c. bit d. hit
3- a. cave b. have c. slave d. behave
4- a. bull b. pull c. dull d. full
5- a. do b. go c. so d. no
6- a. hotel b. photo c. move d. pagoda
7- a. needed b. visited c.played d. planted
8- a. my b. curly c. library d.lucky
II- Choose A,B,Cor D to complete the following sentences.
1- My brother is studying hard.........pass the exam.

A. for B. in order to C. so to D. so that
2- We have studied..........seven o'clock.
A. for B. at C. since D. to
3- He was born in England. English is his .................................
A. mother tongue B. first language C. foreign language D. A and B are correct
4- It's dangerous.........in this river.
A. swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swam
5..............to America yet ?
A. Were you B. Have you ever been C. Were you been D. Are you
6- The boy was.........by the dog.
A. bite B. bit C. bited D. bitten
7- My father used.........me to school.
A. took B. taking C. to take D. take
8- Would you mind.......for a few minutes?
A. to wait B. waiting C. wait D. be waiting
III- Complete the sentences, use the correct form of the words in the brackets.
1- Would you mind if I (smoke)……………………….

2- Surface mail is much (cheap)............................than airmail.
3- He (live).............................n this city since 2000.
4- The man (sit)........................next to me was very nervous.
5- The children (play).....................when it started to rain.
6- We (learn).............................French grammar at the moment.
7- Could you give me some (inform).............................?
8-............................................................................Mr Hung told me (tell) him the truth.
9- My fater can read (good)........................without glasses.
10- Nam must (do)......................the homework himself.
IV- Underline and correct the mistake in the sentences.
1- They didn't let me to go.

………………………………………………………………………………………
2- When John is four, he came to London with his parents.
.....................................................................................................................................
3- How long have you living here ?
.....................................................................................................................................
4- They are going to school by foot.
.....................................................................................................................................
5- Do you mind if I smoking in the room ?
.....................................................................................................................................
6- His garden isn't as large than mine.
.....................................................................................................................................
7- We haven't talked to your sister since a long time.
......................................................................................................................................
8- There are much than eighty stores in the mall.
......................................................................................................................................
9- The toys keeping in the box are worth 30 dollars.
......................................................................................................................................
10- This school is different mine.
......................................................................................................................................
V- Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1- I am interested....................reading books.
2- She is tired....................living in the city.
3- This restaurant is famous....................Chinese food.
4- The ambulance will be there...................a bout 5 minutes.
5- Bobby started school....................the age of five.
6- I am very keen.....................music.
7- Na got up late this morning because her alarm clock didn’t go .....................
8- I’m looking forward....................seeing in June.
9- Could I help you................your bag?
10- They are traveling to the airport....................a bus.
VI- Complete the passage with the suitable words.
important differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this: learning how to do such
things needs lots (3) practice. It is never simply to “know” something. You must be able to “do”
things with what (4) know. For example, it is not enough simply to read a book on (5) to
fly an aeroplane. A (6) can give you lots of information about how to fly, but if only read a book
and then try to (7) without a great deal of practice first, you will crash and kill (8)....................The
same is true of (9) the piano. So you think it is enough simply to read about it? Can you play the
piano without having lots of (10) first?
VII- Read the following passage and choose the item A,B,C or D that best answer each
question about it.
Nick Johnson lives with his parents, and his sister. They live in Wembley, in north London. Nick’s mum is
called Sue. She works in a supermarket. His dad is called Jim and he works in a bank. Nick’s sister is called
Tracy. She is nine years old. There is also a dog in the family. His name’s Fred.
1. How many people are there in Nick Johnson’s family?
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5
2. Where does Nick’ family live?
A. America B. England C. Scotland D. Australia
3. Which does the word “his” in line 4 refer to?
A. Nick’s mother B. Nick’s sister C. Nisk’s cousin D. Nick’s dog
4. What’s Nick’s sister’s name?
A. Sue B. Jim C. Tracy D. Fred
5. Who is Jim?
A. Nick’s father B. Nick’s mother C. Nick’s cousin D. Nick’s sister
6. Which of the following is not TRUE?
A. Nick’s family live in London. B. Nick’s father works in a bank.
C. Nick’s mother works in a supermarket. D. Nick’s sister is five years old.
VIII- Rewite the following sentences so that have the same meanings as the first ones.
1- The last time I saw her was in 2005.

 I haven't ..................................................................................................................
2- He is writing a book on biology.
 A book on biology .................................................................................................
3- Going swimming in the summer is interesting.
 It .............................................................................................................................
4- He was punished by his mother
 His mother...............................................................................................................
5- “Don’t play video games too much, Minh"Mr Ha said.
 Mr Ha asked ...........................................................................................................
6- Tom is not as tall as Mary.
 Mary...................................................................................................................
7- How is the weather ?
What’s.................................................................................................
8- “Please turn down the radio for me,” said my father.
 My father asked......................................................................................................
9- Many trees are cut down to make paper.
 They..................................................................................................................
10- She cleaned the house.Then she went to the market.
 After.. .................................................................................................
IX- Complete the following sentences based on the given cues.
1- How long / it / take you / get / school ?

.....................................................................................................................................
2- He / not interested / buy / new / house.
.....................................................................................................................................
3- I / play badminton / Nam / when / my friends / come.
.....................................................................................................................................
4- I / bored / doing / same thing / day after day.
.....................................................................................................................................
5- Marie Curie / born / Poland / 1867
.....................................................................................................................................
6- We ought / use/ cloth bags/ instead / reuse/ plastic bags.
.....................................................................................................................................
7- We / have / wonderful/ time / moment / SaPa.
.....................................................................................................................................
8- Could / give me / information ?
.....................................................................................................................................
X- Write a passage in 200 words about the beauty of your hometown
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
The end
I- Find the word whose underlined part is pronounced diffirent from the others . (2ms)
1- c. 2-a. 3- b. 4-c
5-a 6-c 7-c 8-a
II-Choose A,B,Cor D to complete the following sentences (2ms)

1- B 2- A 3- D 4- B
5- B 6- D 7- C 8- B
III- Complete the sentences, use the correct form of the words in the brackets. (2,5ms)
1- smoked 6-are learning
2- cheaper 7-information
3- has lived 8-to tell
4- sitting 9-well
5- were playing 10- do
IV- Underline and correct the mistake in the sentences. (2,5ms)

1- They didn't let me go.
2- When John was four, he came to London with his parents.
3- How long have you lived here ?
4- They are going to school on foot.
5- Do you mind if I smoke in the room ?
6- His garden isn't as large as mine.
7- We haven't talked to your sister for a long time.
8- There are more than eighty stores in the mall.
9- The toys kept in the box are worth 30 dollars.
10- This school is differentfrom mine.
V- Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (2,5ms)
1-in 2- of 3- for 4- in 5- at
6- on 7- off 8- to 9- with 10- for
VI- Complete the passage with the suitable words(2,5ms)

1-learning 2-are 3-of 4-you 5-how
6-book 7-fly 8-yourself 9-playing 10-practice
VII- Read the following passage and choose the item A,B,C or D that best answer each
question about it.(1,5ms)
1- C 2-B 3-D
4-C 5-A 6-D
VIII- Rewite the following sentences so that the seconds have the same meanings as the
first ones(2,5ms)
1- I have’t seen her since 2005.
2- A book on biology is being written by him.
3- It’s interesting to go swimming in the summer.
4- His mother punished him.
5- Mr Ha asked Minh not to play video game too much.
6- Mary is taller than Tom.
7- What’s weather like ?
8- My father asked me to turn down the radio for him.
9- They cut down many trees to make paper.
10- After she cleaned the house, she went to the market.
IX- Complete the following sentences based on the given cues. (2ms)
1- How long does it take you to get to (the) school ?
2- He is not interested in buying a new house.
3-I was playing badminton with Nam when my friends came.
4- I am / was bored with doing the same thing day after day.
5- Marie Curie was born in Porland in 1867.
6- We ought to use cloth bags instead of reusing plastic bags.
7- We are having a wonderful time at the moment in SaPa.
8- Could you give me some information ?
ENGLISH PRACTICE 14
I. Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences. Write
your answers in the table below
1. It was..............................cold to go outside.
A too B enough C much D more
2. She finished the test..............................without any help.
A he B she C hers D herself
3. John..............................to be frightened of spiders when he was younger.
A was B used C did D must
4. We love going swimming,..............................?
A don’t we B aren’t we C won’t we D didn’t we
5. There aren’t..............................eggs to make a cake.
A much B enough C too D more
6. When I went into the room, somebody...................through the window.
A looked B was looking C looks D have looked
7. If you show me your homework I........................you.
A help B will help C helping D have helped
8.........she plays the piano!
9. Life here is very …………….
A. peace B. peacefully C. peaceful D. peacefulness
10. It is raining outside, and Tom brought his umbrella with him.............he wouldn’t get wet.
A. so as to B. in order C. so that D. in order to
11. For lunch, you may have................fish or chicken.
A. both B. neither C. not only D. either
12. I …………. my house....................That is why there is all this mess.
A. had – paint B. have – paint C. am having – painted D. had had - paint
13. The librarian told us not reference books out of the library.
A. take B. taking C. to take D. took
14. I could not cut the grass because the machine................a few days previously.
A. broke down B. has been broken C. have been broken D. breaks down
15. Ann is not at home. She’s.................to dinner.
A. been B. gone C. went D. being
16. “Where are my jeans?” “They................at the moment. Sorry.”
A. are washing B. were washed C. are washed D. are being washed
17. The film was.........................There was so much blood in it.
A. horrify B. horrified C. horrifying D. being
18. How long will it......................you to get there .
A. go B. need C. have D. take
19.............................................This book is from the one I had .
A. different B. similar C. same D. like
20. The teacher asked me if I............answer the question
A. can B. could C. have to D. should
II. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits space .Use only one word in each space
My day usually (1).............at six thirty. I get up and do some exercises for about fifteen minutes. Then I take
my shower. After that I (2)……………dress and have breakfast with my family. At seven thirty I leave (3)
………..school. I generally take the bus to school. I catch the bus near my house and then (4)..............from the
bus -stop to school. It (5)…………….about thirty minutes to get to school. My first class is at eight thirty and I
usually (6)………….school at three. Sometimes I stay (7).............to have a game of volleyball or to work in the
library. I usually watch TV for a (8)...................Then I start my homework. I have dinner at seven o’clock.
After that I often (9)……….. more homework to do. Sometimes I watch TV or go (10)………….. with friends
after dinner. I generally go to bed at around ten thirty.
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….
6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………
III. Choose the suitable word for each blank in the following passage
subjects teenagers because themselves language
difficult enough university their or
Every year students in many countries learn Enghlish . Some of these students are young children . Others
are (1)…………... Many are adults . Some learn at school , others study by (2)………….. A few learn English just
by hearing the (3) ………. in film , on television , in the office , or among their friends . But not many are lucky
(4)………….to do that . Most people must work hard to learn another language .
Learning another language ! Learning English ! Why do all these people want to learn English ? It is
not (5)…………..to answer that quetion . Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their
(6)…………. They study (7)…………..own language , and mathematics .... and English . ( In England , or America
, or Australia , many boys and girls study their own language , which is English and mathematics.......and
another language , perhaps French , or German , or Spainish )
Many adults learn English (8)…………..it is useful for their work . Teenagers often learn English for
their higher studies , because some of their books are in English at the college or (9)..............Other people
learn English because they want to read newspapers (10)............magazines in English .
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….
6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………
IV. Choose thebest answer which can fit in the number space
Many British people go abroad on holiday, to visit family, or on short business trips. People are (1).........to
find out how to get urgent treatment before leaving the UK. They have to (2)...............a form which explains
what they (3)………….. do if they fall ill or (4)..................an accident, and what arrangements exist in (5)
…………… country for medical treatment. The regulations are fairly simple but(6).............people do not have
this information, they may(7)............that private medical care is extremely expensive. It is not unsual for
people to discover that they do not have (8)………….. money with them to (9)............the total costs and (10)
…...............such circumstances an already difficult situation becomes even more complicated.
1. A. advised B. suggested C. said D. spoken
2. A. put B. bring C. till D. get
3. A. ought B. will C. should D. may
4. A. have B. get C. happen D. take
5. A. their B. each C. one D. this
6. A. because B. whether C. as D. if
7. A. look B. want C. find D. know
8. A. enough B. little C. few D. full
9. A. pay B. give C. spend D. have
10. A. on B. in C. at D. up
V. Rearrange the sentences to make a suitable dialogue

A. Is it serious, doctor?
B. Well, you’d better stay a few days for observation.
C. Yes, doctor. I’ve just fallen off my bike.
D. Yes, I did and it hurts now. I feel dizzy,too.
E. Hm. You had a bad fall, didn’t you?
F. No, but you had better not move. Did you bang your head?
G. Now you’d better take off your shirt and I’ll look at your elbows and shoulders.
ANSWERS:
1……… 2………….. 3………… 4………… 5………. 6………. 7……..
VI. There are 11 mistakes in the following paragraph. Underline the mistake then correct it. Write
your answer in the table below
In 1783, two French brothers build the first balloon to take people into the air. One hundred and twenty
years lately, in 1903, the Wright brothers built the first plane with an engine and flied in it . This was in the
United States. Then, in 1918, the US Post Office begun the first airmail service. Aeroplanes changed a lot in
the next thirty year. Then, in 1950s, aeroplanes became many faster because they had jet engines. In 1976,
Concorde was building in the UK and France. It is the faster passenger plane in the world and it can flying at
2500 kilometers an hour, so the journey in London to New York is only four hours. Today millions of people
travel on aeroplane, and it is difficult to think of a world without them.
0. build 
built
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….
6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………
VII. Give the correct form of the words in capital letter to complete the sentences
1. This knife is ……………….-it can’t cut anything. USE
2. It’s difficult to find ………………at busy times in this town. ACCOMMODATE
3. The lecturer is giving us first-aid …………………… INSTRUCT
4. Nam likes acting and outdoor ………………… ACT
5. The Boy Scouts of America is a youth……………….. ORGANIZE
6. You shouldn’t talk about her character only through her ………….. APPEAR
7. Bell ……………..demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS
8. She is beautiful with a....................smile. LOVE
9. There are many cultural..................between his country and mine. DIFFER
10. He is one of the most................writers in the world. FAME
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….
6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………
VIII. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence
1. I haven’t eaten this kind of food before.
This is the first……………………………………………………………..
2. My brother started working in that factory five years ago.
 My brother has……………………………………………………………..
3. ‘Can I borrow your bike,Nga?’, Nam asked.
 Nam asked Nga …………………………………………………………..
4. This pen belongs to Phong.
 This is ……………………………………………………………………..
5. They haven’t cleaned the streets this week.
 The streets………………………………………………………………….
 Apples are not……………………………………………………………..
 He prefers…………………………………………………………………..
8. Mai broke the cup because of her carelessness.
Because Mai………………………………………………………………
9. How long is it since they built the house?
 When.............................................................................?
10. You are not allowed to smoke here.
 Would you mind................................................................?
IX. Write a composition about 150 words on the following topic:

THE SUBJECT I LIKE BEST
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Keys practice 14
I. 4 điểm. Mỗi câu đúng được 0.2 điểm:
1.A 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. B
6. B 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. C
11. D 12. C 13. C 14. A 15. B
16. D 17. C 18. D 19. A 20. B
II. 2 điểm. Mỗi từ đúng được 0.2 điểm
1. starts/begins 2. get 3. for 4. walk 5. takes
6. finish 7. there 8. while 9. have 10. out
III. 2 điểm . Mỗi từ đúng được 0.2 điểm.
1. teenagers 2. themselves 3. language 4. enough 5. difficult
6. subjects 7. their 8. because 9. university 10. or
IV. 2 điểm . Mỗi câu đúng được 0.2 điểm.
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. B
6. D 7. C 8. A 9. A 10. B
V. 1 điểm. Học sinh sắp xếp đúng thứ tự mới được điểm.
1. E 2. C 3. G 4. A 5. F 6. D 7. B
VI. 2 điểm . Mỗi từ đúng được 0.2 điểm.
1.lately - later 2. flied - flew 3. begun - began 4. year - years 5. many - much
6. building - built 7. faster - fastest 8. flying - fly 9. in - from 10. on - by
VII. 1điểm. Mỗi từ đúng được 0.1 điểm
1. USELESS 2. ACCOMMODATION 3. INSTRUCTIONS 4. ACTIVITIES 5. ORGANIZATION
6. APPEARANCE 7. SUCCESSFULLY 8. LOVELY 9. DIFFERENCES 10. FAMOUS

VIII. 3điểm . Mỗi câu đúng được 0.3 điểm.
1. This is the first time I have eaten this kind of food.

2. My brother has worked in that factory for five years.
3. Nam asked Nga to lend her bike/ Nam asked Nga if she could lend him her
bike/ Nam asksed Nga if he could borrow her bike.
4. This is Phong’s pen.
5. The streets haven’t been cleaned this week.
6. Apples are not usually as expensive as oranges.
7. He prefers golf to tennis/ He prefers playing golf to (playing) tennis.
8. Because Mai was careless, she broke the cup.
9. When did they begin building the house?/ When did they build the house?
10. Would you mind not smoking here?
IX. 3 điểm. Giám khảo chấm theo ý viết của học sinh
ENGLISH PRACTICE 15
I. PHONETICS : (
2PTS)
1/ Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by circling A,
B, C or D ( 1pt)
11: A. tourist B. anxious C. delicious D. famous
12: A. university B. unit C. discuss D. computer
13: A. fat B. festival C. grand D. man
14: A. rub B. surrounding C. plumber D. husk
15: A. helped B. worked C. asked D. cleaned
2/ Choose the word whose stress patt ern is different from the others .( 1pt)
16. A. comprise B. depend C. design D. novel
17. A. tropical B. collection C. tendency D. charity
18 A. friendliness B. occasion C. pagoda D. deposit
19. A. importing B. specific C. impolite D. important
20. A. federation B. unpolluted C. disappearing D. profitable
II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (6PTS)
1. Circle the best option A, B, C, or D to complete the following sentences : ( 2pts)
21. Our friends have lived in Ho Chi Minh city 2002
A. for B. since C. in D. about
22. He prefers soccer tennis
A. from B. than C. to D. or
23. This is the first time I this film.
A. am seeing B. saw C. see D. have seen
24. He to his friend’s party when his parents asked him to go home.
A. was going B. goes C. went D. has gone
25. There’s a strange man behind us. I think .
A. we are followed B. we are being followed
C. we are being following D. we are following
26. Which of the following is the strongest advice?
A. You really must get a hair-cut B. If I were you, I’d get a hair-cut.
C. You ought to get a hair-cut. D. You should get a hair-cut.
27. you mind if I use your dictionary?
A. Will B. Can C. Do D. Did
28. The man to the principal is my form teacher.
A. talks B. talk C. talked D. talking
29 . All that rubbish will have to be at once.
A. got rid of B. get rid of C. got rid D. getting rid of
30. Would you mind putting out your cigarette? ~
A. No, thanks. B. No, of course not C. No, I wouldn’t. D. No, I don’t.
2. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the spaces(2pts).
31. Their children have quite characters. (difference)
32. What is the correct of this word? (pronounce)
34. She is one of the greatest to appear in this theater. (perform)
35. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very there in the fall. (wind)
36. It is to eat too much sugar and fatty food. (health)
37. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been in the last few years. (urban )
38. Bell demonstrated his invention. (success)
39. Every day, there are two from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. (fly)
3. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. (1pt)
41. Would you mind if I (smoke) ?
42- I don't enjoy (laugh) at by other people.
43- He (live) in this city since 2000.
44- Most of the NOKIA mobile phones (sell) in this shop are imported from China.
45- The children (play) soccer when it started to rain.
4. Fill in each gaps of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. ( 1pt)
46. In our place it is very cold night, but it’s warm during the day.
47. Phong Nha Cave is known a World Heritage Site.
48. She is thinking importing flowers from Viet Nam ?
49. The canoe overturned and everyone fell the deep water.
50. I prefer walking riding a bicycle.
III. READING: (5pts)
1. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (2 pts)
For many people sport is a popular part of school life and …(51)…in one of the school teams and
playing in matches is very important. …(52)…someone is in a team it means a lot of extra practice and often
spending a Saturday or Sunday away …(53)…home, as many matches are played then.
It …(54)…also involve traveling to other towns to play against other school teams and then …
(55)…on after the match for a meal or a drink. Some parents, friends or other students will travel with the
team to support …(56)…own side.
When a school team wins a match, it is the whole school which feels proud, …(57)…only the
players. It can also mean that a school …(58)…well-known for being good at cetain sports and people from
that school may end up playing …(59)…national and international teams so that the school has some really
…(60)…names associated with it.
51 a.having b. being c.taking d. putting
52 a.If b.As c.Then d. So
53 a.at b. on c.for d. from
54 a.ought b.is c.can d.has
55 a.being b.staying c.leaving d.spending
56 a.their b.its c.our d.whose
57 a.but b.however c.and d.not
55 a.turns b.makes c.comes d.becomes
59 a. up b.to c.for d.beside
60 a.old b.new c.common d.famous
2. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage.(2pts)
Charlie Chaplin was born in a very poor part of London. (61)................father was comedian and his mother
worked (62) .................... a dancer and a singer. (63) ......... of them was successful so the family had very
(64) ..................... money. The (65)....................time he himself earned money by dancing and singing, he was
only five years old. He did many kinds of jobs, but what he loved (66)..................was working in the theatre.
When he was (67) ..................... fifteen, he joined a traveling theatre company and went on trips to
America. On (68) ..................such tour, he was (69).................a part in a film, so he went to Hollywood, where
he eventually became both a famous actor and film director.
He died in Switzerland in 1977, at the age of 88. There is now a statue of him in Leicester Square, London,
the city of his (70)..................and early up-bringing.
3. Read the passage and decide which statements are True (T) or False (F). (1pt)
A week ago, Huy's family went for a picnic in the country. It was early spring, so they thought it was too cold
to go to the seaside. They set off early after breakfast and drove about 45 km into the country until
they came to this favorite place. Huy and his sister went into the woods to pick wild flowers Huy's parents sat
quietly, fishing by the stream. At 4.30 p.m, they put the plates, cups, saucers and other things back into the basket
and went back to their car. They got home at 5.00 p.m.
T F
71. Huy's family went for a picnic seven days ago.
72. They went to the city.
73. They went to the country by train.
74. The children went into the woods to pick wild flowers and their parents fished by
the stream.
75. They came back home at 5.00 p.m.
IV. WRITING (5pts)
1. Make meaningful sentences using the given words. (1pt)
76. Last year/ we/ spend/ week/ My Son / and /I not want / leave.
77. What / should / do / protect / environment / save / natural resources?
78. I/ not talk / uncle / since / he / buy / new house / city center.
79. We / ought / use / cloth bags / instead / reuse / plastic one.
80. Hoang / cross / road / when / father / call out / him .
2. Finish the second sentence in such a way that is similar to the first one. (2pts)
81. The last time I went to Ho Chi Minh City was 6 years ago.
 I haven’t……………………………………………………
82. “Where is the post office?” A visitor asked Lan.
 A visitor asked Lan…………………………………………
83. May I borrow your ruler?
 Would you mind……………………………………………
84. We spent five hours getting to London.
 It took us …………………………………………………….
85. Some one is going to tune my piano tomorrow.
 I am going………………………………………………………
86. Nam keeps forgetting his homework.
 Nam is…………………………………………………………….
87. My mother gave me a very nice watch yesterday.
 I was ………………………………………… ……………………
88. We’d prefer you not to smoke.
 We’d rather………………………………………………………
89. Let’s meet inside the center ,at the cafe corner.
 How.....................................................................?
90. I’ve never eaten this kind of cake.
 It’s ………………………………………………………………….
3. In about 100 words write about your Tet holiday . (3pts) .
( don’t show your name, your school or your village)
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
KEYS – PRACTICE 15
I. PHONETICS : ( 2PTS)
1/ Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by circling
A, B, C or D ( 1pt)
11 A. . tourist
12 C. discuss
13 B. festival
14 B. surrounding
15 D. cleaned
2/ Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others .( 1pt)
16 D. novel
17 B. collection
18 A. friendliness
19 C. impolite
20 D. profitable
II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (6PTS)
1. Circle the best option A, B, C, or D to complete the following sentences : ( 2pts)
21 B. since
22 C. to
23 D. have seen
24 A. was going
25 B. we are being followed
26 B. You really must get a hair-cut.
27 C. Do
28 D. talking
29 A. got rid of
30 B. No, of course not
2. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the spaces(2pts).
31- different 32- pronunciation 33- hopeless 34- performers 35- windy
36- unhealthy 37- urbanized 38- successfully 39- flights 40- contestants
3. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. (1pt)
41- smoked 42- being laughed 43- has lived 44- sold 45- was playing
4. Fill in each gaps of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. ( 1pt)
46- at 47- as 48- of 49- into 50- to
III READING: (5pts)
1. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (2 pts)
51- c 52- a 53- d 54 -c 55- b

56- a 57 - d 58 - d 59 - c 60 - d
2. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage.(2pts)
61- His 62- as 63- Neither 64 - little 65 – first
66- best 67 - about 68 - one 69 - offered 70- birth
3. Read the passage and decide which statements are True (T) or False (F). (1pt)
71 - T 72 - F 73 - F 74 - T 75 - T
IV. WRITING (5pts)
1. Make meaningful sentences using the given words. (1pt)
76. Last year we spent a/ one week in My Son and I didn’t want to leave.
77. What should we do to protect the environment and save natural resources?
78.I haven’t talked to my uncle since he bought a new house in the city center.
79. We ought use the cloth bags instead of reusing the plastic one.
80. Hoang was crossing the road when his father called out to him.
2. Finish the second sentence in such a way that is similar to the first one. (2pts)
81. I haven’t gone / been to Ho Chi Minh for 6 years.
82. A visitor asked Lan where the post office was.
83. Would you mind lending me your ruler?
Or : Would you mind if I borrowed your
ruler?
84. It took us five hours to get to Lon don.
85. I am going to have my piano tuned tomorrow.
86. Nam is always forgetting his homework.
87. I was given a very nice watch yesterday.
88. We’d rather you didn’t smoke.
89. How about meeting inside the center at the café corner?
90. It’s the first time I’ve eaten this kind of cake.
3. In about 100 words write about Tet holiday. (2pts) .
( don’t show your name, your school or your village)
The composition must have at least three ideas below.

1. Mở bài: Nêu được Tết diễn ra vào thời gian nào ở Việt Nam.
(được 0,25 điểm)
2. Thân bài: Kể được một số hoạt động trong dịp Tết , những món ăn đặc biệt trong ngày Tết ….
(được 1,5 điểm)
3. Kết luận: Nêu được cảm xúc về ngày Tết truyền thống đó….. (được 0,25 điểm)
ENGLISH PRACTICE 16
Question I: Choose the best answer to fill in each blank.
1. My aunt speaks English very ................................
A. good B. well C. goodly D. best
2. We have math on Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday; It means we have math................a week.
A. once B. twice C. three times D. four times
3. Lan promises to........................her best in learning English.
A. try B. make C. work D. learn
4. Learners don’t only learn the meaning.....................the spelling and pronunciation of new words.
A. too B. as well as C. also D. but also
5. The manager asked me........................for him outside his office.
6. She hasn’t written to me ........................................
A. already B. yet C. never D. any longer
7. Would you be...........................to hold the door open?
A. kind enough B. too kind C. as kind D. so kind
8. Take the number 7 bus and get.....................at Forest Road.
A. up B. down C. outside D. off
9. They have never come........................such a beautiful village before.
A. off B. along C. at D. across
10. Surely David’s not going to drive,......................he?
A. does B. isn’t C. is D. will
Question II: Give the correct form of the words in the brackets.
1. He fell off the bike, but his..........................were not serious. (injure)
2. She gave me a..........................of the new house. (demonstrate)
3. The shop........................showed me a lot of new models. (assist)
4. You must read the following..........................precautions carefully. (safe)
5. You shouldn’t talk about her character only through her......................(appear)
6. We are waiting for the.........................of our uncle’s train. (arrive)
7. The increase in population has led to..............................in many cities. (crowd)
8. We had a terrible trip because the weather was........................(please)
9. If you want to get more.........................., please contact Mr. Phong. (inform)
10. It’s a good restaurant; the food there is very.......................(taste)
Question III: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the
other words in each group.
1. A. visit B. resort C. museum D. restaurant
2. A. seat B. great C. please D. beach
3. A. helped B. wanted C. sounded D. suggested
4. A. hotel B. photo C. move D. pagoda
5. A. city B. center C. country D. cigarette
6. A. mind B. climb C. exciting D. destination
7. A. sugar B. sorry C. seaside D. summer
8. A. busy B. why C. history D. family
9. A. page B. village C. luggage D. heritage
10. A. what B. which C. where D. who
Question IV: Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. My uncle (not/ be) ……………………………. out of his house since he (buy)..............................a color TV.
2. I don’t think I (go) ............................... out tonight. I (be)......................too tired.
3. John (wash) .............................. his hands. He (just/ repair)...............................the TV set.
4. Tell him (bring) .................................. his bike inside. If he (leave) ........................... it there, someone
(steal)................................it.
5. Where (you/ spend).................................your summer holiday last year?
Question V: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.
1. Keeping the environment clean is very important.
-> It’s ....................................................................................................................................
2. They will show the time machine to the public when they finish it.
-> The time machine .............................................................................................................
3. He was delighted to receive his aunt’s letter.
-> He was delighted that his .................................................................................................
-> People ...............................................................................................................................
5. I’m very sad that I wasn’t accepted in that group.
-> I’m very sad not ................................................................................................................
6. Van keeps forgetting his homework.
-> Van is ...............................................................................................................................
7. I would like you to help me to put the chairs away.
-> Do you mind............................................................................................?
8. Please don’t make any noise; I’m very tired.
-> I’d rather ...........................................................................................................................
9. Having a vacation abroad is very interesting.
-> It is ...................................................................................................................................
-> The water wasn’t ..............................................................................................................
Question VI: Read the following passage and answer the questions below.
A burn is an injury to the skin caused by exposure to fire, hot liquids or metals, chemicals, electricity
or the sun’s ultraviolet rays. When someone gets a burn , it’s necessary to provide first - aid right away. First
aid for burns involves removing the source of the burn as soon as possible. The burns should be cooled
immediately with cold water. A clean, cold wet towel or dressing can be placed on less serious burns to ease
pain and protect the burns from contaminating. If the burn is caused by chemicals, it should be bathed
continuously with running water for at least 20 minutes to reduce the substance. Any powder should be
carefully brushed off with gloved or protected hands before washing. Wet dressings should never be used for
burns. Instead, the first - aid provider should gently apply dry, sterile dressing held in place by bandages and
seek immediate medical attention.
* Question:
1. What can cause burns?
...............................................................................................................................................
2. When should the source of the burn be removed?
...............................................................................................................................................
3. Why should we place clean, cold wet towels on less serious burns?
...............................................................................................................................................
4. How long should the burn caused by chemicals be washed with water?
...............................................................................................................................................
5. What kind of dressings should the first - aid provider use?
...............................................................................................................................................
Question VII: Use the given words to make complete sentences.
1. Linh/ parents/ proud/ him/ because/ he/ always/ get/ good marks.
...............................................................................................................................................
2. We/ very interested/ play/ soccer/ when/ live/ countryside.
...............................................................................................................................................
3. I/ not talk/ uncle/ since/ he/ buy/ new house/ city center.
...............................................................................................................................................
4. The Browns/ buy/ lot/ food/ because/ they/ go/ have/ party.
...............................................................................................................................................
5. It/ only/ small car/ so/ there/ not/ enough room/ all/ us.
...............................................................................................................................................
Question VIII: Fill in each blank with the suitable word in the following passage.
I have just .............................. (1) a letter from my brother, Dave. He is in Australia. He has been
there .................................. (2) six months. He is an engineer. He is.........................(3) for a big farm and he has
visited a great ........................... (4) of different places in Australia. He has just bought...........................(5)
Australian car and he has ................................... (6) to Alice Spring, a small town to the center of Australia.
He .............................. (7) soon visit Darwin. From ............................... (8), he’ll fly to Perth. My brother
has ..............................(9) been abroad before, so he ...................... (10) this trip very exciting.
Question I: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi từ chọn đúng cho: 0,25 đ
1. B 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. C
6. B 7. A 8. D 9. D 10. C
Question II: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi từ đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. injuries 2. 3. assistant 4. safety 5. appearance

demonstration
6. arrival 7. overcrowding 8. unpleasant 9. information 10. tasty
Question III: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi từ chọn đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. D 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C
6. D 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. D
Question IV: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi động từ chia đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. hasn’t been; bought 2. am going/ will go; am 3. is washing; has just

repaired
4. to bring; leaves; will steal 5. did you spend
Question V: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi câu viết lại đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. It’s very important to keep the environment clean.
2. The time machine will be shown to the public when it is finished.
3. He was delighted that his aunt sent him a letter.
4. People recycle old car - tires to make shoes and sandals.
5. I’m very sad not to be accepted in that group.
6. Van is always forgetting his homework.
7. Do you mind helping me to put the chairs away?
8. I’d rather you didn’t make any noise; I’m very tired.
9. It’s very interesting to have a vacation abroad.
10. The water wasn’t warm/ hot enough for the children to swim (in).
Question VI: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi câu trả lời đúng cho: 0,5 đ.
1. Exposure to fire, hot liquids or metals, chemicals, electricity or the sun’s ultraviolet rays can cause
burns.
2. It should be removed as soon as possible.
3. Because it helps ease pain and protect the burns from contaminating.
4. For at least twenty minutes.
5. He or she should use dry, sterile dressing held in place by bandages.
Question VII: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi câu viết đúng cho: 0, 5 đ.
1. Linh’s parents are very proud of him because he always gets good marks.
2. We were very interested in playing soccer when we lived in the countryside.
3. I haven’t talked to your/ my uncle since he bought a new house in the city center.
4. The Browns have bought a lot of food because they are going to have a party.
5. It is only a small car, so there isn’t enough room for all of us.
Question VIII: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi ô trống điền đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. received 2. for 3. working 4. number 5. an

6. gone 7. will 8. there 9. never 10. finds
ENGLISH PRACTICE 17
I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from
the rest
1. A. hour B. honor C. honest D. how
2. A. empire B. bridge C. liberty D. pyramid
3. A. cave B. statue C. bay D. ancient
4. A. believe B. field C. science D. movie
5. A. required B. opened C. plugged D. worked
II. Choose a word in each group that has different stress pattern
1. A. paddle B. canoe C. travel D. institute
2. A. invent B. decorate C. participate D. design
3. A. emergency B. hospital C. ambulance D. handkerchief
4. A. recognize B. remember C. deposit D. immediate
5. A. minimize B. damage C. natural D. recycle
III. Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences.
1. She was very sad good marks in the final test.
A. not get B. not to get C. to not get D. not getting
2. My sister has decided to lose weight, so she is living oranges for a week.
A. with B. on C. in D. by
3. When I school, I am going to work in a factory .
A. begin B. study C. leave D. learn
4. What can we do to prevent people throwing drink cans away?.
A. in B. of C. on D. from
5. We have not seen each other last Sunday.
A. for B. since C. on D. in
6. Excuse me! I am doing my homework. turning down your radio a bit?.
A. Would you please B. Can you C. Could you D. Would you mind
7. You should work for the coming exam.
A. hard B. hardly C. more hardly D. more hard
8. He found a watch when he in the street.
A. walked B. has been walking C. was walking D. has walked
9. My uncle used to live a farm when he was young.
A. in B. at C. during D. on
10. Millions of Christmas cards every year.
A. send B. are sent C. are sending D. was sent
IV. There mistake in the four underlined part of each sentence underline it then correct it .
1. You should take a taxi although it is raining hard .
A B C D
2. The telephone was invented with a Scotsman, Alexandre G. Bell, in 1876.
A B C D
3. It is difficult for students to answer all of the question in fifteen minutes.
A B C D
4. It has been a long time since we last talked together, isn’t it ?
A B C D
5. Lots of information are store in the
computer. A B C D
6. This is the second time I took part in the flower-making contest.
A B C D
7. Either Nam or his father know how to connect the
printer. A B C D
V. Give the correct form of each verb in brackets to complete the following sentences if necessary
1. Look! Somebody (break)..................................that door.
2. They (not meet)............................us since last week.
3. What (you/do)........................................at this time yesterday.
4. Would you like (come)................................to dinner to night.
5. You (phone)…………….. me last night?.......................................................................
6. Would you mind if I (smoke)....................................................?
7. I don't enjoy.....................................................(laugh) at by other people.
8. Most of the NOKIA mobile phones (sell)…………………………………. in this shop are imported from
China.
VI. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals .
1. What is the correct......................................of this word?
(pronounce)
2. . Last week we had an.............................summer holiday.
( enjoy)
3. The..........................of the project made me tense.
(important).
4. You had better do some.......................for the final exams
(revise)
5. We should save............................resources.
(nature)
6. People in the in the country are often more........................than people in the city.
(friend)
7. The air is heavily..........................with traffic fumes.
(pollute)
8. …………………, her illness was more serious than we thought.
(fortunate)
VII. Read the passage and complete the sentences. Circle A, B, or C.

America is known as the land of opportunity. Thousands of people immigrate to the United States every
year from different parts of the world to have access to these kinds of opportunities. This is what is known as,
"the American dream".
America is also home to many of the world's top colleges and universities. The California Institute of
Technology is a top world-ranked college that focuses highly on science and engineering. It is located in the
city of Pasadena. Harvard University is another top world-ranked college that you might be familiar with.
The buildings at Harvard date all the way back to the year 1636, making Harvard the oldest university in
the United States. It is located in the state of Massachusetts. University of California, Los Angeles is another
institute worthy of recognition. Located next to Hollywood, UCLA has distinguished itself as a prestigious
and selective university due to the number of people who apply for admission throughout the United States.
The universities mentioned are but a few of the many other excellent schools that make the United States so
outstanding.
1. America is called the land of .
A. dream B. opportunity C. immigration
2. The word immigrate in line 1 can be replaced by .
A. come into B. go out of C. travel
3. The California Institute of Technology .

A. ranks first in the world
B. is a university focusing on natural sciences
C. focuses on science and engineering
4. What is NOT true about Harvard?

A. It was founded in 1636.
B. It is the oldest university in the world.
C. It is located in Massachusetts.
5. University of California, Los Angeles .

A. is in Hollywood
B. is different from other universities
C. has a high number of applications
VIII. Choose the best answer by circling A, B, C or D to complete the passage.
THE LANGUAGE OF CLOTHES
We don’t only choose clothes to make us look.........(1)......, we also use them to tell the world .........(2)......
our personality. The clothes we wear and our appearance......(3)...... a whole give other people useful
information about what we think and.........(4)...... we feel. If we feel cheerful, we usually wear......(5) clothes
and if we feel.........(6)..... we sometimes put on dark clothes. But why do teenagers wear black so.........(7) ? Is
it because they feel miserable all.........(8)......? This is unlikely the case. It is probably just because it is.........
(9)...... to wear black, and young people they are real fans.........(10) fashion.
1. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
2. A. of B. with C. by D. about
3. A. on B. as C. for D. in
4. A. which B. what C. how D. when
5. A. colorful B. colors C. colorfully D. colorless
6. A. depress B. depressed C. depressing D. depression
7. A. frequent B. frequency C. frequently D. infrequency
8. A. the time B. the times C. the week D. the month
9. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned
10. A. of B. in C. from D. with
IX. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition to complete the following sentences:
1. You can use dictionary to find new words.
2. Nam should work harder his English pronunciation .
3. Are you laughing me?.
4. This cake is made flour, eggs, milk, salt and butter.
5. We thanked them all their help.
X. Rewrite the following sentences with the beginning words, staying the same
meaning with the old one.
1. Having a vacation in Da Lat is very interesting.
It…………………………….........................................................................................................
2. The water was so hot that I could not drink it.
The water was not...................................................................................................................................................... …………
3. She last ate this kind of food in January.
She has not .................................................................................................................................................................. …………
4. The theater is near Hoa’s house
The theater is not……………………………………………………………………………
5. Nobody has used this machine for years.
This machine……………………………………………………………………………………
6. Please don’t smoke in the kitchen.
Would you mind ………………………………………………………………………………
XI. Use the words or phrases given to make complete sentences. You can add more words if
necessary.
1. Learning / foreign language / necessary / us / get / job. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………
2. My family / I / spend / two months / make our plan / for summer holiday. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. driver / stop / car / time / save / child / yesterday. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. It / difficult/ learn English / without/ good dictionary.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
5. He / try / stop / smoking / many times / but / he / never / succeed. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………
6. I / hope / my English / improve / by the end / course. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………
XII. Use the words to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible
in meaning to the original sentence. Do not change the form of the given words
1. We went to Hai Phong two months ago. (been)
We…………………………………………………………………………..
2. Whose book is this? (belong)
Who………………………………………………………………………
3. How long is the presentation? (last)
How .............................................................................................?
4. English eight has twelve units. (are)
There……………………………………………………………………………
5. “You should not lend him your car”, Nam said to me. (advised)
Nam ………………………………………………………………………
the end
Keys practice 17
I.(5 điểm) : Mỗi câu đúng cho 0.25 điểm.
1. D 2. A 3.B 4. C 5. D
II.(5 điểm): Mỗi câu đúng cho 0.25 điểm.
1.B 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. D
III. (10 điểm: Mỗi câu đúng cho 0.25 điểm .
1. B. 2. B 3. C 4.D 5.B
6.D 7.A 8.C 9D 10. B
IV.(10 điểm : Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm.
1. C- because 3. B – by 4. C- to come 5. D- the questions
6. A- being 7. D- hasn’t it 8. C- is stored 9. B- have taken 10. C – knows

ENGLISH PRACTICE 18
Question 1: Choose the best answers

1. Don’t be silly! That............................possibly be Rivaldo!
a. mustn’t b . shouldn’t c. won’t d. can’t
2. No sooner had we started the game,....................it began to rain.
a. than b. then c. that d. and
3. I...........................be interested in playing badminton as a child.
a. could b. ought to c. might d. used to
4. They’ve told you time and time........................not to go out at night.
a. to b. over c. again d. before
5. Sorry I’m late, but I.......................feed my little son before leaving home.
a. needed b. must c. had to d. was to
6. Smith writes very quickly. He’s....................finished his essay.
a. already b. been c. for d. yet
7. What are you going to do? - I don’t know. I haven’t made............my mind yet.
a. on b. at c. in d. up
8. I’ve........................to Paris. I went there in March.
a. been b. gone c. just d. yet
9. This is the first..................I’ve ever lived far from home.
a. already b. since c. that d. time
10. What did the girl say....................?
a. at you b. for you c. you d. to you?
11. Phong rang his friend in Nha Trang yesterday, and he said it...........raining there.
a. was b. is c. should be d. to be
12. The last time I saw Khang, he looked very relaxed. He explained that he’d been on holiday
the .....................week.
a. earlier b. following c. next d. previous
13. We wonder....................the tickets are on sales yet.
a. what b. when c. whether d. where
14. When I rang Oanh some time last week, she said she was busy.............day.
a. this b. that c. then d. the
a. just b. sun c. put d. bucket
a. instead b. head c. heap d. dead
17. Which word has a different stress in the group?
a. amount b. inventor c. garbage d. resource
18. This film must be new. We’ve....................seen it before.
a. ever b. never c. since d. yet
19. He hates...............................to do something by others.
a. to be asked b. asking c. being asked d. to ask
20. Let’s go camping in the mountain,....................?
a. do we b. can we c. will we d. shall we
Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the word in parentheses.

1. Phuong Linh arranged flowers the most...................(attract) in the contest.
2. It is a contest in which................(participate) have to read two poems in English.
3...................(environment) are concerned about the use of dynamite to catch fish.
4. Years later, she passed me in the street without even a small sign of......(recognize).
5. Nam put.............(press) on that towel to stop the bleeding.
6. After many years of..........(fail), Edison finally succeeded in inventing the light bulb.
7. We use first-aid in order to ease the victim’s pain and..................(anxious).
8. She felt................(relief) after she passed the exam.
9. You’ll meet the tour guide on your...............(arrive) at the hotel.
10. We can take buses or trains to Northern..................(destine) of Nha Trang.
11. Sapa is considered the most beautiful......(mountain) resort in the north of Viet Nam.
12. It’s now high time you knew how to dress and................(dress) yourself.
13. We are having a good time here. People on the island are very friendly and.........(hospitality).
14. The police are interested in the sudden..........(appear) of the valuable painting.
15. I wrote...........(end) letters of application but I got no reply.
16. A fairy appeared and................................( MAGIC )changed her old clothes
17. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s............................( WISE )
18. In that story, the prince got....................( MARRY )to a poor girl
19. Let me get an..............................( APPLY ) form and I can fill out
20. He was..........................( FOOL ) to say that English is helpless
needn’t use
A. How I began D. My most frightening experience

B. The worst aspect of my hobby E. Why I like my hobby
C. My hopes for the future F. When and where I do it
1. For me, every weekday begins the same: I get up at 7.00. I have breakfast, I take the bus to
school, I go to lessons ... I don’t hate this daily routine, but it isn’t very thrilling. In the evenings, however, I
drive Formula 1 cars, build enormous cities and defend my planet against aliens. In short, I play computer
games. It’s like entering a different world. That’s why I love playing them so much.
2. My interest in computer games has taught me a lot about computer graphics. I want to study
computing at college, and learn how to design and program games. Eventually, I’d like to start my own
software company, creating and testing new games. That way, I could spend all day doing what I love most.
3. Computer games are interesting because they often contain stories and characters. The
games are getting better all the time, but they are also getting more expensive. The only thing I don’t like
about my hobby is the cost! New games are often about $50.
4. Some of my friends from school are interested in computer games too. We normally meet at
my house in the evenings and play for a few hours. We sometimes play at weekends, but if the weather’s
good I prefer to go cycling or play basketball instead.
5. I first became interested in computer games about four years ago. I was staying with my
cousin for the weekend. He had some games and he taught me how to play them. I became hooked
immediately! When I got home, I decided to save all my money for buying games. Now I’ve got about twenty
different games.
Question 2: Read the text and choose the best answer to fill in each gap
Have you ever followed instructions for knitting something or have you read a piece of music? If you have,
you have behaved in a similar way(1)................ a computer. A computer obeys a program to carry out a
particular task. Just (2)................. a knitting pattern is expressed in numbers and piece of music in lines and
dots, so a computer program is (3)..............in the form of programming language. Like the English language
(or any other language), there are (4).................... of grammar, and a program must be correct in every way.
There are hundreds of programming language, but only (5) are well-known and widely used. The
most popular language which is used in offices(6).............Cobol. This language is used for printing payrolls
and keeping records of goods. Engineers and scientists use Fortran (7)......................carry out calculations.
(8)......................... neither of these two programs is very popular with people working on home computers.
Basis is the most popular language for home computers, chiefly (9)..............it is easy to learn and use.
(10)................. these languages are useful for many purposes, it is time that a new simple program was
devised. Such a program ought to be not only easy to use but also completely reliable.
1. A. to B. as C. so D. from
2. A. like B. by C. too D. as
3. A. expensive B. expresses C. expressed D. expressing
4. A. rules B. laws C. regulations D. principles
5. A. a little B. a few C. much D. a lot of
6. A. called B. calling C. is called D. is calling
7. A. so as for B. in order that C. so as that D. in order to
8. A. In addition B. Therefore C. Consequently D. However
9. A. because B. if C. because of D. unless
10. A. Even B. Despite C. Although D. In spite
Question 3: Find and correct one mistake in each line of the passage below
Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer holiday. 1........................................
He traveled with him classmates to a mountainous 2........................................
area in Hoa Binh province. They gone there to help make a 3........................................
road through a forest among two villages. “It was very difficult 4........................................
because there had no water to drink and no shops where we could 5........................................
bought food,” said Nam. “It was also cold and wet 6........................................
in the mountains. It is one of the wetter place in the country.” Nam 7........................................
stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard 8........................................
work, but he says it was the best thing he has ever did. He is hoping to 9........................................
return next year to do any more work there. 10........................................
III/ Section three: Writing

Question 1: Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences
1. exported / many / last year / rice / how / to/ Japan / tons / were / of / ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. trees / planting / on / the boys / the hill / group / are / the / in / volunteer / .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………
3. rain / heavy / from / prevented / the / playing / us / soccer.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. if / he / me / some / asked / I / money / could / then / lend / him /
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. design / to send / friends / someone / greetings / Englishman / a card / Christmas / to / an / his / had /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Le Lai Street / are/ living / they / in / at / An Giang / their / with /children / 186.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. uncle / spent / most / their /of /the /violin / practicing / his time / in / room /music /the/.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. which / us / tells / sentence / that / more / than / is / she / her / beautiful / sister /?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. his / friends / old / unlike / he / is / impolite / very /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. going / fatherland / month / Kenny / his / is / family / next / visit / with / his / to /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
11. colleagues / go / he / to / to / weekend / and / don’t / have / at / work / the / his /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
12. there / she / near / wanted / a / here / was / museum / know / to / if /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
13. hold / going / their / are / they / tomorrow / party / house / at / to / a /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
14. going / aren’t / are / boys / the / the / they / canteen / to / school /?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
15. for / you’ll / meeting / late / be / the / if / bed / to / soon / don’t / you / go
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Question 2: Rewrite sentences as directed so that it has the same meaning as the sentence given
1. Thinking of making toys from used paper was his interesting idea.
It’s interesting that...................................................................................................................
2. He hasn’t come back to his home village for over 20 years now.
It’s............................................................................................................................................
3. That’s the strangest film I’ve ever seen.
I have never..............................................................................................................................
4. Please don’t interrupt me while I am speaking.
I’d rather...................................................................................................................................
5. Get up now or you’ll be late for school.
If...............................................................................................................................................
We haven’t...............................................................................................................................
7. Finding accommodation at busy time in Da Lat is difficult .
It’s...........................................................................................................................................
8. Originally, tennis was an indoor game.
Tennis used..............................................................................................................................
9. My father prefers living in the countryside to living in the city.
My father likes........................................................................................................................
10. Nobody in my class is as intelligent as Lan.
Lan is.......................................................................................................................................
11. Have you ever played a computer game before?
Is this.......................................................................................................................................
12. France presented the Statue of Liberty to the United States in 1876.
The Statue ...............................................................................................................................
The water wasn’t.....................................................................................................................
14. He hasn’t chatted with his classmates through the Internet for
ages. It’s
ages...................................................................................................................................
Experiments............................................................................................................................

Question 1: Choose the best answers (20 pts)
1 2A 3 4C 5C 6 7 8A 9 10 11 12 13 14B 15C 16 17 18 19 20
D D A D D D A D C C C B C D
Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the word in parentheses. (20 pts)
1. attractively 2. participants 3 . environmentalists 4. recognition 5. pressure 6. failure 7.
anxiety
8. relieved 9. arrival 10. destinations 11. mountainous 12. undress 13. hospitable
14. disappearance 15. endless 16. magically 17. wisdom 18. married 19.
application 20. foolish

1E/ 2C/3B /4F /5A
Question 2: Read the text and choose the best answer to fill in each gap.(10 pts)
1A/ 2D/ 3C/4A/5B/ 6C/ 7D/ 8D/ 9A/ 10C
Question 3: Find and correct one mistake in each line of the passage below.(10 pts)
1. interested interesting 2him 3. gone
his went
4.among between 5. had was 6. bought buy
7. wetter wettest 8. since for 9. did done10. any some

Question 1: Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.(15 pts)
1. How many tons of rice were exported to Japan last year?
2. The boys in the volunteer group are planting trees on the hill.
3. The heavy rain prevented us from playing soccer.
4. If I asked him some money, he could lend me then.
5. An Englishman had someone design a card to send Christmas greetings to his friends.
6. They are living with their children at 186 Le Lai Street in An Giang.
7. Their uncle spent most of his time practicing the violin in the music room.
8. Which sentence tells us that she is more beautiful than her sister?
9. Unlike his old friends, he is very impolite.
10. Kenny is going to visit his fatherland with his family next month.
11. He and his colleagues don’t have to go to work at the weekend.
12. She wanted to know if there was a museum near here.
13. They are going to hold a party at their house tomorrow.
14. The boys are (aren’t)going to the school canteen, aren’t (are)they?
15. If you don’t go to bed soon, you’ll be late for the meeting.
Question 2: Rewrite sentences as directed so that it has the same meaning as the sentence given.
(15pts)
1. It is interesting that he thought of making toys from used paper.
2. It’s over twenty years since he last came back to his home village.
3. I have never such a strange film before.
4. I’d rather you didn’t interrupt me while I am speaking.
5. If you don’t get up now, you’ll be late for school.
6. We haven’t met each other for ten years.
7. It’s difficult to find accommodation in Da Lat at busy time.

8. Tennis used to be an indoor game.
9. My father likes living in the countryside better than living in the city.
10. Lan is the most intelligent (student) in my class.
11. Is this the first time you have played a computer game?
12. The Statue of Liberty was presented to the United State by the France in 1876.
14. It’s ages since he last chatted with his classmates through the Internet.
15. Experiments on animals should be stopped.
The end
ENGLISH PRACTICE 19
I. Choose the best answer by circling A, B, C or D
1. Jack is……. His jokes often make his friends laugh a lot.
A. generous B. humorous C.easy-going D. unusual
2. I’m sorry. I’m not………to help you lift the table.
3. We…….in our present house for 5 years.
A. live B. have lived C. are living D. lived.
4. We used to wash clothes by hand. Now we have a…….
A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. hair dryer D. steamer.
5. It took me a long time to get used……… glasses.
A. to wear B. to wearing C. wear D. wore.
6......................................................The wedding party at the Rex Hotel.
A. is B. is being C. will be D. is going to be
7. "Don’t shout", I said to Jim.
A. I told Jim don't shout B. I told to Jim not to shout
C. I told Jim not to shout D. I said to Jim don't shout.
8. The longest fish in the contest was eighteen inches
long". "It by Thelma Rivers".
A. was catching B. caught C. was caught D. catch
9.......................................................................She went to market without anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying
10.Since we have to be there by 8.30, we….......take a taxi.
A. had better B. may C. ought D. are able to
II. Fill in the blank with the suitable form of verb in the bracket
1. They (watch).................their favorite TV programmes at the moment.
2. Mary and John are neighbors. They (know).................each other for a long time.
3. We (arrive).................in New york yesterday.
4. We (begin).................to study English since 1999.
5. My mother is tired enough (cook)................tonight.
6. The teacher asked me (not make).................noise in class.
7. The boys like (play)................games but hate doing lessons.
8. His doctor advised him (give).................up smoking.
9. Look at those black clouds. It ( rain) ……………...
10. When I was a small boy. I used (live)................on a farm.
11.
III. Fill in the blank with the suitable form of word in the bracket
1. If you want to join the club, please fill in the ( apply) form. ……………..
2. Send the letter by ( air) if you want it to reach the recipient in time. ……………..
3. After his parents died, he was sent to an ( orphan) .……………..
4. Huy makes friends very easily because he is very ( social) .…………….
5. Cook the meat in the ( steam) for at least 30 minutes. ……………..
6. My friend, Nga plays the piano ( beautiful). ………………
7. He always gets bad marks because he is an ( careful) student. ………………
8. “The lost shoe” is one of the ( tradition) stories I like best. ………………
9. Our teacher always (courage) us to work hard. .……………..
10. The Scouts also help the elderly and street (CHILD). ………………
IV. Rewrite the sentence, using the given words below

1. He is strong. He can carry that table.
-> He….............................................................................................................................................................
2. Alexander GrahamBell invented telephone
->Alexander GrahamBell was………………………………………………………………………………..
3. You went to see the movie Dream city last night, didn’t you?
->Did.............................................................................................................................?
4. The front yard is too small to play soccer in.
-> The front yard isn’t…………………………………………………………………………………….……….
5. Miss Johnson told me: “ Read books regularly”.
-> Miss Johnson told me…………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. “ Don’t stay up too late”
-> My sister asked…………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. It’s 3 years since I last spoke to her.
-> I haven’t…………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
-> Tam used………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. Minh began to collect stamps in 2000.
-> Minh has…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. His car runs fast but a race car run faster.
->His car doesn’t…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
V. Write the meaningful sentence, using given words above

1. Nam/ spend/ most/ free time/play soccer.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. When/ we/ children/we/ used/ listen/ grandma’s old folktales after dinner.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. You/ can/ tell me/ best ways/ learn new word?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. I/ write down/ all new words/ small notebook.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. They/ going/ visit/ homevillage/ weekend.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. She/ have to/ house work/ all day after/ mother/ died.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. I/ just/ have/ wonderful holiday/ cousins/ Hanoi.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Lan/ like/ cook/ meals/ but/ not like/ washing up.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Brother/ very good/ repair/ household/ appliances.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. We/ sometimes/ have/ go/ school/ very early/ do/ class duties.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
VI. Fill in the blank with a suitable word

The country is…(1).........................................beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in. Many
people think so, and go there……(2)...........................................the summer holiday though they can’t live…(3)
.................................................…. all the year round. Some have cottages built in a village……
(4)............................................that they can go there whenever they…(5)… find the time.
English villages are not all alike, but……(6)............................................some ways they are not very different
from……(7)… ................................................. other. Almost every village…(8)...........................................a church, the
round or square tower of which can…(9)… .................................................. seen from many miles around.
Surrounding the church is the church yard where people …(10)............................................burried.
VII. Read the passage and fill in the blank with a suitable word by circling A, B, C or D
For many people sport is a popular part of school life and …(1)…in one of the school teams and
playing in matches is very important. …(2)…someone is in a team it means a lot of extra practice and often
spending a Saturday or Sunday away …(3)…home, as many matches are played then.
It …(4)…also involve traveling to other towns to play against other school teams and then …
(5)…on after the match for a meal or a drink. Some parents, friends or other students will travel with the
team to support …(6)…own side.
When a school team wins a match, it is the whole school which feels proud, …(7)…only the
players. It can also mean that a school …(8)…well-known for being good at cetain sports and people from
that school may end up playing …(9)…national and international teams so that the school has some really
…(10)…names associated with it.
1. a.having b. being c.taking d. putting
2. a.If b.As c.Then d. So
3. a.at b. on c.for d. from
4. a.ought b.is c.can d.has
5. a.being b.staying c.leaving d.spending
6. a.their b.its c.our d.whose
7. a.but b.however c.and d.not
8. a.turns b.makes c.comes d.becomes
9. a. up b.to c.for d.beside
10 a.old b.new c.common d.famous
.
VIII. Find the incorrect part in the sentence and correct it
1. These colour televisions are too expensive for we to buy at this time.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Minh is 5 years old. He is not enough old to ride a bike.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. I don’t know what is he doing at the moment.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Smoking cigarettes aren’t allowed in this hospital.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. I’m used to drink coffee with cream, but now I drink it black.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. The shopkeeper asked the boys don’t lean their bikes against his window.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. We like watching TV at night but our parents loves reading newspapers.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Let’s stop to work for a while. I’m getting tired.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Jane hasn’t worked for last summer when the factory closed down.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. Is Jack older than Jerry? No. He is as old as Jerry.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
IX Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in the
following questions
1. a. young b. about c. account d. sound
2. a. blind b. mint c. hire d. light
3. a. Christmas b. anchor c. chemistry d. cheque
4. a. deliver b. different c. diagram d. disease
5. a. hurl b. pull c. June d. would
6. a. allow b. how c. account d. country
7. a. trade b. payment c. relation d. bank
8. a. value b. change c. actual d. transaction
9. a. holder b. bore c. important d. score
10. a. credit b. service c. letter d. specified
keys practice 19
I.
1.B 2.C 3.B 4.A 5.B 6.C 7.C 8.C 9.D 10.A
II.
1.are watching 2.have known 3.arrived 4.have begun 5.to cook
6.not to make 7.playing 8.to give 9.is going to rain 10.to live
III.
1.application 2.airmail 3.orphanage 4.sociable 5.steamer.
6.beautifully 7. Careless 8.traditional 9.encourages. 10.children
IV.
1. He is strong enough to carry that table.
2. Alexader GrahamBel was the inventor of the telephone.
3. Did you go to see the movie Dream City last night?
4. The front yard isn’t large enough to play soccer in.
5. Miss Johson told me to read books regularly.
6. My sister asked me not to stay up late.
7. I haven’t spoken to her for 3 years.
8. Tam used to type faster than she does now/ she can.
9. Minh has collected stamps since 2000/ for 8 years.
10. His car doesn’t run as fast as a race car.
V.
1. Nam spends most of his free time playing soccer.
2. When we were children, we used to listen to grandma’s old folktales after dinner.
3. Can you tell me the best way to learn new words?
4. I write down all the new words in a small notebook.
5. They are going to visit their home village at the weekend.
6. She had to do housework all day after her mother died.
7. I have just had a wonderful holiday with my cousins in Ha noi.
8. Lan likes cooking meals but she doesn’t like doing the washing up.
9. My brother is very good at repairing household appliances.
10. We sometimes have to go to school very early to do (our) class duties.
VI.
1.more 2.for 3.there 4.so 5.can
6.in 7.each 8.has 9.be 10.are
VII.
1.c 2.a 3.d 4.c 5.b 6.a 7.d 8.d 9.c 10.d
VIII.
1. for we-> for us. 6. don’t lean-> not to lean.
2. enough old-> old enough. 7. loves-> love.
3. is he doing -> he is doing. 8. to work-> working.
4. aren’t-> isn’t. 9. for-> since.
5. I’m-> I 10. is-> is not.
IX 1.a 2.b 3.d 4.c 5.a 6.d 7.d 8.b 9.a 10.b .
ENGLISH PRACTICE 20
I. Choose the underlined part that pronounced differently from the others
1) A. cliam B. wait C. said D. paid
2) A. watch B. bath C. want D. wash
3) A. sure B. mixture C. injure A. pleasure
4) A. few B. new C. threw D. knew
5) A. clothes B. matches C. colleges D. churches
6) A. watched B.naked C. liked D. looked
7) A. sunbathe B. father C. theater D. weather
8) A. pour B. four C. flour D. resource
9) A clear B. wear C. bear D. ware
10) sixty B. my C. sky D.fly
II. Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses

III. Fill in the gaps with suitable prepositions

6. I am afraid...................Ghost.
IV. Put the words in brackets into correct forms
V. Choose the best answer

VI. Rewrite the following sentences as directed

1. Has anyone asked you for your opinions?
Nam said that……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I had a dog once, but I don’t have anymore.
I ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
The water…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. “ Eat more and more vegetables” the doctor said.
The doctor told…………….…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. To live on your salary must be hard.
It ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Tom is the best player in the team.
No one in the team ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………
7. It’s interesting to read this book.
This book ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. I spend half an hour traveling to work by motorbike everyday.
It takes………...…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Peter said he wasn’t feeling well then.
Peter said “I.......................................................................................................................................”
10. A boy was injured in the accident, he is now in the hospital.
The boy …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
VII. Find and correct mistakes in the passage

and more things such as a big house, motorbike, television. Her life is getting better and good day by day.
His children go to school. Before they finish school, they are sent to universityes.The farmer still have to work
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
VIII. Read the passage and answer the questions

Most types of paper can be recycled. Newspapers have been recycled profitably for decades and recycling
of other paper is growing. It’s important to know what you are buying in a paper product, for that reason
centers.
 Questions :
1. Can newspapers be recycled?.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Keys practice 20
I. (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm

1-D 3-A 5-B 7-D 9-C
2-A 4-C 6-C 8-B 10-F
II. (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm
III (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm
IV. (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm
1. northern 2. disappeared. 3. differences 4. florist
5. pressure. 6. unimportant. 7. broken. 8. windy.
9. medical.
10. useful.
V. (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm
1.C 2.C 3.A 4.B. 5.D
6. B 7.D 8.C 9.C 10.D
VI. (20 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 2 điểm
VII. (10 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm
VIII. (8 đ) Mỗi câu đúng được 2 điểm
1. Yes, they can.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 21
AI) Multiple choice (6ms)
I) From each number, pich out one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the
others.
1) a-perform b-colour c-boring d-your
2) a-bath b-watch c-want d-water
3) a-thank b-think c-father d-them
4) a-happen b-house c-hour d-horse
5) a-filled b-destroyed c-wished d-prepared
6) a-flow b-crowd c-cloud d-scout
II) From each number, pick out one word which has the stress on the second syllable:
7) a-chemical b-upset c-steamer d-cupboard
8) a-jungle b-volcano c-surroud d-marine
9) a-foreman b-microwave c-manufactor d-mortar
10) a-powder b-process c-flavour d-defrost
III) Choose the correct answer for each sentence.
11) Please ask them.................in this area.
a) don’t smoke b) not smoking c) to not smoke d) not to smoke
12) Come and.....................badminton, Nam!
a) do b) make c) take d) play
13) Timson.................13 films and I think her latest is the best.
a) made b) had made c) has made d) was making
14) My birthday is.................February 2 . nd
a) on b) in c) at d) from
15) You should learn your lesson . . . . . . . . . .
a) careful b) carefully c) careless d) carelessly
16) “The students went on a canoe trip
yesterday.” “I heard it was.....”
a) excited b) exciting c) exciteful d) an excitement
17) “Do you think your father will worry if we’re
late?” “Maybe we’d better.............him.”
a) call b) be calling to c) to call d) will call
18) I said “Happy Birthday” before.................Lan a present.
a) give b) will give c) gave d) giving
19) Tam . . . . . . . . . last night when the telephone . . . . . . . . . . .
a) slept-rang b) slept-wasringing
c) was sleeping-rang d) was sleeping-was ringing
20) “Would you like to go to the movie with me
tonight?” “..............”
a) Yes, please. b) I’m sorry. I’d love to.
c) No, thanks. d) Yes, I’d love to.
21) John doesn’t play tennis. David doesn’t play tennis.
a. Both John and David doesn’t play tennis.
b. Neither John nor David plays tennis.
c. Not either John or David plays tennis.
d. Not only John but also David doesn’t play tennis.
22) The coach said, “It’s time for you to go home, boys!”
a. The coach told the boys that it was time for you to go home.
b. The coach tells the boys that it was time for them to go home.
c. The coach told the boys that it is time for them to go home.
d. The coach told the boys that it was time for them to go home.
23) the old man spoke very slowly and clearly, I couldn’t understand him at all.
a. If b. Because c. Since d. Although
24) She startedlearning English ten years ago.
a) She has not learnt English before.
b) She has started learning English for ten years.
c) She has learnt English for ten years.
d) She has learnt English since ten years.
25) They spent a lot of money on food and clothes.
a) A lot of money was spent on food and clothes.
b) A lot of money were spent on food and clothes.
c) A lot of money on food and clothes were spent.
d) A lot of money on food and clothes was spent.
26) There is a detective film at the Thang Long Theater.
a) on b) in c) inside d) outside
27) She got used to her bike.
a) ride b) riding c) rode d) rides
28) You need a good pair of paddles to play .
a) tennis b) football c) table tennis d) badminton
29) Ha Long Bay is a .
a) World Natural Heritage. b) Natural World Heritage.
c) World Cultural Heritage. d) Cultural World Heritage.
30) A(n) can take a patient to hospital quickly.
a) emergency b) bleeding
c) wound d) ambulance
B) Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in brackets. (0) is an
example for you. (4ms)
31) Life is more.................now. (comfort)
32) Would you like to go...................(swim)
33) He speaks French very.....................(good)
34) Life in the city is......................from life in the country. (difference)
35) Meat is not a.................food if we know how much to eat. (health)
36) These medicines can work well with your................(ill)
37) My sister has a beautiful......................of stamp. (collect)
38) There was no.................for his absence from class yesterday. (explain)
C) Circle the italized portion of the sentence that is incorrect. (2ms)
39) Some people grow so taller that their health may become
endangered. A B C D
40) After said goodbye to my parents, I went to school with my sister.
A B C D
41) The phone rung while I was washing the dishes.
A B C D
42) Henry’s friends told themselves to put his coat on the rack in their
hall. A B C D
43) She isn’t old enough to done this job.
A B C D
44) Eight hundred years ago Christmas songs are performed for people in
towns A B C
and villages.
D
45) Would you mind help me solve these mathematics problems? I can hardly
A B C
understand how to do them.
D
46) She was having dinner when a man was coming and giving her a bunch of
A B C D
flowers.
D) Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning. (2,5ms)

47) The sister asked: “Are you hungry, Tom?”
- The sister .
48) A lot of effort has been put in the work by the little girl.
- The little girl .
49) How long have you studied medicine?
- When ?
50) John was too ill to go to school.
- John wasn’t .
51) Tom is not as tall as Peter.
- Peter .
E) Read the paragraphs below and the summary which follows. (3ms)
Air pollution is a cause of ill-health in human beings. In a lot of countries there are laws limiting the
amount of smoke which factories can produce. Although there isn’t enuogh information on the effects of
smoke in the atmosphere, doctors have proved that air pollution causes lung diseases.
The gases from the exhausts of cars have also increased air pollution in most cities. The lead in petrol
produces a poisonous gas which often collects in busy streets surrounded by high buildings. Children who
live in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere can’t think as quickly as other children and are
clumsy when they use their hands.
There are other long-term effects of pollution. If the gases in the atmosphere continue to increase ,
the earth’s climate may become warmer. A lot of the ice near the Poles ma melt and may cause serious
floods.
* Complete the summary by writing the correct word in each blank (write one word only.)
Air (52) can make people (53). Consequently, some countries pass
(54) to control the quantity of (55) in the air. Air pollution causes particular damage to the body
by harming the (56). (57) should not be used in petrol because it is bad for children’s
(58) and makes them clumsy in using their hands. Poisonous gas from (59) collects in
those parts of cities where there are tall buildings. Pollution can also have an influence on the earth’s
(60). The ice may melt near the North and South Poles, resulting in very bad (61).
F) Read the following passage and choose the best answer: (2,5ms)
Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children.
Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn English
just by hearing the language in films, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not many are
lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language.
Many boys nad girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own
language, and mathematics… and English. In England, America or Australia, many boys and girls study their
own language, which is English and mathematics… and another language, perhaps French or German or
Spainish.
Many adults learn English, because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their
higher studies, because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people learn
English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.
62) According to the writer . . . . . . . . . . . .
a) only adults learn English.
b) no children like to learn English.
c) English is useful only for teenagers.
d) English is popular in most of the world.
63) Most people learn English by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a) watching videos only.
b) hearing the language in the office.
c) talking with foreigners.
d) working hard on their lessons.
64) Many boys and girls learn English because . . . . . . . .
a) English can give them a job.
b) it is included in their study courses.
c) they are forced to learn it.
d) they have to study their own language.
65) In America or Australia many school children study . . . . . . . . .
a) English as a foreign language.
b) English and mathematics only.
c) such foreign languages as French, German and Spainish.
d) their own language and no foreign language.
66) Many adults learn English because . . . . . . . . . .
a) English is spoken in their office.
b) they want to go abroad.
c) most of their books are in English.
d) it helps them in their work.
A) Multiple choice: (6ms)
I) Mỗi câu đúng 0,2đ
1-b 2-a 3-d 4-c 5-c 6-a
II) Mỗi câu đúng 0,2đ

7-b 8-a 9-c 10-a
III) Mỗi câu đúng 0,2đ

11-d 12-d 13-c 14-a 15-b 16-b
17-a 18-d 19-c 20-d 21-b 22-d
23-d 24-c 25-a 26-a 27-b 28-c
29-c 30-d
B) Mỗi câu đúng 0,5đ

31-comfortable 32-swimming 33-well 34-different
35-healthy 36-illness 37-collection 38-explanation
C) Mỗi câu đúng 0,25đ
39-B 40-A 41-B 42-B
43-C 44-B 45-B 46-C
D) Mỗi câu đúng 0,5đ

47) The sister asked Tom if he was hungry.
48) The little girl has put a lot of effort in the work.
49) When did you start to learn medicine?
50) John wasn’t well enough to go to school.
51) Peter is shorter then Tom.
E) Mỗi câu đúng 0,3đ

52-pollution 53—ill 54-laws 55-smoke
56-lungs 57-Lead 58-brains/health 59-lead/exhausts
60-climate 61-floods
F) Mỗi câu đúng 0,5đ.
62-d 63-d 64-b 65-c 66-d
ENGLISH PRACTICE 22
Question I: Choose the best option from A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. I will return you the book as soon as I reading it.
A. finishing B. finish C. finished D. will finish
2. He is getting married a famous film star this weekend.
A. with B. to C. for D. after
3. The heavy rain has caused in many parts of the country.
A. storms B. droughts C. typhoon D. floods
4. Deaf-mutes can speak hear.
A. both/ and B. either/ or C. neither/ nor D. not only/ but also
5. They from Canada to America to find work.
A. started B. demonstrated C. delivered D. emigrated
6. Doctor insists for a few days.
A that he is resting B. his resting C. him to rest D. that he rest
7. The number of cars on the road .
A. increase B. is increasing C. are going to increase D. are increasing
8. bacon and eggs every morning.
A. I am used to eat B. I used to eating C. I am used to eating D. I use to eat
9. The team really looks good tonight because the coach had them every night this week.
A. practice B. to practice C. practiced D. the practice
10. The road to the sea is very rough.
A. goes B. to go C. going D. is going
11. You forget what I told you. It’s very important.
A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. don’t have to D. can’t
12. Make sure that the needles are sterile.
A. free from bacteria B. slightly clean C. straight D. unused
13. She is a girl with .
A. green-eyes/ red hair B. green-eyed/ red hairs
C. green-eye/ a red hair D. green-eyed/ red hair
14. At four o’clock Mr. Hutchinson still had some to do in the garden.
A. work B. job C. effort D. task
Question II: Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
1. Keep the cheese freshly by wrapping each one individually.
2. What is the most important thing in really life?
3. Da Lat is known like a city of pines, waterfalls and flowers.
4. The river bank was covered by weed.
5. The harder he tried the worst he danced before the large audience.
6. A flower growing in the garden is more beautiful than a flower stood in a vase.
7. A five - thousand - dollar reward were offered for the capture of the escaped criminals.
8. In the mid-nineteenth century, an Englishman had someone designed a Christmas card.
9. His illness is probably because stress.
10. Jack asked his boss could he have a day off.
Question III: Supply an appropriate form of the words in CAPITALS.
1. WEIGH Every woman nowadays seems to want to lose (1) . It has become
2. DAY almost a (2) topic of conversation.
3. END Otherwise sensible women spend hours in (3) argument about what
4. DISCUSS to eat. Newspaper articles are eagerly read and radio and TV (4)
5. AVAIL carefully listened to. There is so much information (5) it is no wonder
people get confused.
Women who are slimming can never enjoy a meal without being afraid of
6. ORGANIZE (6) their diet. And when they have lost a few pounds are they really
7. HAPPY any (7) . Is it really a fact of life that slim women are the only really
8. ATTRACT (8) ones? No, in some parts of the world a husband would be
9. SHAME (9) to be seen with a thin wife. Nevertheless, if a woman really has a
10. DECIDE slimming problem, there is only one (10) to make: Eat Less

1. I‘ve decided (stop) smoking.
2. I (visit) Singapore two years ago.
3. Look at those black clouds. It (rain) .
4. We are tired of (work) for low salary.
5. This is the second time you (break) a cup.
6. (you/do) the homework yet?
7. Mai is in her room. She (play) the guitar.
8. The plays (write) by Shakespeare are very interesting.
9. Water (cover) most of the Earth’s surface.
10. The gate (lock) at 6.30 p.m. everyday.
PART C: READING
Question I: Choose the most suitable answer from the four options marked A, B, C, or D to
complete each of the numbered gaps in the passage below. .
In the waters around New York City is a very small island called Liberty Island. On Liberty Island there is
a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty. It is one of the most (1) sights in the world.
The Statue of Liberty was a gift (2) the people of France to the people of the United States. The
statue was made by a French (3) named Fredric Auguste Bartholdi. The inner support system was
designed by Gustave Eiffel, the same man who made the famous Eiffel Tower in Paris.
Liberty, of course, (4) freedom, and the Statue of Liberty was given to the United States to (5)
the one-hundredth anniversary of U.S independence from England. The statue was built in France, (6)
apart piece by piece, and the rebuilt in the United States. It was opened to the (7) on October
28, 1886.
(8) you might expect, the statue is very big. Visitors can ride an elevator from the (9) to the
bottom of the statue. If they want to, they can then walk up the 168 steps to reach the head of the statue
where they can look out and enjoy the beautiful (10) of the city of New York.
1. A. well-known B. celebrated C. famous D. notorious
2. A. from B. by C. of D. for
3. A. sculpture B. sculptor C. carver D. potter
4. A. indicates B. points out C. clarifies D. means
5. A. organize B. commemorate C. celebrate D. hold
6. A. taken B. brought C. broken D. torn
7. A. humans B. crowd C. people D. public
8. A. So B. Like C. As D. Thus
9. A. surface B. ground C. soil D. level
10. A. sight B. view C. scene D. scenes
II. Read the following passage carefully and fill in each gap with one suitable word.
New Year is one of the most important (1) in the United States. On New Year’s Eve, most
people go to the parties. At twelve o’clock (2) night, everyone says “Happy New Year” and they (3)
their friends and relatives good luck. New Year’s parties usually last a long (4) . Many people
don’t go home (5) next morning. Another holiday, Halloween, is mainly for children. On this holiday,
children (6) as witches, ghosts or others. Most children go (7) house to house asking for
candy or fruit. If people at the house don’t give (8) candy, the children will (9) a trick on them.
But this hardly ever happens. Almost people give them (10) or fruit.
I. Write the second sentence as directed so that it has the same meaning to the first one.
1. This is the first time I have ever eaten such a delicious chicken thigh.
-> This is the...................................................................................................................................................
2. Do you mind if I borrow your dictionary?
-> Do you mind...............................................................................................................?
3. We haven’t met one another since we left school.
-> The last.......................................................................................................................................................
4. I’d rather you didn’t take the table away
-.> Would you mind.......................................................................................................?
5. I don’t think learning English is too difficult for people who love it.
-> I don’t think English................................................................................................................................
6. “Why don’t you take a long rest, Peter?” said Ann.
-> Ann advised.................................................................................................................................................
7. I used to spend more money than I could earn when I was younger.
-> I once..............................................................................................................................................................
8. She is wearing sunglasses. She doesn’t want the sun to hurt her eyes. (so that)
->............................................................................................................................................................................
9. My mother asked me whether I had gone to work the day before or not.
-> “.................................................................................................?” asked my mother.
10. We couldn’t carry out our project because it rained heavily.
-> Because of.....................................................................................................................................................
II. Write a passage of about 150-180 words on the following topic: MY HOMETOWN.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Question I: Choose the best option from A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. B 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. D
6. D 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. C
11. A 12. A 13. D 14. A
Question II: Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
* Write your answers here:
1. B. freshly -> fresh 6. D. stood -> standing
2. D. really -> real 7. C. were offered -> was offered
3. B. like -> as 8. D. designed -> design
4. D. by -> with 9. C. because -> because of
5. B. worst -> worse 10. C. could he -> if he could
Question III: Supply an appropriate form of the words in CAPITALS.
1. WEIGHT 2. DAILY 3. ENDLESS 4. DISCUSSIONS 5. AVAILABLE
6. DISORGANIZING 7. HAPPIER 8. ATTRACTIVE 9. ASHAMED 10. DECISION
1. to stop 6. Have you done
2. visited 7. is playing
3. is going to rain/ is raining 8. written
4. working 9. covers
5. have broken 10. is locked
PART C: READING
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. C
6. A 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. A
II. Read the following passage carefully and fill in each gap with one suitable word.

1. festival 2. at 3. wish 4. time 5. till/ until
6. dress 7. from 8. them 9. play 10. candy
I. Write the second sentence as directed so that it has the same meaning to the first one.
-> This is the most delicious chicken thick I’ve ever eaten.
-> Do you mind my borrowing your books?

-> The last time we met one another was when we left school.
-> Would you mind not taking the table away?

-> I don’t think English is too difficult for the people who love it to learn.
-> Ann advised Peter to take a long rest.

11. I used to spend more money than I could earn when I was younger.
-> I once spent more money than I could earn.
12. -> She is wearing sunglasses so that can’t hurt her eyes. (so that)
13. My mother asked me whether I had gone to work the day before or not.
-> “Didn’t you go to work yesterday?” asked my mother.
-> Because of the heavy rain, we can’t carry out our project.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 23
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others in each group.
1. A. bother B. sunbathe C. cloth D. months
2. A. vegetable B. comfortable C. nature D. moderate
3. A. interest B. selection C. resident D. injection
4. A. concern B. contact C. convenient D. conclude
5. A. promise B. conscious C. religious D. scissors
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the other words in each group.
1. A. pancake B. discount C. wardrobe D. marine
2. A. migrant B. typhoon C. compost D. limestone
3. A. glassware B. refill C. award D. surround
4. A. loudspeaker B. itinerary C. participate D. magnificent
5. A. helicopter B. microware C. memorial D. magically
I. Choose the best answer from the four choices (A or B, C, D) to complete each of the following sentences.
1. Bob hasn’t up his mind yet.
A. made B. gone C. used to D. found
2. Everyone has to follow this way to get into the fair, ?
A. do they B. don’t they C. doesn’t she D. doesn’t he
3. Would you like me to get you something to drink? - .
A. That would be nice B. No, I’m sorry C. That’s too bad D. My pleasure
4. I usually go to work by bus, but and then I use my motorbike.
5. Of my parents, my father is .
A. the stricter B. the strictestC. stricter D. strict
6. "What can I get for you?" - “ .”
A. All right B. I'm afraid not C. I hope so D. Yes, please
7. The coat on the floor belongs to my brother.
A. lies B. lying C. lain D. is lying
8. Tuan had a bad cut on his arm. It’s badly.
A. bleeding B. burning C. coughing D. sneezing
9. Your is included in the ticket price.
A. reservation B. vacation C. accommodation D. money
10. The beans are roasted to the chocolate favor.
A. carry out B. bring out C. carry into D. bring into
11. The computer is guarantee so the company should do something with it.
A. with B. on C. for D. under
12. Nowadays many students can get a without being on campus.
A. diploma B. card C. degree D. license
13. “I think computers are useful.” - “ .”
A. I’m not agree B. So do I C. I disagree too D. So are they
14. Vietnam is a country.
A. rubber-exported B. exporting-rubber C. exported-rubber D. rubber-exporting
15. Are you free to for dinner this evening?
A. come over B. go over C. come across D. go across
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases (A, B, C or D) that are incorrect in standard English.
1. Be careful when you cross a busy street. Look out with cars and trucks.
2. Is she accustomed to doing her homework by her?
3. We have sung together ever when I was a small child.
4. My father’s car is the same color like my uncle’s car.
5. I went to every play at the local theater so far this year.
III. Give the correct form of the words in CAPITAL to complete the sentences.
1. The are scheduled to take off at 15.00 and 15.30. FLY
2. She’d rather have a job involving creative work or skills. ART
3. It is to drink alcohol and drive. RESPONSIBLE
4. We received a lot of from our teacher. ENCOURAGE
5. With all the modern facilities, doing housework is still very . CONSUME
6. I know all the boys who live in my . NEIGHBOR
7. People in the countryside is . FRIEND
8. Taxi drivers have to have a very good on the street names. KNOW
9. During his the family lived in Cornwall. CHILD
10. Do you kown the of S.T Paul’s Cathedral? HIGH
IV. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Can’t you see that I am busy (write) ?
2. I lit the fire at 7.00 and it (burn) brightly when Jack came in at 8.00.
3. The money (steal) in the robbery was never found.
4. At this time next month, they (work) in Ho Chi Minh City.
5. She locked the door so as (not disturb) .
PART C. READING
I. Choose the correct answer from the four options marked A, B, C or D to complete each of the
numbered blanks in the following passage.
Everyone wants to reduce pollution. But the pollution problem is as complicated (1) it is serious. It
is complicated because much (2) is caused by things that benefit people. For example, exhaust (3)
automobiles causes a large percentage of all air pollution. (4) the automobiles provide
transportation for millions of people. Factories (5) much of the material which pollutes air and
water, but factories give employment to a large number of people.
Thus, to (6) or greatly reduce pollution immediately, people would have to stop using many things
that benefit them. Most of the people do not want to do that, of course. But pollution can be ( 7)
reduced in several ways. (8) and engineers can work to find ways to lessen the (9) of
pollution that such things as automobiles and factories cause. Governments can pass and enforce laws that
require businesses and individuals to stop, or cut (10) on certain polluting activities.
1. A. for B. as C. because D. since
2. A. polluter B. pollutant C. polluting D. pollution
3. A. in B. at C. from D. for
4. A. Therefore B. However C. Moreover D. But
5. A. discharge B. offer C. emit D. dissolve
6. A. cause B. end C. increase D. pause
7. A. increasingly B. hopelessly C. gradually D. dangerously
8. A. Scientists B. Doctors C. Lecturers D. Botanists
9. A. number B. figures C. numbers D. amount
10. A. up B. off C. down D. into
IV. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition.
1. It’s 2.5 km…………my school….......the movie theater.
2. I live ……….. Xuan Dieu street.........my grandparents
3. She is talking...........her students in the school yard.
4. My new house is different.........my old house.
5. My father is a farmer. He works..........a farm.
6. Does your aunt work..........the central hospital? – Yes, she is a nurse there.
7. I’m always busy. I must work...........early morning until night.
8. Mr. Minh is a journalist. He writes...........Tuoi Tre newspaper.
9. This apartment is suitable….........my family.
10. I often help my parents.............the housework after school.
I. Write the sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the original one.
1. Why do you come home late?
 What ………………..................................................................................................................................................…………….
2. It is common knowledge that he has been in prison several times.
 He is known ……......................................................................................................................................................................
3. She cannot get into the habit of studying every evening.
 She cannot be ………….............................................................................................................................................…………
4. We have not visited the museum before.
 This is ……...............................................................................................................................................................................…
5. Immediately after his arrival, things went wrong.
 No sooner ………................................................................................................................................................……………….
Tam used ……………......................................................................................................................................................... ……..
7. How long is it since you used the car?
When …………………............................................................................................................................................................... ….
8. We started living here 15 years ago.
We have………………............................................................................................................................................ ……………….
9. Let’s meet inside the center, at the cafe corner?
How……………………......................................................................................................................................................... ………
10. Nam is very strong, he can do heavy work.
Nam is strong …………................................................................................................................................................ …………
II. Use the following set of words and phrases to complete the following sentences. You can put
additional words and make any changes necessary.
1. Last night / cashier / force / hand / money / by / robber.
 …………………………............................................................................................................................................................... ……
2. 1897 /when Jack London / 21 / year / old / gold / discover / Alaska.
 ……………………..............................................................................................................................................................................
3. If / Peter / wake / earlier / not / miss / train.
...…………………................................................................................................................................................................................
4. This / be / good / computer / I / ever / use.
………...……….................................................................................................................................................................................…
5. I / ask / Mary / if she/ come / Sydney/ Australia.
 ................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
III. Do you think bicycles are the best means of transport in Vietnam? Write a passage (120-140
words) about your opinion.
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
PART B (10 điểm)

I.(5) 1C 2C 3A 4B 5D
II.(5) 1D 2B 3A 4A 5C
PART C (30 điểm)
I.(15) 1A 2B 3A 4C 5C 6D 7B 8A 9C 10B
11D 12C 13B 14D 15A
II. (5) 1C 2D 3B 4C 5A
III. (5) 1. Flights 2. artistic 3. irresponsible 4. Encouragement 5.time-consuming
6. neighborhood 7. friendly 8. knowledge 9. childhood 10. height
IV. (5) 1. writing 2.was burning 3. Stolen 4. will be working 5. not to be disturbed
PART D (30 điểm)
I. (10) 1B 2D 3C 4D 5A 6B 7C 8A 9D 10C
II. (10) 1D 2C 3C 4A 5B
II. (10) 1. in 2. were 3. see 4. which 5. about
6. Cambodia 7. built 8. to 9. centuries 10. moved
PART E (20 điểm)
I. (5) 1. What is the reason of your coming home late?

2. He is known to have been in prison several times.
3. She cannot be used to studying evening.

4. This is the first time (that) we have visited the museum.
5. No sooner had he arrived than things went wrong.
6. Tam used to type fast.
7. When did you use the car?
8. We have lived here for 15 years.
9. How about meeting inside the center, at the cafe corner.

10. Nam is strong enough to do heavy work.
II. (5) 1. Last night, the cashier was forced to hand over the money by the robber.
2. In 1897, when Jack London was 21 years old, gold was discovered in Alaska.
3. If Peter had woken up earlier, he would not have missed the train.
4. This is the best computer I have ever used.
5. I asked Mary if she came from Sydney, in Australia.
III. (10) Write a passage (120-140 words) about your opinion about bicycles, the best means of transport
in Vietnam. The candidate’s paragraph should include the following points:
- (2) Organization: Introduction- body- ending- linking words…
- (6) Content: should be clear, logical and creative with explanations…

- (2) Language skills: should be free of grammatical and spelling errors…
ENGLISH PRACTICE 24
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently fromthe others
1. a. notice b. grow c. ghost d. lost
2. a. casual b. material c. champagne d. campus
3. a. deny b. deposit c. benefit d. respond.
4. a. hike b. shrine c. widely d. opinion
5. a. furious b. purpose c. surf d. turn.
II. Choose the best answer, circle the letter a, b, c or d

1. The baby’s getting.............everyday.
a. more big b. bigger c. bigger and bigger d. more and more big
2. English...........at the meeting.
a. speak b. speaks c. is speaking d. is spoken
3. These flowers......................
a. smell good b. smells good c. smell well d. smells well
4. She...........getting up early now.
a. didn’t use to b. is used to c. is using to d. used to
5. Did you put..................sugar in my coffee?
a. many b. a few c. so many d. much
6. Do you know..................yesterday?
a. if did they arrive b. if they arrive
c. if did they arrived d. if they arrived
7. If you are tired, you should..........a break.
a. make b. do c. take d. go
8. Beef is my.................food.
a. preferable b. favorable c. favorite d. likeable
9. I’m looking.................to hearing from you.
a. at b. after c. over d. forward
10. She...........a cake when the telephone rang.
a. makes b. make c. has make d. was making
11. I’ve known him.....................I left school.
a. when b. before c. until d. since
12. He has left his book here on...................so that you can read it.
a. design b. intention c. purpose d. meaning
13. What would you...................me to do for you?
a. want b. hope c. wish d. have
14. After retiring, my father will spend his...................on an expensive holiday.
a. dollars b. accounts c. savings d. cheques
15. We can’t go wrong if we.......the instructions.
a. follow b. keep c.take d. guide
III. Read the text below. Use the word given at the end of each line to form a word that fits in
the space in the same line.
These days it is(o)………….......................to open a newspaper without POSSIBLE
reading about the damage we are doing to the environment.
The earth is being(1)………….....................and the future looks bad. THREAT
What can each of us do?
We cannot clean up our(2)…………......................rivers and seas overnight. POLLUTION
Nor can we stop the(3)……………...................of plants and animals. But APPEAR
we can stop adding to the problem while(4)………………................. .......... SCIENCE
search for answers, and laws are passed in nature’s(5)……………............... DEFEND
It may not be easy to change your lifestyle(6)…………….................., but COMPLETE
some steps are easy to take: cut down the amount of(7)………….................. DRIVE
you do or use as little plastic as possible. It is also easy to save energy,
which also reduces(8)…………….................bills. We must all make HOUSE
a personal (9)……………................... to work for the future of our planet if DECIDE
we want to (10)…………....................a better world for our grand- children. SURE
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense or form.
Dentists can do a lot(0)....to improve...(improve) your teeth. They can straighten your teeth
by(1).....................................(put) wires on them. These wires(2).............................(push) the roots of the teeth the
right way. The best time for (3)..............................(do) this is while the teeth(4).............................(grow). A lot of
dentists, however, prefer not(5).............................(start) doing this before a child(6)..................(be) at least eight.
Sometimes a dentist even(7)……………...........….(use) elastic bands(8).........................(make) a tooth straight.
Sometimes(9)...............................(pull) tooth out can prevent the other teeth from(10)............................(grow) too
close to one another.
IV. Fill in an appropriate word in each blank.

Kipling was the first writer........ (1)..... expressed the faith and national pride. He was.......(2) in
Bombay India.........(3)..... 1865 and was taken .....(4)..... England to .....(5).... educated at the .....(6) of 6. But at
the age of 17 he returned ......(7)...... India and became a journalist. ........(8)..... this time he.....(9).... a great
amount of prose and portry. After wards he returned to England and travelled in Japan and America. He
received the 1907 Nobel ....(10)... for literature and died in 1936 while he was working on his
autbiographical notes.
V. Read the passage and choose the best answer.

After inventing dynamite, Swedish-born Alfred Nobel became a very rich man. However, he foresaw its
universally destructive powers too late. Nobel preferred not to be remembered as the inventor of dynamite,
so in 1895, just two weeks before his death, he created a fund to be used for awarding prizes to people who
had made worthwhile contributions to mankind. Originally there were five awards: literature, physics,
chemistry, medicine and peace. Economics was added in 1968, just sixty-seven years after the first awards
ceremony. Nobel's original legacy of nine million dollars was invested, and the interest on this sum is used
for the awards which vary from $30,000 to $125,000.
Every year on December 10, the anniversary of Nobel's death, the awards (gold medal, illuminated
diploma, and money) are presented to the winners. Sometimes politics plays an important role in the judges'
decisions. Americans have won numerous science awards, but relatively few literature prizes. No awards
were presented from 1940 to 1942 at the beginning of World War II Some people have won two prizes, but
this is rare; others have shared their prizes.
1. When did the first award ceremony take place7
A. 1895 B . 1901 C. 1962 D. 1968
2. Why was the Nobel prize established?
A. To recognise worthwhile contributions to humanity.B. To resolve political differences.
C. To honour the inventor of dynamite.D. To spend money.
3. In which area have Americans received the most awards?
A. Literature B. Peace C. Economics D. Science
4. Which of the following statements is not true?
A. Awards vary in monetary value.B. Ceremonies are held on December 10 to commemorate Nobel's
invention.
C. Politics can play an important role in selecting the winners.D. A few individuals have won two
awards.
5. In how many fields are the prizes bestowed?
A. 2 B. 5 C. 6 D. 10
VI. Write a new sentence as similar in meaning a possible to the original sentence
1. John missed the lecture because he came very late
If John
............................................................................................
2. He could not afford to buy the car
The car............................................................................................
3. You will not be accepted if you don’t finish your home
work. Unless.....................................................................
4. I had to spend the whole evening finishing the
test It.......................................................................
5. Weather conditions influence most people’s
lives. Most people’s
lives....................................................
VII. Make meaningfull sentences based on given hints
1. My friend / live / next door / enjoy / read / book / very / much
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
2. He / prefer / fiction book / non – fiction book.
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
3. He / start / collect / book / he school / boy.
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
4. He / spend / a lot of money / book /years now
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
5. He hope / he / have / own library.
................................ ..........................................................................................................................................................................
I : 5 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1.d 2.b 3.c 4.d 5.a
II. 15 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1. c 2.d 3.a 4.b 5.d 6.d 7.c 8.c
9.d 10.d 11.d 12.c 13.a 14.c 15.a
III. 10 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1. THREATENED
2. POLLUTED
3. APPEARANCE
4. SCIENTIST
5. DEFENESTRATION
6. COMPLETELY
7. DRIVING
8. HOUSE
9. DECIDEDNESS
10. ENSURE
IV. 10 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1. putting
2. will push
3. doing
4. are being grown
5. to start
6. is
7. uses
8. to make
9. pulling
10. being grown / growing
V. . 10 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 01 điểm
1.was 2.born 3. in 4. to 5. be 6.age
7.to 8. by 9. was 10. prize
VI. . 10 điểm , mỗi phần chọn đúng cho 02 điểm

1.B 2.A 3.D 4.B 5.C
VII.
Câu VI : 5 điểm , mỗi câu viết lại đúng cho 01 điểm
1. If John hadn’t come late , He’d not have missed the lecture
had come ealier , he’d have attended the
lecture
2. The car was too expensive for him to buy
3. Unless you finish your work , you will not be accepted.
4. It took me the whole evening to finish this test
5. Most peole’s lives are influenced by weather conditions
Câu VII : 5 điểm , mỗi câu đúng cho 01 điểm
1. My friend who lives / living next door enjoys reading books very much
2. He prefers fiction books to non- fiction books
3. He started collecting books when he was a school boy
4. He has spent a lot money buying books for years now.
5. He hopes he’ll have own library.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 25
I. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank by circling A, B, C or D
1. Bob hasn’t ……… his mind yet.

A. Made B. Gone C. used to D. Found
2. Everyone has to follow this way to get into the fair, ………?
3. We spent half a year this hotel.
A. to build B. Built C. with building D. Building
4. She is bored getting up early.
A. With B. In C. of D. To
5. Would you like me to get you something to drink? -
6. English is the language on one- fifth of the land area of the world.
A. Office B. Official C. officer D. Officially
7. It's an hour since he........, so he must be at the office now.
A. has left B. Left C. was leaving D. is leaving
8. 14. I usually go to work by bus, but and then I use my motorbike.
A. Again B. Once C. now D. Ever
A. the stricter B. the strictest C. stricter D. strict
10. "What can I get for you?". .
11. Bob hasn’t..........his mind yet.
A. Made B. Gone C. used to D. Found
12. Everyone has to follow this way to get into the fair,.........?
13. We spent half a year this hotel.
A. to build B. Built C. with building D. Building
14. She is bored getting up early.
A. With B. In C. of D. To
15. Would you like me to get you something to drink? -
16. English is the language on one- fifth of the land area of the world.
A. Office B. Official C. officer D. Officially
17. It's an hour since he........, so he must be at the office now.
A. has left B. Left C. was leaving D. is leaving
18. 14. I usually go to work by bus, but and then I use my motorbike.
A. Again B. Once C. now D. Ever
A. the stricter B. the strictest C. stricter D. strict
20. "What can I get for you?". .
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. Think B. Healthy C. Thus D. ethnic
2. A. discussion B. Revision C. Attention D. admission
3. A. Cease B. Chase C. Increase D. raise
4. A. although B. Enough C. laugh D. cough
5. A. Mute B. Junior C. Music D. humor
6. A. Who B. Where C. Which D. when
7. A. Send B. Tent C. Rely D. tend
8. A. Lock B. Shock C. Block D. program
9. A. Talked B. Passed C. Dialed D. stopped
10. A. Comb B. Climb C. Dumb D. blond
III. Put the correct verb forms of the verb in brackets.

1. "Do you mind if I sit here?" - "I'd rather you (sit)..................over there."
2. There (be)...............no rain here for 6 months.
3. He spoke to me as if he (be).............my father.
4. By the time we (stop)............, we had driven six hundred miles.
5. The price ( become )................more and more expensive these days.
6. Pupils are made (work)..................hard at this school.
7. It’s ten years since I last (see).............her.
8. Don’t forget (lock).............the door before going to bed.
9. The pens ( produce )...........by Thien Long Company are usually cheap and good.
10. The film (begin)..................at 7.30 or 8.00?
IV. Fill the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided in the right column
3. He didn’t win the championship, so he felt very . HOPE
5. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very there in the fall. WIND
7. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been in the last few years. URBAN
10. There are a lot of in the competition. CONTEST
V. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not corect in standard written English.
Find and correct
1. Lan seemed happily when she received her aunt’s letter.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
2. My brother didn’t have money enough to buy the dictionary he liked
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
3. We should put the coffee table among the armchair and the couch.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
4. The driver of the car was serious injured in the accident.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
5. Everyone was exciting as the prince wanted to choose his wife from the village.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
6. He gets up early in order reviewing lessons before school.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
7. All the students are looking forward to spend their free time relaxing in the sun this summer.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
8. I agree that we ought be good students at school and good children at home
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
9. Be careful when you cross a busy street. Look out with cars and trucks.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
10. Is she accustomed to doing her homework by her?
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Read the passage and choose the correct answer in A, B, C or D.

Flood in Dorchester
…… (1) ... six o’clock yesterday evening, the River Thames burst its banks and flooded a wide area. By nine
o’clock the floods had reached the town of Dorchester. The main street was soon …… (2)....3 feet of water.
Fire engines arrived quickly to pump away the water, but heavy rain made their job very ……… (3) ..... .
Mrs Rose Willow, a ……… (4).......nearly 80 years old, and living alone in her cottage, was trapped
upstairs
……… (5)........ three hours. Finally, firemen were able to rescue her with ladders and a small ……… (6)..........
“My cat, Tibbles, stayed with me all the time”, said Mrs Willow. “She ……… (7).......me a lot. She sat with
me
so I didn’t feel afraid”.
The rain has finally stopped, the river level is falling and the weather forecast is good, ……… (8).........the
floods have done a great deal of damage. “Luckily, nobody was …… (9).....or injured”, Chief Fire Office
Hawkins …… (10)......reporters, “but it will take a long time to clear up the mess”.
1. A. In B. To C. At D. Until
2. A. Over B. Under C. through D. between
3. A. Easy B. Difficult C. quick D. clear
4. A. Girl B. Man C. lady D. child
5. A. For B. During C. while D. through
6. A. Ship B. Boat C. car D. bicycle
7. A. worried B. Frightened C. bored D. helped
8. A. But B. Also C. therefore D. so
9. A. Burnt B. Cut C. scratched D. drowned
10. A. Said B. Asked C. told D. spoke
VII. Read the text and choose one suitable word to fill in the blank.
Foreign English language teachers for schools inVietnam

has to is teaching cover teacher
more and high decided
Vietnam ...(1)... well on its way to integrate with the world and for that reason emphasis on English
language skills ...(2)...........become very essential.
Recently, the City Department of Education and Training ...(3).. ............................... to recruit foreign native
English speakers to teach in elementary, middle and ...(4)...........................schools in Vietnam.
The policy calls for social contributions to improve English language ...(5)................................. from primary
schools to senior high schools by employing only foreign native English teachers. Each student will chip in
VND120,000 ($5.8) a month to ...(6).. ............................... the $35 an hour salary of the foreign ...
(7)... ...............................
Compared ...(8).. ................................ traditional English teaching methodology, it is better that thousands of
students in the City have a chance of practicing listening ...(9). ................................ speaking skills with native
English speakers, who create a ...(10)...exciting atmosphere in classrooms for students.
VIII. Rewrite the following sentences using the words provided in such a way that they mean the
same as the original sentences.
1. Couldn’t you find a better hotel?
Is this ………………………………………………………….............................................................................................
2. I haven’t seen that man here before.
This is ……………………………………..........................................................................................................................
People .............................................................................................................................................................................
4. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink it.
The coffee is too ..........................................................................................................................................................
5. Somebody repaired his car yesterday.
He had.............................................................................................................................................................................
6. It was thought that the painting had been destroyed.
The painting …………………………………………......................................................................................................
7. Our house is going to be rebuilt by a local firm.
We are …………………………………………..................................................................................................................
8. I can’t buy the tickets. They are too expensive.
The tickets …………………………………......................................................................................................................
9. Peter spent three hours repainting his house.
It ........................................................................................................................................................................................
10. Leave now or you will miss the train.
Unless …………………………………………....................................................................................................................
IX. Use the suggestions to make the meaningful sentences.

1. information / bringing / entertainment / also / is / only / but / TV / not / .
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
2. village / the / definitely / better / Life / the / changing / is / for / in / .
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
3. look for / more money / Farmers / when / family / often / other work / their / need / they / for / .
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
4. people / still / a week / work / in / Many / days / the countryside / seven / .
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
5. back / in / months / going / England / They / two / are / .
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
1: Vocabulary, Grammar and Phonetics
I. (1 điểm): Mỗi câu chọn đúng cho 0,1 điểm.
1. A 3. D 5. A 7. B 9. C
2. B 4. A 6. B 8. C 10. D
II. (1 điểm): Mỗi câu chọn đúng cho 0,1 điểm.

1. C 3. D 5. B 7. C 9. C
2. B 4. A 6. A 8. D 10. D
III. (1 điểm): Mỗi câu chọn đúng cho 0,1 điểm.
1. sat 5. is becoming 9. produced
2. has been 6. to work 10. does.....begin
3. were 7. saw
4. stopped 8. to lock
IV. (1 điểm): Mỗi từ biến đổi đúng cho 0,1 điểm.
1. different 5. windy 9. flights
2. pronunciation 6. unhealthy 10. contestants
3. hopeless 7. urbanized
4. performers 8. successfully
V. (1điểm): Mỗi câu tìm và sửa lại đúng cho 0,1
điểm. Your answers:
1. .......B..... -> happy 6. ......C......-> to review
2. .......B..... -> enough money 7. .......C......-> to spending
3. ..... .C..... -> between 8. .......B........-> ought to be
4. .......B......-> seriously 9. .......C.......-> for
5. .......A...... -> excited 10. .....D........-> herself
Section 2: Reading (2pts)
VI. (1 điểm): Mỗi câu chọn đúng cho 0,1 điểm.
1. C 3. B 5. A 7. D 9. D
2. B 4. C 6. B 8. A 10. C
VII. (1 điểm): Mỗi câu chọn đúng cho 0,1 điểm.
1. is 5. teaching 9. and
2. has 6. cover 10. more
3. decided 7. teacher
4. high 8. to
Section 3: Writing (3pts)Rewrite sentences. Mỗi câu viết đúng cho 0,2 điểm.
VIII.
Is this the best hotel you could (can) find?
This is the first time I have seen that man here.
People recycle old car tires to make shoes and sandals.
The coffee is too hot for me to drink.
He had my car repaired yesterday.
The painting was thought to have been destroyed.
7. We are going to have our house rebuilt by a local
firm. (We are going to have a local firm rebuild our
house)
8. The tickets are too expensive for me to buy.
9. It took Peter 3 hours to repair his house
10. Unless you leave now, you will miss the train.
IX. Use the suggestions to make the meaningful sentences. (1pt)
Mỗi câu viết đúng cho 0,2 điểm.
1. information / bringing / entertainment / also / is / only / but / TV / not /
. TV is bringing not only informationbut also entertainment.
2. village / the / definitely / better / Life / the / changing / is / for / in
/ . Life in the village is definitely changing for the better.
3. look for / more money / Farmers / when / family / often / other work / their / need / they / for / .
.Farmers often look for other work when they need more money for their family.
4. people / still / a week / work / in / Many / days / the countryside / seven /
. Many people in the countryside still work seven days a week.
5. back / in / months / going / England / They / two / are /
. They are going back to England in two months.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 26
I- Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently from the others. Identify your
answer by writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
1.A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough
2.A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child
3.A. missed B. closed C. called D. planned
4.A. fat B. any C. gas D. hat
5.A physics B. basic C. sailor D. subject
II- Choose one word that has a different stress position from the others. Identify your answer by
writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
6. A. scissors B. object C. wardrobe D. transmit
7. A. comfortable B. commercial C. generous D. demonstrate
8. A. experiment B. assistant C. sociable D. equipment
9. A. advice B. beauty C. picture D. postcard
10. A. theater B. career C. cinema D. gallery
III- Choose from the four options given (marked A,B,C or D) one best answer to complete each of the
following sentences. Identify your answer by writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer
paper.
11. David’s school..............is very bad this term.
A. report B. period C. day D. semester
12. People go to a.................to look at the famous works of art.
A. stadium B. gallery C. theater D. fair
13. I’d like to go................very much.
A. camp B. to camp C. a camp D. camping
14. Hoa is reading short stories..............Jack London.
A. of B. from C. by D. with
15. John...............Susan to go out with him but her parents didn’t let her out.
A. insisted B. suggested C. invited D. helped
16. This book is.................that I try to read it from beginning to end at one time.
A. so interesting B. so interested C. such interesting D. too interesting
17. “Let it be” is a famous song..................It is one of the best works by this band.
A. singing by the Beatles B. was sung by the Beatles
C. sung by the Beatles D. sang by the Beatles
18. He.............the train ticket at home.
A. took B. put C. brought D. left
19. She was...............of watching television.
A. interested B. tired C. tiring D. pleased
20. My mother...............me that I should wake up earlier.
A. told to B. said C. was told D. said to
21. Our teacher asked us................in class.
A. not to talk B. to not talk C. no talk D. without talking
22. Peter broke his leg when he fell..............his bike.
A. in B. on C. off D. of
23. You should................your lesson before the examination.
A. read B. look C. revise D. study
24. Hung is................do the crossword puzzles.
A. intelligent enough to B. intelligent enough
C. enough intelligent D. enough intelligent to
25. Her math result is.................than her English result.
A. bad B. bader C. worse D. well
26. His father is very proud...................him.
A. of B. with C. on D. about
27. Yesterday I came..............your brother when I was going to school.
A. of B. to C. about D. across
28. Students should work..............to make their parents happy.
A. hard B. hardly C. in hard way D. more hardly
29. Keep all dangerous things out of children’s …………. .
A. hands B. place C. reach D. head
30. When I was young, I used.................on a farm.
A. to live B. live C. to living D. living
IV- Supply the correct form of the word in Capital letters for each gap in the following sentences.
Identify your answer by writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
31. This coffee is too ................... to drink. heat
32. I can’t tell the …………… between the twins. differ
33. A fairy appeared and...........changed Miss Tam’s rags into beautiful clothes. magic
34. He drove ………… and he had an accident. care
35. I feel so ................. that I’m going to bed. sleep
36. Why was his lecture so .................... ?. bore
37. How many ................. are there in a year in Vietnam ?. celebrate
38. ................. have warned the local people of the disaster. science
V- Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each gap. Identify your answer by writing
the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
These days most people, especially young girls, like(39)......slim. Our grandparent’s tastes were different(40)
……ours but nowadays(41)……seems to enjoy(42)…….fat people. The only thing(43) ……is wrong with this is
what a(44)…….said to me the other days: “I don’t mind (45)……..these foods if they will help me(46)………
weight but why do they taste so awful ?” The reason(47)......this is that the manufacturers have to include
a
lot of vitamins to satisfy the law, so the only sensible advice I could give my friend was “Eat normal food,
but (48)..less.”
39. A. to looked B. to look C. they look D. look
40. A. from B. of C. as D. with
41. A. anymore B. none C. everyone D. no one
42. A. to look at B. looking C. looking at D. to look
43. A. it B. that C.
what D. who 44.A.friend of mine B. my
friend C. friend of meD. friend of my
45.A. to eat B. eat C. eating D. the eating
46.A. gain B. put on C. loose D. lose
47.A. of B. why C. for D. that
48.A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. be eating
VI- Read the following passage, then answer questions 50-53. After each question there are four
options marked A,B,C or D. Choose the correct answer by writing down its corresponding letter
A,B,C or D on your answer sheet.
It is five o’clock in the evening when Rene Wagner come home from work. She walks into the living room and
looks at her three children. They are 14,13 and 9 years old. They are watching TV. The living room is a mess.
There are dirty socks on the floor and cookies on the sofa. Games and toys are everywhere. Rene is angry,
“This place is a mess” she tells her children, “I can’t work all day and then do housework all evening. I’m not
going to do housework!” Rene doesn’t do housework. She doesn’t clean or wash dishes. She doesn’t wash
clothes, either. Every evening she sits on the sofa and watches TV.
After two weeks, every plate, fork and glass in the house is dirty. All the children’s clothes are dirty.
Every garbage basket is full. The house is a mess.
Then, one day Rene comes home from work and gets a big surprise. The kitchen is clean. The children
clean the kitchen !
The next day, the living room is clean, and the children are washing their clothes. Rene tells the
children “OK, I’ll do the housework again. But you have to help me.”
Now Rene and her three children do the housework together. Then they all sit on the sofa and watch
TV!
49. When Rene came home from work, she found the house ……………. .
A. clean and dirty B. dirty and tidy C. dirty and untidy D. clean but untidy
50. Rene told her children ………………….. .
A. to do the housework B. she couldn’t do housework
C. not to do housework D. she wouldn’t do housework
51. Two weeks later, the house was ……………… .
A. very clean B. a mess C. tidy D. rather dirty
52. Some days later, the house was clean again because ……………………. .
A. she couldn’t let it that way B. her children did housework.
C. her children didn’t do housework. D. she did housework again.
53. Now Rene does housework again because …………………. .
A. her children help her. B. they can watch TV together.
C. her children wash their clothes. D. her children don’t do it.
VII- Complete the second sentence so that it has similar meaning to the first one.
54. The movie was very bad. I couldn’t see it.
The movie was not ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
55. “Shut the door but don’t lock it”, he said to us.
He told …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
56. The garage is going to repair our car next week.
We are going ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
57. In spite of his intelligence, he doesn’t do well at school.
Although ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
58. You must see the headmaster.
You’ve …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
59.Remember to check your flight numbers.
Don’t ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
60. It was such bad news that Helen burst into tears.
The news .......................................................................................................................................................................................................
VIII- Use the suggested words and phrases to make a full sentence.
61. Those buses / not going / airport / neither / taxis.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
62. You / not / want / sell / house last year ?
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
63. He / stop / smoke / save / money .
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
64. My brother / not drive / carefully / I.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
65. It / difficult / prevent / people / park here.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
THE END
I. (2,5 p)
1. A 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. A
II. (2,5 p)
6. B 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. B
III. (10 p)
11. A 16. A 21. A 26. A
12. B 17. C 22. C 27. D
13. D 18. D 23. C 28. A
14. A 19. B 24. A 29. C
15. C 20. D 25. C 30. A
IV. (8 p)
31. hot 32. difference 33. magician 34. carelessly
35. sleepy 36. boring 37. celebrations 38. scientists
V. (10 p)
39. B 40. A 41. C 42. C 43. B
44. A 45. C 46. C 47. A 48. A
VI. (5 p)
49. C 50. D 51. B 52. B 53. A
VII. (7 p)
54. The movie was not good enough to me to see
55. He told us to shut the door but not to lock it
56. We are going to have our car repaired next week.
57. Although he is intelligent, he doesn’t do well at work.
58. You’ve to see the headmaster.
59. Don’t forget to check your flight numbers.
60. The new was so bad that Helen burst into tears.
VIII. (5 p)
61. Those buses are not going to the airport and neither are taxis.
62. Didn’t you want to sell the house last year ?
63. He stops smoking to save money
64. My brother doesn’t drive carefully as I do.
65. It is difficult to prevent people from parking here.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 45
I. Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences. Write your
answers in the table below(2pts)
1. Jack is……. His jokes often make his friends laugh a lot.
A. generous B. humorous C.easy-going D. unusual
2. I’m sorry. I’m not………to help you lift the table.
3. We…….in our present house for 5 years.
A. live B. have lived C. are living D. lived.
4. We used to wash clothes by hand. Now we have a…….
A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. hair dryer D. refrigerator.
5. It took me a long time to get used……… glasses.
A. to wear B. to wearing C. wear D. wore.
6.....................................................................Last night he didn’t go home… 10 o’clock.
A. until B. at C. after D. in front of
7. "Don’t shout", I said to Jim.
A. I told Jim don't shout B. I told to Jim not to shout
C. I told Jim not to shout D. I said to Jim don't shout.
8. Hoa was very surprised when she looked at...........................in the mirror.
A. she B. hers C. herself D. her
9. She went to market without..........anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying
10. Since we have to be there by 8.30, we….......take a taxi.
A. had better B. may C. ought D. are able to
11. I’ve never seen such an interesting …………..
12. It’s at least a month since…...............John.
A. I last seen B. I have last seen C. I last see D. I last saw
13. I like my sister’s house. It is a ………………
A. new beautiful house B. beautiful house new
C. beautiful new house D. new house beautiful
14. Living in the country is not expensive. And it isn’t complex ……………….
A. either B. too C. neither D. so
15. The new shopping mall is quite..............the present shopping area.
16. “What.....................?” – “She is very nice.”
A. did Sandra like B. is Sandra like C. does Sandra like D. was Sandra like
17. Thank you very much.................the Christmas gift .
A. of B. with C. for D. about
18...............she plays the piano!
19. Life here is very …………….
A. peace B. peacefully C. peaceful D. peacefulness
20. It is raining outside, and Tom brought his umbrella with him.............he wouldn’t get wet.
ANSWERS:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
II. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences (2pts)
1. Bell experimented with ways of transmiting ...........over a long distance. (SPEAK)
2. The tiger wanted to see the farmer's ............. (WISE)
3. The scouts do the ................work (VOLUNTEER)
4. Nowadays, scouting is popular ................ (WORLD)
5. After his parents died, he was sent to an……….….. ( ORPHAN)
6. Huy makes friends very easily because he is very …………….. ( SOCIAL)
7. Cook the meat in the ……………………..for at least 30 minutes. ( STEAM)
8. My friend, Nga plays the piano……………………. ( BEAUTIFUL).
9. “The lost shoe” is one of the …………………. stories I like best. ( TRADITION)
10. Our teacher always………………………. us to work hard. (COURAGE)
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….
6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………
III. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the verbs in the brackets (2pts)
1. They (watch) their favorite TV programmes at the moment.
2. Mary and John are neighbors. They ( know) each other for a long time.
3. They ( arrive) in New york yesterday?
4. I haven’t met him since he ( move ) to Ho Chi Minh City..
5. My mother is tired enough ( cook) tonight.
6. The teacher asked me ( not make) noise in class.
7. The boys like ( play ) games but hate doing lessons.
8. His doctor advised him ( give) up smoking.
9. Look at those black clouds. It( rain).
10. This is the first time I (be) to Ha Noi.
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….
6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………
IV. Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word (2pts)
The country is (1)..........beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in. Many people think so, and
go to the country (2) .......... the summer holiday though they can't live (3)...........all the year round. Some
have cottage built in a village (4) .......... that they can go there whenever they (5) ..........find the time.
English villages are not alike, but (6)............. some ways they are not very different from (7)...............other.
Almost every village (8) ...........a church, the round or square tower of which can (9)..........seen from many
miles around. Surrounding the church is the church yard, (10)........people are buried.
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….
6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………
V. The following sentences belong to a passage about Cinderella, but they are not in the correct
order. Put them in their correct order to make a full passage. There are examples for you. Write your
answers in the spaces below. ( 2,0 pts )
A. Once upon a time there was a girl called Cinderella who did all the work in the kitchen while her lazy
sisters did nothing.
B. So she went to the ball in a beautiful dress and a wonderful coach.
C. She danced with the prince but at midnight she ran back home, leaving one of her shoes on the dance
floor.
D. One night her sisters went to a ball at the palace.
E. The prince wanted to see her again and went to every house in the capital until he found that the shoe was
the right size for Cinderella.
F. Cinderella was left at home, very sad. After a time her fairy godmother appeared and told Cinderella that
she could go to the ball - but to return home by midnight.
G. She and the prince were married and lived happily ever after.
ANSWERS:
1….A…… 2. ……….. 3. ……….. 4. ………. 5. ………… 6. ……….. 7. …..G…....
VI. Read the following passage and choose the best answer(2pts)
Every year students in many countries learn Enghlish . Some of these students are young children .
Others are teenagers . Many are adults. Some learn at school , others study by themselves. A few learn
English just by hearing the language , in film , on television , in the office , or among their friends . But not
many are lucky enough to do that . Most people must work hard to learn another language .
Learning another language ! Learning English ! Why do all these people want to learn English ? It is
difficult to answer that quetion . Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their
subjects . They study their own language , and mathematics and English . ( In England , or America , or
Australia , many boys and girls study their own language , which is English and mathematics and another
language , perhaps French , or German , or Spainish )
Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work . Teenagers often learn English for
their high studies , because some of their books are in English at the college or university . Other people
learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English .
1. According to the writer ,………
A. only adults learn English . B. no children like learning English
C. English is only useful to teenagers . D. English is popular in much of the world .
2. Many people learn English by ………
A. watching videos only . B. hearing the language in the office .
C. talking with the film star D. working hard on their lesson.
3. Many boys and girls learn English because ………
A. English can give them a job. B. it's included in their study
courses. C.their parents make them . D.they have to study their own
language .
4. In America or Australia many school children study………
A. English as a foreign language .
B. English and Mathematics only .
C. such foreign languages as French , German , and Spanish .
D. their own language and no foreign language .
5. Many adults learn English because………
A. their work is useful . B. they want to go abroad .
C. most of their books are in English D. it helps them in their work .
ANSWERS
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
VII. There are five mistakes in the passage. Find and correct them (1pt)
Everyone know that in studying foreign languages, practice is the key of fluency. All foreign language
learner even the advanced ones need practice. There has a fact that a learner can know a lot of grammar
rules and vocabulary, however, they can’t speaking well yet. So the learners must know how use what they
have learned apart from the ability to explain grammar rules.
ANSWERS
1.  2.  3.  4.  5. 
VIII. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the same meaning as the sentence printed before (4pts)
1. It’s a long time since we became close friends.
We have…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. No one is more intelligent than her in our school.
She………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
3. ‘Can I borrow your bike, Nga?’, Nam asked.
 Nam asked Nga ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Lan is 1.60m tall and Hoa is 1.60 tall, too.
 Lan …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....
 Apples are not………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
 He prefers……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. “You shouldn’t translate each sentence into Vietnamese,” my brother told me
My brother told …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………....
8. When did you start playing the piano?
 How long........................................................................................................................................................?
9. Your younger brother is too weak to lift that box
Your brother is not…………………………………..….…………………………………………………………………………………………
10. Hung is interested in collecting stamps
 Hung’s…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
IX-Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently from the others. Identify your
answer by writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
1.A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough
2.A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child
3.A. missed B. closed C. called D. planned
4.A. fat B. any C. gas D. hat
5.A physics B. basic C. sailor D. subject
X. Use the suggested words and phrases to make a full sentence.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6) watching/ the living room/ father/ in/ at the moment/ My/ is/ TV.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7) interested/ history/ John/ the/ of/ is/ Vietnam/ in.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8) is/ the/ to/ She/ strong/ suitcase/ not/ lift/ enough
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9) time/ your/ will/ What/ be/ here/ aunt/ ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
I.
1B 2C 3B 4A 5B 6A 7C 8C 9D 10A
11C 12D 13A 14A 15A 16B 17C 18A 19C 20C
II.
1. SPEECH 2. WISDOM 3. VOLUNTARY 4. WORLDWIDE 5. ORPHANAGE
6. SOCIABLE 7. STEAMER 8. BEAUTIFULLY 9. TRADITIONAL 10.
ENCOURAGES III.
1. are watching 2. have known 3. Did they arrive 4. moved 5. to cook
6. not to make 7. playing 8. to give 9. is going to rain 10. have been
IV.
1. more 2. for 3. there 4. so 5. can
6. in 7. each 8. has 9. be 10. where
V.
1A 2D 3F 4B 5C 6E 7G
VI.
1D 2D 3B 4C 5D
VII.
1. knowknows 2. learnerlearners 3. hasis 4. speakingspeak 5. use to
use VIII.
1. We have become/have been close friends for a long time
1. She is the most intelligent student/girl in our school.
2. Nam asked Nga to lend him her bike./Nam asked Nga if he could borrow her bike.
3. Lan is the same height as Hoa/ Lan is as tall as Hoa/ Lan and Hoa are the same height.
4. Apples are not as expensive as oranges.
5. He prefers golf to tennis/ He prefers playing golf to (playing) tennis
6. My brother told me not to translate each sentence into Vietnamese.
7. How long have you played the piano
8. Your brother is not strong enough to lift that box.
9. Hung’s hobby is collecting stamps.
. Those buses are not going to the airport and neither are taxis.
65. It is difficult to prevent people from parking here
ENGLISH PRACTICE 47
I/ LANGUAGE FOCUS AND READING (10 ms)
Part 1: Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences. Write
your answers in the table below. There is an example for you (Number 0)(1,0 ms).
0. He is..................good teacher.
A. a B.the C.an D.one
1) Bao is the most.....................He spends his free time doing volunteer work at the local hospital.
A. reserved B. sociable C. different D. humorous
2) Mr. Nam called about his stationery order. He said Mrs. Van
could.......................... him at 8 634 082
A. talk B. speak C. reach D. tell
3) Nam..................here for a week
A. is B. was C. be D. has been
4) Your mother is beautiful. She has ...............................................
A. long straight black hair B. straight long black hair
C. black long straight hair D. hair long straight black
5) They are offering a 10%................on all computers this month.
A. reward B. discount C. reduce D. cut
Your answers:
0 1 2 3 4 5
A
Part 2: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits space .Use only one word in
each space .The first one has been done for you. Write your answers in the table below. (2,0ms)
I (0)............. several good friends but I suppose that my best (1)............is Ellen. We have been friends
with each other (2)............. we were very young because she used to live next door to me. We were in the
(3)............. class at school. She has always been much more clever than me at all subjects. I don’t mind
(4)............she often help me with my homework! Anyway, I have always been better at sport than she is. I
beat her at tennis and she didn’t like that. In fact, she hates (5)................at anything and gets very annoyed if
she does. That is the only thing that I don’t like about her. Otherwise, she has a great sense of (6) .................
and she always makes me laugh. We get on very well (7)................although we have arguments about silly
little things sometimes. Ellen and her family moved to another district last year but I (8)................see her a
lot. We’re planning to go on a (9)................around Europe next summer. I’m really looking forward to it
because I think we’ll (10)...........a lot of fun and see exciting places.
Your answers:
0 1 2 3 4 5
have
6 7 8 9 10
Part 3.There are 11 mistakes in the following paragraph. Underline the mistake then correct it.
Write your answer in the table below (2,0ms).
Do you have (0) some close friends? I think everybody has at least one close friend in his life. And so
do I. I has two close friends: Linh and Chi. We are in the same class at the primary factory and the secondary
school. We are also neighbor so we spend most of their time studying and playing together. Chi is a beauty
girl with big black eyes and an oval rosy face. She is an intelligent student and always studies the better in
my class. She also likes read. Linh isn’t as beautiful as Chi and she has a lovely smile and looks very healthy.
Linh is very sporty. She spends most of her free time playing sports. Linh is a volleyball star on our school
team. She is very sociable and has a good sense of humorous. Her jokes always make us laugh. I love both of
my friends and I always hope our friendly will never die.
Your answers:
0. some 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
any
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Part 4: Read the following passage carefully then say whether the statements are true (T),
false (F) or no information (N)-Tick (√) the correct column (1,0ms)
Last week I went with my elder brother to visit our National Library. We came there early in the
morning and the library was crowded with school children. It was a Saturday morning. Before our country
became free, it was known as “Raffles Library”. It is said to be one of the modern libraries in Asia.
The library is situated in Stamford Road beside our National Museum. There are hundred thousands
of books in the library including valuable reference books, for university students. Almost all secondary
school students are members of the library and they are allowed to borrow four books at a time.
STATEMENTS (T) (F) (N)

0) It was in the summer √
1)They went to the library last month
2) There were a lot of school children in the library
3) They came there on Sunday
4) That library used to have another name
5) It is the most well-known library in the world.
6) It is in front of the Nation Museum
7) There are few books in the library
8) Most of the members of the library are secondary school
students
9) They can borrow four books in a school-year.
10) They will come there tomorrow
Part 5: Complete the following passage, using the word given in the box below. There are more
words than blanks (2,0ms)
in are work no days get planted take soon didn’t
as to build schools over lived responsibility
Everyone is interested (0)...in...education all (1)..............the world in big countries and in small ones,
in cities as well as in villages. People (2)...................building better (3)...............................
In one little village in the Philippines there was (4)............school at all. A typhoon blew down the old school
and many of the homes and a new school. When the storm was over, everyone set to work (5)...........homes
and new schools. They cut bamboo poles to make the walls of the school and used palm leaves for the roof.
To separate the rooms, they built screens of grass and palm leaves fastened to bamboo frames. On hot
(6).................., they pushed all the screens back to let in as much air (7).............. possible. Even the children
helped. They made paths of stone and sand, and (8)..................flowers along the edges.
(9)....................., they finished a fine new village school. It didn’t (10)....................any money to build this
fine school, but it took a lot of hard work. No wonder, everyone was proud of it. And all were proving that
everyone was interested in education.
Your answers:
0 1 2 3 4 5
in
6 7 8 9 10
Part 6: Complete the following passage, using the correct form of the verb given in the box
below. (2,0ms)
spend feel catch have make be visit get walk take enjoy
Last week, my friend and I (0)....spent.... a weekend in the countryside. We (1)..................my uncle’s
farm. I had been to the farm several times before, but this was the first time for my friend. Naturally, it
(2)..................... a great event for him. Finally, the days came. It was a fine morning. We (3)................up very
early because we wanted to leave home after breakfast. We (4)................the journey by bus. We reached my
uncle’s farm at noon. After lunch we spent many hours (5)..............round the village to see the sights and
working through the wood to look for bird’s nests.
In the next morning, we (6)..................a big breakfast with plenty of farm products. After breakfast,
my uncle (7)..............us to a small lake not far from home. There we fished and had a nice lunch with the fish
we (8).......................
The weekend was short; however, we (9)...............it very much. The country air was fresh and pure.
We (10).............healthy and strong when we came back to the city for our school work.
Your answers:
0 1 2 3 4 5
spent
6 7 8 9 10
II/ WRITING :(8,0 ms)
Part 1) complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets
(2.0ms)
1) British people (drink)...............................more and more wine, apparently
2) Lisa (not go).............................to work yesterday. She wasn’t feeling well.
3) That bag looks heavy. I (help)..........................you with it.
4) We (not see)............................Tom since we left school.
5) Ask him (come)..........................in. Don’t keep him (stand)..................at the door
6) We (have)........................ a party next Sunday. Would you like (come)...............?
7) ..............you (be)............... away? Yes I (go)................to the country last Sunday
8) If you arrive after 4pm, the bank (be).....................closed.
9) Hoa (study).........................English since 2007
10) Bao suggested (meet)...........................at the cafe corner.
Part 2: Rewrite the sentences without changing the meaning, beginning with the word(s)
provided. The (0) is an example for you. (2,5ms)
0. He is taller than her
She……………….………as..............She is not as tall as him.
1) Ba isn’t old enough to ride his bike to school.
-->Ba is..............................................................................................................................
2) Where does she live?
-->What..............................................................................................?
3) Can you help me, please?
-->Could you........................................................................................?
4) “Can you turn down the radio?” Miss Jackson said to Mary.
-->Miss Jackson asked......................................................................................................
5) Their mother said to them, “Don’t make so much noise”
-->Their mother asked.......................................................................................................
6) A bike is cheaper than a motorbike.
-->A motorbike ................................................................................................................
7) No one helped Ba draw that picture.
-->Ba drew........................................................................................................................
8) We have been here since last week.
-->We came.......................................................................................................................
9) It’s one year since I last saw him
-->I haven’t........................................................................................................................
10) Hoa went to school late this morning because of watching TV late last night.
-->.............................................................because ...........................................................
Part 3: Put the words in their correct order to make complete sentences. Beginning with the
underline words. There is an example for you (Number 0)(1,25ms)
0. teacher/ He / a / is.
He is a teacher.
1) community meeting/ They/ organized/ the situation/ discuss/ have/ in order to/ the situation.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2) he/ loves/ but/ Ba/ like/ playing/ doesn’t/ glasses/ video games/ gathering.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3) close friends/ the same/ Do/ characters/ and/ have/ you/ or/ different/ your. ?
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4) cook/ you’ll/ yourself/ I’m/ have/ but/ dinner/ to/ sorry.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5) example sentences/ the words/ They/ remember/ one or two/ the right way/ each new word/
write/ how to use/ with/ in order to/ in.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
I/ LANGUAGE FOCUS AND READING (10 ms)
Part 1: Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences.
Write your answers in the table below. There is an example for you (Number 0)(1,0 ms). (0.2 x 5)
Sentence 0 1 2 3 4 5
Answer A B C D A B
Part 2: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits space .Use only one word in
each space .The first one has been done for you. Write your answers in the table below. (2,0ms) (0.2
x 10)
Blank 0 1 2 3 4 5
Answer have friend since same because losing
Blank 6 7 8 9 10
Answer humor together still trip have
Part 3.There are 11 mistakes in the following paragraph. Underline the mistake then correct
it. Write your answer in the table below (2,0ms). (0.2 x 10)
Wrong 0. some 1.has 2. factory 3. their 4. beauty 5. better
Right any have school our beautiful best
Wrong 6. read 7. and 8. on 9. humorous 10. friendly

Right reading but in humor friendship
Part 4: Read the following passage carefully then say whether the statements are true (T),
false (F) or no information (N)-Tick (√) the correct column (1,0ms)(0.1 x 10)
1) F 2)T 3)F 4)T 5) F 6) F 7) F 8) T 9) F 10)No
Part 5: Complete the following passage, using the word given in the box below. There are more
words than blanks (2,0ms) (0.2 x 10)
Blank 0 1 2 3 4 5
Answer in over are schools no to build
Blank 6 7 8 9 10
Answer days as planted Soon take
Part 6: Complete the following passage, using the correct form of the verb given in the box
below. (2,0ms) (0.2 x 10)
Blank 0 1 2 3 4 5
Answer spent visited was got made walking
Blank 6 7 8 9 10
Answer had took caught enjoyed felt
II/ WRITING :(8,0 ms)

Part 1) complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets
(2.0ms) (0.2/cau x 10)
1) are drinking; 2) didn’t go; 3)will help; 4) haven’t seen; 5) to come/ standing
6) are having/ to come; 7) Have you been/ went; 8)will be; 9) has studied; 10) meeting
Part 2: Rewrite the sentences without changing the meaning, beginning with the word(s)
provided. The (0) is an example for you. (2,5ms) (0.25 x 10)
1) Ba is too young to ride his bike to school
2) What is her address?
3) Could you do me a favor?
4) Miss Jackson asked Mary to turn down the radio
5) Their mother asked them not to make so much noise.
6) A motorbike is more expensive than a bike
7) Ba drew that picture by himself.
8) We came here one week ago.
9) I haven’t seen him for one year/ since last year.
10) Hoa went to school late this morning because she watched TV late last night.
Part 3: Put the words in their correct order to make complete sentences. Beginning with the
underline words. There is an example for you (Number 0)(1,25ms) (0.25 x 5)
0. teacher/ He / a / is.
He is a teacher.
1) They have organized a community meeting in order to discuss the situation.
2) Ba loves playing video games but he doesn’t like gathering broken glasses
3) Do you and your close friends have the same or different characters?
4) I’m sorry, but you have to cook dinner yourself.
5) They write one or two example sentences with each new word in order to remember how to use the
words in the right way.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 48
I. Which word is differently pronounced ? Circle the letter A, B, C or D ( 1 point ) :
1. A. business B. send C. noisy D. workers

2. A. hour B. horn C. high D. home
3 A. finished B. stopped C. pronounced D. closed
4. A. few B. threw C. knew D. new
5. A. corn B. carriage C. city D. car
6. A. wear B. where C. hair D. here
7. A. both B. dozen C. close D. so
8. A. shoot B. food C. poor D. mood
9. A. laughter B. caught C. taught D. daughter
10. A. the B. them C. they D. three
II. Choose the best by circling the corresponding letter A or B, C, D ( 2.5 points ) :
1. I sometimes stay................bed until lunchtime.
A. in B. on C. at D. by
2. He has gone abroad. He will return ....................
A. for two years B. in two years

C. for two years ago D. in next two years
3. Please................the radio, it’s too noisy.
A. slow down B. turn down C. put down D. let down
4.................to swim across a flooded river.
A. Dangerous C. Very dangerous is
B. There has danger D. It’s dangerous
5. Every car........a number at the back and front.
A. is having B. have C. has D. are having
6. The singers were at the microphone at the time of the broadcast. ....................... .
A. It was a successful broadcast C. It was a charity broadcast
B. It was an education broadcast D. It was a live broadcast
7. Good morning Susan. This is my sister, Emily. ................................... .
A. What do you do? B. How do you do?
C. What do you like? D. Don't I meet you?
8. ........................... , Sir? - Fruit salad, please.
A. What would you like for dessert B. What dessert you would like
C. How would you like for dessert D. How dessert would like
9. Could you tell me...............to get to the bank?
A. where B. what C. how D. place
10.You did very..............in your study.
A. good B. excellent C. bad D. well
11. Wait a minute I want to................a picture of you and the baby.
A. take B. give C. make D. do
12. Airmail is much.................than surface mail.
A. expensive B. very expensive C. more expensive D. most expensive
13. No one can make me.........my mind ?
A. change B. changing C. to change D. changed
14. What are you cooking in that saucepan ? It............good ?
A. makes B. feels C. smells D. tastes
15. This is my book and ......................... .
A. that are yours B. those are your
C. that are your D. those are yours
16. Lan's got dark hair, but..................is fair.
A. his brother's hair B. his brother hairs
C. his brother hair D. his brother hair's
17. What's your birthday, Ann ? - It's ........................ .
A. on the thirty-one of July B. on the thirty-first of July
C. on July the thirty-one D. in July the thirty-first
18. Tommy is a better swimmer than Tony.
A. No one can swim as well as Tommy and Tony.
B. Tommy is the best swimmer of all, apart from Tony.
C. Tony can’t swim so well as
Tommy. D, Tony can’t be better than
Tommy.
19. Christine finds it easy to make friends.
A. It is easy to make friends to Christine
B. Christine has no difficulty making friends.
C. Christine has a lot of friends.
D. Christine is fond of making friends.
20. She started learning English 3 years ago.
A. She started learning English 3 years.
B. She has learnt English for 3 years.
C. She started learning English since 3 years.
D. She learnt English since 3 years.
21. Walking a mile a day is good exercise.
A. It is good exercise for walking a mile a day.
B. It is good exercise walking a mile a day.
C. It is good exercise to walk a mile a day.
D. It is good exercise to walking a mile a day.
22. We / collect stamps.
A. We likes collecting stamps C. We like to colleting stamps
B. We likes stamps collect D. We enjoy collecting stamps.
23. What time / you / work ?
A. What time you work ? C. What time do you start work ?
B. What time do you go work ? D. What time do you go to work ?
24. I / ski / the winter / sometimes.
A. I ski the winter sometimes. C. I sometimes go skiing in the winter.
B. I ski on winter sometimes. D. I sometimes go to ski in winter.
25. He / weak / that job.
A. He is too weak to do that job. C. He doesn't week to do that job.
B. He is weak doing that job. D. He does that job weak.
III. Give the correct tense or form of the verb in brackets ( 1 point ) :
1. He couldn't make his motor bike (start ).........this morning.
2. I dislike (listen ) ......... to music while (do)..........my homework.
3. These tigers used (keep)..........in iron cages .
4. What you (do) ........ when I (phone).........you last night ?
5. When we entered his room, we (see) .......... him (sleep).............in an armchair.
6. She said that her mother (not be) ...... very well, so she (can not)........go to the party.
Answers : 1/ ........................... 2/ ........................... ; ................................
3/ ........................... 4/ ........................... ; ...............................
5/ ............................. ; ..................................
6/ ............................. ; ...................................
IV. Identify the underlined word or phrase that must be changed to make the sentence
correct by circling the letter A or B, C, D ( 1 point ) :
1. The new model costs twice more than last year’s model.
A B C D
2. Her husband hasn't done anything at home for year.
A B C D
3. It's not good for healthy to smoke and to drink wine.
A B C D
4. After said good bye to my parents, I went to school with my sister.
A B C D
5. Sorry. I'm very tired that I can't stay any longer .
A B C D
6. I used to getting up late when I was
small. A B C D
7. At first I found it strangely to drive on the left side of the
road. A B C D
8. I will intend to go back home when I finish my education.
A B C D
9. The phone rung while I was washing the dishes.
A B C D
10. Henry's friends told themselves to put his coat on the rack in their hall.
A B C D
V. Read the passage carefully . Then do the exercises below: ( 1.5 points ) :
Why do people in many countries learn English ?
It is not difficult to answer this question. Students learn English at school because it is one of
their subjects. Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers learn it for their
higher studies because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people learn
English because they want to read newspapers and magazines in English.
1. The following statements are true ( T ) or false ( F ). Put T or F at the end
of each statement :
a/ English is learnt by people in many countries. ......
b/ Students learn English because their parents make them. ......
c/ Teenagers learn English because they want to go abroad. ......
d/ Many adults learn English because it helps them in their work. .....
e/ Books are always in English at the college or university. …..
2. Answer these questions:
a. Why do students learn English at school ?
............................................................................................................................................
b. What do you often do to improve your English ?
............................................................................................................................................
VI. Use the correct form of the word given in capitals at the end of each sentence (1p):
1. Paris is for the Eiffel Tower. ( fame ) ..................
2. I think these thick clothes are very for cold weather. ( suit ) ..................
3. It's in England to eat turkey on Christmas Day. ( tradition ) ..................
4. On Christmas Day, I often send my close friends cards. ( greet ) ..................
5. Tam Dao is a wonderful resort in Vietnam. ( mountain ) ..................
6. How of you to break that cup ! ( care ) ..................
7. We hate him because of his to the children. ( Kind ) ..................
8. The boy ate two of the cakes . ( hungry ) ..................
9. I had my bike yesterday. ( repair ) ..................
10. Women nowadays have more to participate in social activities. ( free ) ..................
VII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first . Use the word in
brackets ( 2 points ) :
1. Your shoes are as big as mine. ( size )
.............................................................................................................................
2. If you run a lot, you’ll be fitter. ( The )
.............................................................................................................................
3. Could you tell me the way to the nearest Post office, please ? ( mind )
.....................................................................................................?
4. She is too young to do that work. ( enough )
..............................................................................................................................
5. Who wrote that poem ? ( by )
..............................................................................................................................
6. Martin said to Susan : " Can you work on Saturday ? " ( could )
..............................................................................................................................
7. When I was young , I regularly walked to school . ( used )
..............................................................................................................................
8. I’m very sorry I don’t remember your birthday. ( wish )
..............................................................................................................................
9. Yesterday’s work was easier than today’s . ( difficult )
...............................................................................................................................
10. Hoa said " Would you like to join me for dinner, Mai ? " ( invited )
................................................................................................................................
I. Which word is differently pronounced ? Circle the letter A, B, C or D ( 1 point ) :
1- B 2- A 3- D 4- B 5- C
6- D 7- B 8- C 9- A 10- D
Note : 0.1 p for each correct choice.
II. Choose the best by circling the corresponding letter A or B, C, D ( 2.5 points ) :
1- A 6- D 11- A 16- A 21- C
2- B 7- B 12- C 17- B 22- D
3– B 8- A 13- A 18- C 23- D
4- D 9- C 14- C 19- B 24- C
5- C 10- D 15- D 20- B 25- A
III. Give the correct tense or form of the verb in brackets ( 1 point ) :
1. start 4. were doing ; phoned.
2. listening ; doing. 5. saw ; sleeping.
3. to be kept 6. was not / wasn’t ; could not / couldn’t.
Note : 0.1 p for each correct verb form .
IV. Identify the underlined word or phrase that must be changed to make the sentence
correct by circling the letter A or B, C, D ( 1 point ) :
1-B 2-D 3-B 4-A 5-B
6-B 7-C 8-A 9-B 10-B
V. Read the passage carefully . Then do the exercises below: ( 1.5 points ) :
1. a – T ; b – F ; c – F ; d – T ; e – F.
2. a/ ( Students learn English at school ) because it is one of their subjects.
b/ Student’s own answer.
Note : 0.2 p for correct answer 2a, and 0.3p for correct answer 2b.
VI. Use the correct form of the word given in capitals at the end of each sentence (1 point ) :
1. famous 6. careless.
2. suitable 7. unkindness.
3. traditional 8. hungrily.
4. greeting 9. repaired.
5. mountainous 10. freedom. Note : 0.1 p for each correct word form.
VII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first . Use the word in
brackets ( 2 points ) :
1. Your / My shoes and mine / yours are the same size.
2. The more you run, the fitter you will be.
3. Would you mind telling me the way to the nearest Post Office ?
4. She's not old enough to do that work .
5. Who(m) was that poem written by ?
6. Martin asked Susan if / whether she could work on Saturday .
7. When I was young, I used to walk to school.
8. I wish I remembered your birthday.
9. Today’s work is more difficult than yesterday’s.
10. Hoa invited Mai to join her for dinner.
Note : 0.2 p for each correct sentence .
TOTAL : 10 POINTS
ENGLISH PRACTICE 49
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others by
circling the corresponding letter A, B, C, or D.(1m)
1. A. claim B. wait C. said D. paid
2. A. watch B. bath C. want D. wash
3. A. sure B. mixture C. injure D. pleasure
4. A. few B. new C. threw D. knew
5. A. clothes B. matches C. colleges D. churches
6. A. watched B. naked C. liked D. looked
7. A. sunbathe B. father C. theater D. weather
8. A. pour B. four C. flour D. resource
9. A. clear B. wear C. bear D. ware
10. A. sixty B. my C. sky D. fly
II. Use the correct form of the verbs in parentheses to complete the sentences( 1m)
1. While I (watch) 1...........................................a good film on TV, the mailman
(come) 2………………..……….. and (give) 3..................................me a letter.
2. I ( know) 4..............................................her for six years, when I met her, she
(work) 5..............................................for a foreign company.
3. Please stop laughing. I hate (laugh) 6.............................................at by others.
4. It ( not rain) 7...............................................................much in the winter .
5. They’d rather you ( not come)............................................to the party too late.
6. You always (watch) 9...............................................television. You should do
something more active.
7. This building ( build) 10...................................................over 100 years ago.
III. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence. (1,5ms )
1. Helen is my aunt’s daughter so she is my……………….…………..
a. sister b. cousin c. niece d. friend
2. His..................always makes people laugh.
a. quiet character b. sense of humor c. smiles d. humorous
3. The window............................last night has been repaired.
a. break b. breaked c. broken d. breaking
4. This is a contest in which people have to arrange flowers so it’s a…...............contest.
a. flower- arranging b. flowers- arranging c. arranging- flower d. flower- arrange
5. Children who don’t have parents often live in a(n)………………………….………….
a. hotel b. house c. orphanage d. hostel
6. It took him ages to.....................living in the new town.
a. get use to b. be used to c. will used to d. will use to
7. My parents make me…...........................for my exam .
a. to study b. study c. studying d. studied
8. I would rather you...................me the story.
a. tell b. told c. to tell d. telling
9. “ War and Peace”........................the longest book I have ever read.
a. are b. was c. were d. is
10. As she was running, suddenly she stumbled ………………….a rock and fell………….
a. at/ off b. in/ out c. over/ down d. of/ down
11. That’s a......................building.
a. five- floor b. five- floors c. five- floor’s d. five- floors’
12. She helped me...................the house.
a. to clean b. cleaning c. clean d. both a and c
13......................is a book in which you can look up telephone number.
a. Mobile phone b. Public telephone c. Telephone directory d. Answering machine
14..................is a large piece of furniture where you can hang your clothes.
a. Wardrobe b. Refrigerator c. Desk d. Counter.
15. Jane really enjoys............................................to dinner parties.
a. inviting b. being inviting c. being invited d. be invited
IV. Choose the words or phrases that are not correct in standard English.( 1m)
1. When he came, I watched a football match on
TV. A B C D
2. When Andrew saw the question, he was knowing the answer
immediately. A B CD
3. Mai has stayed on her uncle's farm for last week.
A B C D
4. I'm looking forward to hear from you .
A B C D
5. They asked me don’t talk during the discussion.
A B C D
6. Would you mind if I ask you a private question?
A B C D
7. They happily looked at their children to play in the yard.
A B C D
8. This is the first time I visited a famous place in Hanoi.
A B C D
9. Our teacher told to us to spend more time at home practicing our pronunciation.
A B C D
10. You shouldn’t let your children playing with matches.
A B C D
V. Give the correct form of the words in parentheses ( 1m)
1. Life is more . . . . . . . ………………………..………… ………… . . now. (comfort)
2. There are many cultural………………..…..between his country and mine. (differ)
3. It is . . . . ………………. . . …………………… to eat much sugar and fat. (health)
4. These medicines can work well with your . . . …………….………... . . . . . (ill)
5. There was no . . . . . ……………….. . for his absence from class yesterday. (explain)
6. Is he sleeping ? - No, he is still……………………………………………. (wake)
7. Every week, there are two………………from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh city. (fly)
8. They had an . . . ……………………………………..... Christmas vacation. (enjoy)
9. He is a well- known ………………………………………………………. (photograph)
10. The …………………………...……..she gave last night was marvelous. (perform)
VI. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning. (2ms)
1. They have planted a lot of green trees this year
A lot of green trees………………………………………………………………………...
2. '' I don't behave very well in front of a crowd, '' said Peter.
Peter said that……..………………………………………………………………………
3. The town was farther than we thought.
The town wasn’t as………………………………………………………………………..
4. We spend five hours studying English everyday.
It…………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. “You had better not eat much sugar.”
She advised me…………………………………………………………………………….
6. “ Can you wait for me outside the movie theatre ?”
He asked his friend………………………………………………………………………..
7. “ Don’t be silly.” He said to the boy.
He ………………………………………………………..………………………………..
8. We can’t drink the water because it’s too hot.
The water isn’t…………………………………………………………………………….
9. It has been raining for five hours.
It started…………………………………………………………………………………...
10. To help mom at home is a good activity.
It is…………………………..……………………………………………………………
VII. Write a thank- you letter using the words given (1m)
Dear Nhung,
1. Thank you/ much/ the flowers/ you/ send/ while/ I/ be/ hospital.
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. They/beautiful/ and/ they/ really/ help/ cheer / me/ up.
…………………………………………………………………………..……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. I/ come out/ hospital/ last Thursday morning.
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. You/ come over/ place/ weekend/ because/ I/ very/ bored/ now?
……………………………………………………………………………………..…………
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. I/ look forward/see/soon.
……………………………………………………………………………………….……….
Love,
Thao
VIII. Read the passages

A. Fill in each blank with a suitable word ( 1ms)
How Nam has improved his English.
In the first year of lower secondary 1......................., I had some difficulties in learning English. My
English pronunciation 2………………………. really bad and my English grammar was worse. I did not
3………………………..how to improve them. I didn’t want my father 4..............................mother to know about
this. One afternoon after the lesson, my teacher 5………………….......................... English told me to wait
6…………………………… her outside the classroom. She took 7.............................to the school library and showed
me tapes of pronunciation drills kept in a glass bookcase. She also told me how to use an English- English
dictionary to 8...................................my English grammar. “Now I think you know what you should do” she
said. I made much progress and only one year later, I won the first 9........................in the English Speaking
Contest 10......................for secondary school students in my hometown.
1…………….. 2……………….3………………….4…………………5…………………...
6……………...7……………….8………………….9………………….10…………………
B. Read the passage and choose the best answers A, B, C or D. ( 0.5 ms)
1. What difficulties did Nam have in learning English in the first year?
A. The pronunciation
B. The grammar
C. Both pronunciation and grammar
D. The way of improving his pronunciation
2. Who wanted to meet him one afternoon after the lesson?
A. His teacher
B. One of his friends
C. His father
D. His mother
3. Where did Nam and his teacher go after that?
A. to the town library
B. to the school library
C. to the teachers’ room
D. to his house
4. What did the teacher show him then?
A. A glass bookcase
B. An English-English dictionary
C. An English Grammar book
D. Cassettes of pronunciation drills
5. What did he win in the English Speaking Contest one year later?
A. The first prize
B. The second prize
C. The third prize
D. The fourth prize
The end
KEYS PRACTICE 49
I. ( 1m) Mçi c©u ®óng ®îc 0,1 ®iÓm
C©u 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
§¸p ¸n c b a c a b c c a b
II. ( 1ms ) Mçi ®éng tõ ®óng ®îc 0,1 ®iÓm
1.was watching 2. came 3. gave 4. have known 5. was working
6. being laughed 7. doesn’t rain 8. didn’t come 9. are always watching 10. was built
III.(
1,5ms ) Mçi c©u ®óng ®îc 0,1 ®iÓm
C©u 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
§¸p ¸n b b c a c b b b d c a c a a c
IV. ( 1m) Mçi c©u ®óng ®îc 0,1 ®iÓm
C©u 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
§¸p ¸n c c d c c b c c a c
V. ( 1m) Mçi tõ ®óng ®îc 0,1 ®iÓm
1. comfortable 2. differences 3. unhealthy 4. illness 5. explanation
6. awake 7. flights 8. enjoyable 9. photographer 10. perfomance
VI. (2ms ) Mçi c©u ®óng ®îc 0,2 ®iÓm
1. A lot of green trees have been planted this year
2. Peter said that he didn’t behave very well in front of a crowd.
3. The town wasn’t as near as we thought
4. It takes us five hours to study English everyday
5. She advised me not to eat much sugar.
6. He asked his friend to wait for him outside the movie theater.
7. He told the boy not to be silly.
8. The water isn’t cold enough for us to drink
9. It started raining five hours ago
10. It is a good activity to help mom at home.
VII. (1m ) Mçi c©u ®óng ®îc 0,2 ®iÓm
1. Thank you very much for the flowers you sent me while I was in the hospital.
2. They were very beautiful and they really helped to cheer me up.
3. I came out of the hospital last Thursday morning.
4. Will you come over to my place on the/ at weekend because I am very bored now?
5. I am looking/ look forward to seeing you soon.
VIII. A (1m ) Mçi tõ ®óng ®îc 0,2 ®iÓm
1. school 2. was 3. know 4. and 5. of
6.for 7. me 8. improve 9. prize 10. held
B. (0,5ms) Mçi c©u ®óng ®îc 0,2 ®iÓm
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. A
Tæng toµn bµi : 10 ®iÓm

The end
ENGLISH PRACTICE 50
A. PHONETICS.
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in the
following questions
1. A treat B. heat C. sweater D. beat
2. A compose B. complete C. company D. complain
3. A collect B. subject C. reject D. lecture
4. A sugar B. sterile C. strain D. serve
5. A baths B. bath C. bathe D. breathe
II. Choose the word whose stress is different from the other three in the following questions
6. A complain B. fortune C. honest D. party
7. A gravity B. harmony C. redundant D. wonderful
8. A communicate B. accuracy C. formation D. competitor
9. A magniíìcent B. diffìcult C. sparkling D. hospital
10. A itinerary B. comíortable C. emergency D. experiment
B. GRAMMAR - VOCABULARY - LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS.

I. Choose the best fit to fill in the blank
31. I saw a thief take Bill’s wallet, so I ran.......him, but I didn’t catch him.
A. into B. over C. after D. near
32. I called on her yesterday: she..........a meal at the time.
A. cooked B. has cooked C. was cooking D. cook
33. My grandfather is.....to walk without a stick.
A. enough old B. old enough C. too old D. many ages
34. You will become ill.....you stop working so hard.
A. until B. when C. if D. unless
35. Everyone......Tom was invited to the party.
A. but B. as C. from D. for
36. Those shoes look very tight. Do they really.....you?
A. match B. fit C. suit D. measure
37. I don’t know......to pronounce this word.
A. what B. why C. when D. how
38. My sister is busy.....an exercise of English.
A. in doing B. to do C. at doing D. doing
39. Each of them.......answers very well.
A. know his B. know their C. knows D. knows their
40. He has worked.....the manager in that company for nearly 15 years.
A. like B. as C. the same D. different
41. Mary as well as David and Jane........ready for the exam tomorrow.
A. is B. will C. are D. being
42. There is a(n).......to every rule.
A. minus B. exception C. abstract D. subtract
43. You should have your car.........two days beíore you have a long trip.
A. to check B. checking C. checked D. check
44. Mummy, we only have.....rice for dinner tonight. You have to buy a few more kilos.
A. a little B. a lot C. few D. a few
45. They apologized.....late.
A. in arriving B. on arriving C. for arriving D. their arriving
II. Write the correct form of CAPITAL word to fill in the blank
46. Bell experimented with ways of transmitting..................over a long distance. SPEAK
47. It is ........................... to eat too much sugar and fat. HEALTH
48. After having taken an aspirin, her headache........................ APPEAR
49. Our main............................... to export are rice, coffee and rubber. PRODUCE
50. This form must have the............................. of the writer. SIGN
III. Find the mistake and correct it

51. It took us quite a long time to qet here. It was a three-hours journey.
52. Although I am not interested in English but I try my best to get good marks.
53. The more I got to know Tom, the fewer I liked hịm.
54. I can’t invite you to dinner as I have my house painted at the moment.
55. The company has so little money that it can’t hardly operate anymore.
IV. Choose the best form of verb in the bracket to fill in the blank
56. My children enjoy.......................(allow) to stay up late when there is something special on TV.
57. The nicest vase...............(break) while it was being moved to another room.
58. The television.................................(repair). It's working now.
59. The student (punish)................................yesterday is Tim’s brother.
60. How many lessons...............you (miss)..........................this year ?
C. READING.
I. Read the passage and choose the best fit to fill in the blank
People in many countries grow fresh water fish from eggs. They move the small fish into lakes and rivers. The
fish live and (61).... there. People go (62). in these lakes and rivers. They enjoy catching fish because fish is
also good food. Now the Japanese grow salt waterfish. Most of them are yellow tail fìsh. Workers grow the fish
from eggs. Every time they feed the fish, they play (63)...... of piano music. The fish (64). that piano music
means food. When the fish are small, the Japanese put them into the ocean near the land. The fish find some of
their (65)....... food. Workers also feed them. They play the same piano music. The fish (66)....... know the
music. They swim towards it and (67)....... the food. In (68)....... months the fish become large. The Japanese
play the same music. The fish swim towards it and the workers (69)...... them. The Japanese get about 15
percent of their seafood (70). farms in the ocean.
Trả lời
61. A. breed B. born C. grow D. develop
62. A. enjoying B. fishing C. shopping D. catching
63. A. songs B. films C. tapes D. lot
64. A. think B. recognize C. realize D. learn
65. A. own B. owner C. self D. selves
66. A. recently B. mostly C. nearly D. already
67. A. see B. find C. bite D. hold
68. A. some B. a few C. couple D. many
69. A. grasp B. catch C. seize D. hold
70. A. on B. of c. from D. in
II. Write the correct preposition to fill in the blank
In Canada and the United States,......(71) of the most popular days in the year is Halloween. Halloween is on
October 31st. It’s a day..... (72) some people dress up in strange or unusual costumes. For example, they may
dress up to look. (73) an animal, a person form, a book or movie, or a famous person from history. In some
places, children go to school in..... (74) costumes. After dark, many young children.......(75) on their costumes
and visit their neighbors. They knock on the ..... (76) and shout “Trick or treat!” Then the neighbours........(77)
them some candy, and the children go on to the...... (78) house. Adults also enjoy dressing up for Halloween. .....
(79) are usually Halloween parties in the evening and usually there is a prize for the best or ..... (80) unusual
costume.
D. WRITING.
I. Rewrite the sentence without changing the meaning
81. What is your date of birth?
When........................................................
82. I am not as good at Maths as my
brother is. My brother
is.............................................
83. She is usually a hard
worker.
She ......................................
84. Who was the inventor of this
machine?
Who..............................................
85. We like reading books better than seeing
movies. We..........................................................
86. What interesting
movies!
How...........................
87. You should not watch TV too
late. You’d ......................................
88. How heavy were you last
year? How....................................
89. We didn’t enjoy the trip because of the heavy
rain. The heavy rain stopped....................................
90. A train leaves at eight o’clock every
morning. There
is ..................................................
II. Rewrite the sentence, using given words
91. One/ disadvantages / living in the countryside / lack / public transport.

..............................................................................................
92. I / always / keep / window / open / order / let / fresh air / in.
..............................................................................................
93. How long / you / leam English?
..............................................................................................
94. Homework / must / be / hand / before / end / the week.
..............................................................................................
95. These exercises / too difficult / students / do / without / mistakes.
..............................................................................................
96. One / my classmates / always / play / computer games.
..............................................................................................
97. Our accommodation / include / ticket price.
..............................................................................................
98. Some / the goods /at the new stores / will be / same / ones / at the small shop.
..............................................................................................
99. People / throw / away / billions / cans / every year.
..............................................................................................
100. The tiger / ask / the farmer / why / strong buffalo / his servant and / he / master.
..............................................................................................
Key - practice 51
A. PHONETICS.
I. Chọn từ có cách phát âm khác với những từ còn lại ở phần gạch chân.
1. A treat B. heat C. sweater D. beat
2. A compose B. complete C. company D. complain
3. A collect B. subject C. reject D. lecture
4. A sugar B. sterile C. strain D. serve
5. A baths B. bath C. bathe D. breathe
II. Chọn từ có trọng âm chính khác với những từ còn lại.

6. A complain B. fortune C. honest D. party
7. A gravity B. harmony C. redundant D. wonderful
8. A communicate B. accuracy C. formation D. competitor
9. A magniíìcent B. diffìcult C. sparkling D. hospital
10. A itinerary B. comíortable C. emergency D. experiment
B. GRAMMAR - VOCABULARY - LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS.

I. Chọn đáp án đúng nhất để hoàn thành câu.
31. I saw a thief take Bill’s wallet, so I ran.......him, but I didn’t catch him.
A. into B. over C. after D. near
32. I called on her yesterday: she..........a meal at the time.
A. cooked B. has cooked C. was cooking D. cook
33. My grandfather is.....to walk without a stick.
A. enough old B. old enough C. too old D. many ages
34. You will become ill.....you stop working so hard.
A. until B. when C. if D. unless
35. Everyone......Tom was invited to the party.
A. but B. as C. from D. for
36. Those shoes look very tight. Do they really.....you?
A. match B. fit C. suit D. measure
37. I don’t know......to pronounce this word.
A. what B. why C. when D. how
38. My sister is busy.....an exercise of English.
A. in doing B. to do C. at doing D. doing
39. Each of them.......answers very well.
A. know his B. know their C. knows D. knows their
40. He has worked.....the manager in that company for nearly 15 years.
A. like B. as C. the same D. different
41. Mary as well as David and Jane........ready for the exam tomorrow.
A. is B. will C. are D. being
42. There is a(n).......to every rule.
A. minus B. exception C. abstract D. subtract
43. You should have your car.........two days beíore you have a long trip.
A. to check B. checking C. checked D. check
44. Mummy, we only have.....rice for dinner tonight. You have to buy a few more kilos.
A. a little B. a lot C. few D. a few
45. They apologized.....late.
A. in arriving B. on arriving C. for arriving D. their arriving
II. Cho dạng đúng của từ IN HOA
46. Bell experimented with ways of transmitting..................over a long distance. SPEAK speech
47. It is.............................to eat too much sugar and fat. HEALTH healthy
48. After having taken an aspirin, her headache........................ APPEAR appeared
49. Our main................................to export are rice, coffee and rubber. PRODUCE products
50. This form must have the..............................of the writer. SIGN signature
III. Tìm lỗi sai trong những phẩn gạch chân sau.
51. It took us quite a long time to qet here. It was a three-hours journey.
52. Although I am not interested in English but I try my best to get good marks.
53. The more I got to know Tom, the fewer I liked hịm.
54. I can’t invite you to dinner as I have my house painted at the moment.
55. The company has so little money that it can’t hardly operate anymore.
IV. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.

56. My children enjoy.......................(allow) to stay up late when there is something special on TV.
57. The nicest vase...............(break) while it was being moved to another room.
58. The television.................................(repair). It's working now.
59. The student (punish)................................yesterday is Tim’s brother.
60. How many lessons...............you (miss)..........................this year ?
56. being allowed – 57. was broken – 58. has been repaired – 59. punished – 60. have missed
C. READING.
I. Chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau.
People in many countries grow fresh water fish from eggs. They move the small fish into lakes and rivers. The
fish live and (61).... there. People go (62). in these lakes and rivers. They enjoy catching fish because fish is
also good food. Now the Japanese grow salt waterfish. Most of them are yellow tail fìsh. Workers grow the fish
from eggs. Every time they feed the fish, they play (63)...... of piano music. The fish (64). that piano music
means food. When the fish are small, the Japanese put them into the ocean near the land. The fish find some of
their (65)....... food. Workers also feed them. They play the same piano music. The fish (66)....... know the
music. They swim towards it and (67)....... the food. In (68)....... months the fish become large. The Japanese
play the same music. The fish swim towards it and the workers (69)...... them. The Japanese get about 15
percent of their seafood (70). farms in the ocean.
Trả lời
61. A. breed B. born C. grow D. develop
62. A. enjoying B. fishing C. shopping D. catching
63. A. songs B. films C. tapes D. lot
64. A. think B. recognize C. realize D. learn
65. A. own B. owner C. self D. selves
66. A. recently B. mostly C. nearly D. already
67. A. see B. find C. bite D. hold
68. A. some B. a few C. couple D. many
69. A. grasp B. catch C. seize D. hold
70. A. on B. of c. from D. in
II. Điền từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau.
In Canada and the United States,......(71) of the most popular days in the year is Halloween. Halloween is on
October 31st. It’s a day..... (72) some people dress up in strange or unusual costumes. For example, they may
dress up to look. (73) an animal, a person form, a book or movie, or a famous person from history. In some
places, children go to school in..... (74) costumes. After dark, many young children.......(75) on their costumes
and visit their neighbors. They knock on the ..... (76) and shout “Trick or treat!” Then the neighbours........(77)
them some candy, and the children go on to the...... (78) house. Adults also enjoy dressing up for Halloween. .....
(79) are usually Halloween parties in the evening and usually there is a prize for the best or ..... (80) unusual
costume.
71. one – 72. when – 73. like – 74. those – 75. put – 76. door – 77. give – 78. next – 79. there – 80. most
D. WRITING.
I. Viết lại những câu sau sử dụng gợi ý sao cho nghĩa của câu không đổi.
81. What is your date of birth?
When........................................................ When were you born?
82. I am not as good at Maths as my brother is.
My brother is............................................. My brother is better in Maths than me / I am.
83. She is usually a hard worker.
She ...................................... She usually works hard.
84. Who was the inventor of this machine?
Who.............................................. Who invented this machine?
85. We like reading books better than seeing movies.
We.......................................................... We prefer reading books to seeing movies.
86. What interesting movies!
How........................... How interesting the movies are!
87. You should not watch TV too late.
You’d ...................................... You’d better not watch TV too late.
88. How heavy were you last year?
How.................................... How much did you weigh last year?
89. We didn’t enjoy the trip because of the heavy rain.
The heavy rain stopped.................................... The rain stopped us from enjoying the trip.
90. A train leaves at eight o’clock every morning.
There is .................................................. There is a train at eight o’clock every morning.
II. Sử dụng từ gợi ý để viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
91. One/ disadvantages / living in the countryside / lack / public transport.

..............................................................................................
92. I / always / keep / window / open / order / let / fresh air / in.
..............................................................................................
93. How long / you / leam English?
..............................................................................................
94. Homework / must / be / hand / before / end / the week.
..............................................................................................
95. These exercises / too difficult / students / do / without / mistakes.
..............................................................................................
96. One / my classmates / always / play / computer games.
..............................................................................................
97. Our accommodation / include / ticket price.
..............................................................................................
98. Some / the goods /at the new stores / will be / same / ones / at the small shop.
..............................................................................................
99. People / throw / away / billions / cans / every year.
..............................................................................................
100. The tiger / ask / the farmer / why / strong buffalo / his servant and / he / master.
..............................................................................................
91. One of the disadvantages of living in the countryside is the lack of public transport.
92. I always keep the window open in order to let fresh air in.
93. How long have you leamed English?
94. Homework must be handed before the end of the week.
95. These exercises are too difficult for the students to do without any mistakes.
96. One of my classmates always plays computer games.
97. Our accommodation includes ticket price.
98. Some of the goods at the new stores will be the same as the ones at the small shop.
99. People throw away billions of cans every year.
100. The tiger asks the farmer why the strong buffalo is his servant and (why) he is the master.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 51
SECTION A – PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. goal B. August C. language D. dog
2. A. laugh B. plough C. cough D. rough
3. A. most B. post C. over D. promise
4. A. want B. what C. warn D. watch
5. A. asked B. studied C. designed D. moved
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
II. Find the word whose syllable is stresses differently from that of the others.
6. A. national B. tropical C. tradition D. cinema
7. A. repair B. teacher C. happen D. husband
8. A. ocean B. champion C. animal D. destroy
9. A. forest B. because C. effort D. colorful
10. A. comfortable B. difficult C. history D. computer
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
SECTION B – VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
11. When was your school ? – 100 years ago.
A. found B. founded C. discovered D. born
12. When he arrived, everyone .
A. has left B. left C. had left D. leave
13. In some vocational schools, the training quality is worse than used to be.
A. it B. they C. them D. that
14. Hurry up! They’ve only got seats left.
A. a little B. plenty of C. a lot of D. a few
15. He likes to take in sport, not only to watch it.
A. practice B. place C. part D. exercise
16. I'd rather you anyone what I said.
A. don't tell B. won't tell C. didn't tell D. not to tell
17. We were so late that we had time to catch the train.
A. nearly B. hardly C. almost D. simply
18. There is always traffic in the city centre at rush hour.
A. heavy B. full C. strong D. many
19. Both she and her husband are work.
A. out of B. for C. on D. in
20. Tom is having someone the newspaper to her.
A. who brings B. to bring C. bringing D. bring
21. They were just us about Anna's new friend.
A. talking B. saying C. speaking D. telling
22. He was unwilling to explain the reason his absence.
A. for B. why C. of D. that
23. Never off until tomorrow what you can do today.
A. set B. put C. do D. turn
24. The stolen jewels were a lot of money.
A. valued B. cost C. priced D. worth
25. By the time you receive this letter, I will have left Japan.
A. to B. for C. at D. in
11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
21. 22. 23. 24. 25.
II. There is ONE mistake in each of the following sentences. Find and correct them.
26. The sick needs to be looked after. So money must be spent on hospitals.
27. The accident looked seriously at first but nobody was injured.
28. All the students are looking forward to spending their free time to enjoy their Tet holiday.
29. My family lived in Hue since 1990 to 1996, but we are now living in Sai Gon.
30. Her well-known film, that won several awards, was about the life of Lenin.
Mistake Correction Mistake Correction

26 29
27 30
28
III. Supply the correct forms of the words in brackets.

31. He is engrossed in doing (science).................research.
32. Oil spills are a great (threaten).................................to the undersea world.
33. He wants (width)...................his knowledge of the subject.
34. The giant panda is a(n) (danger)).................species.
35. You may be surprised at the large (varied)................of animals in national parks.
31. 34.
32. 35.
33.
SECTION C – READING
I. Read the following passage, and then choose the best answer from A, B, C or D.
POPPY DAY
Poppy Day, 11 November, is the day when people in Britain remember the soldiers that died in the First
World War (1914 – 1918), the Second World War (1939 – 1945) and all other wars since. The first Poppy
Day was in 1921. The First World War had ended three years earlier, but it was still very difficult, even
impossible, for ex-soldiers in Britain to find employment. So some of them started making and selling red
paper poppies. They gave the money that they raised to ex-soldiers who were disabled or unemployed, and to
the families of soldiers who had died. The choice of flower was significant. During the war, the soldiers had
noticed poppies growing every year on the battlefields in Belgium and the north of France. A well – known
poem from that time, written by a Canadian soldier, begin with the lines:
In Flanders* fields the poppies blow
Between the crosses, row on row,
That mark our place*; …
In the days leading up to Poppy Day, about 32 million people in Britain buy and wear small poppies. Some
people choose to wear white poppies because they think that white symbolizes peace. Then, at 11 a.m. on 11
November (at the moment when the First World War ended) there’s a two – minute silence. Many people
stop and think quietly about the soldiers who died. There are ceremonies at war memorials in towns and
villages all over the country. The most important ceremony is in London, when the Queen and the Prime
Minister lay wreaths of poppies at the Cenotaph, a monument to soldiers who died in battle.
*(Flanders = the north of Belgium; our place = our graves)

36. On 11 November people remember .
A. soldiers who have died since 1921
B. soldiers who have died
C. soldiers who died in the two world wars
D. soldiers who have died in wars since 1914
37. Why did ex – soldiers start making poppies?
A. Because they couldn’t find a job.
B. Because they were disabled.
C. Because they didn’t have families.
D. Because they were employed.
38. They chose to make poppies because .
A. they had seen poppies growing on the battlefields.
B. a Canadian soldier had written a poem about poppies.
C. poppies are popular in Belgium and the north of France.
D. poppies symbolize peace
39. On Poppy Day
A. 32 million people sell poppies.
B. people buy or wear 32 million white poppies.
C. people wear red or white poppies.
D. people choose only white poppies to wear.
40. During the two – minute silence, people .
A. walk to a ceremony in their town or village
B. stop and think about soldiers who have died.
C. think about ceremonies at war memorials all over the country.
D. think about the moment the First World War ended.
36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
II. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the gaps in the following passage.
HOW THE POP SONG OF TOMORROW ARE CHOSEN

Teenagers in America buy millions of records every year so it is (41) surprising that manufacturers
find it (42) to try out the recordings they have made in front of live audiences before (43)
the records on the market. The (44) way of doing this is the one employed in Hollywood, where
hundreds of (45) are invited to listen to test records and given dials that measure their response to
them electrically. Everyone who goes to the sessions enjoys them, (46) they are not paid for their
help. They think they are being given an opportunity to (47) the manufacturers what they like. They
say that there (48) be more sessions like this. It there (49) , the song that are
published would be better and they (50) hear so much rubbish on the radio.
41. A. almost B. hardly C. even D. nearly
42. A. being useful B. to be useful C. useful D. that it is useful
43. A. put B. they are putting C. to put D. putting
44. A. most effective B. more effective C. effectiveness D. effected
45. A. youngs B. young people C. the youth D. the youths
46. A. although B. in spite of C. however D. nevertheless
47. A. explain B. inform C. tell D. say
48. A. would B. should C. shall D. ought
49. A. are B. were C. was D. had
50. A. shouldn’t B. mustn’t C. ought not to D. wouldn’t have to
41. 42. 43. 44. 45.
46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
III. Fill in each numbered gap with ONE suitable word.

Today in China (51)...........................large scale destruction of forests has occurred, the government has required
that every citizen (52) ………….. the age of 11 and 60 plant three to five trees (53)..................year or do the
equivalent amount of work in other forest services. The government claims that at (54).............1000 million
(55) …………. have been planted in China every year (56) ………….. 1982. In Western countries, increasing
consumer demand for wood products that have been produced cause forest land-owners and forest
industries to become increasingly accountable for their forest management and timber harvesting
practices.
The Arbor Day Foundation’s Rain Forest Rescue programme is a charity that helps to (57) …………
deforestation. The charity uses money to buy up (58) ………… preserve rainforest land before the lumber
companies (59) ……….. buy it. The Arbor Day Foundation then (60).............the land from deforestation
51. 52. 53. 54. 55.
56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
SECTION D – WRITING
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one.
61. Andrew went to the supermarket despite the heavy rain

→ Although .........................................................................................................................................
62. I love the countryside. That is why I want to go and live there.
→ I love the countryside, ............................................................................................................................
63. He was sorry he hadn’t said goodbye to her at the airport.
→ He regretted.................................................................................................................................
64. That is the best meal I have ever eaten.
→ I have never...........................................................................................................................................
65. If it hadn’t been for this treatment, the patient would have died
→ Without ……………...............................................................................................................................
II. Use the word given in brackets and make any necessary additions to write a new sentence in such
a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Do NOT change the form
of these words.
66. He forgot about the gun until he got home. (did)
→ Not until ................................................................................................................................................
67. Organized activities don’t interest Eva very much. ( interested)
→ Eva ................................................................................................................................................
68. If you run everyday, your breathing improves quickly. (running )
→ Daily ................................................................................................................................................
69. Do you like meat more than fish? (prefer)
→ Do................................................................................................................................................
70. The boy is talking to the girl with long hair. (whom)
→ The ................................................................................................................................................
III. Write a composition about 150 – 200 words on the following topic:
WHO IS THE MOST IMPORTANT TO YOU? WHY?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
SECTION A – PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
5 x 1 pt/ correct answer = 5 pts
1. C 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. A
II. Find the word with the stress on the second syllable.
6. C 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. D
SECTION B – VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D.
11. B 12. C 13. A 14. D 15. C
16. C 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. D
21. D 22. A 23. B 24. D 25. B
II. Read the following passage. There is ONE mistake in each of the numbered lines. Find and
correct them.
Mistake Correction Mistake Correction
26 Needs need 29 Since from
27 Seriously serious 30 That whom
28 To enjoy enjoying
III. Supply the correct forms of the words in brackets.

31. scientific 34. endangered
32. threat 35. variety
33. to widen
SECTION C – READING
I. Read the following passage, and then choose the best answer from A, B, C or D.
5 x 2 pts/ correct answer = 10 pts
36. D 37. A 38A 39. C 40. B
II. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the gaps in the following passage.
41. B 42. C 43. D 44. A 45. B
46. A 47. C 48. B 49. B 50. D
III. Fill in each numbered gap with ONE suitable word.

10 questions x 1 pt/ question = 10 pts
51. where 52. between 53. per 54. least 55. trees
56. since 57. prevent 58. and 59. can 60. protects
SECTION D – WRITING
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one.
61. Although it rained heavily / the rain was heavy, Andrew went to the supermarket.
62. I love the countryside, which is why I want to go and live there.
63. He regretted not having said goobbye to her at the airport.
64. I have never eaten such a good meal before/ a better meal than that.
65. Without this treatment, the patient would have died.
II. Use the word given in brackets and make any necessary additions to write a new sentence in such
a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Do NOT change the form
of these words.
66. Not only he got home did he remember about the gun.
67. Eva is not very interested in organised activities.
68. Daily running improves your breathing quickly.
69. Do you prefer meat to fish?
70. The girl whom the boy is talking to has long hair.
III. Write a composition about

150 – 200 words on the following topic: (25 pts)
“Who is the most important to you? Why?”
Notes:
The mark given to this part is based on the following scheme:
1. Content: (40% of total mark) a provision of all main ideas and as details as appropriate.
2. Organization & Presentation: (30% of total mark) ideas are organized and presented with
coherence, style, and clarity appropriate to the level of English language gifted upper-secondary
school students.
3. Language: (30% of total mark) a variety of vocabulary and structures appropriate to the level of
English language gifted upper-secondary school students.
TOTAL: 100 / 5 = 20
Thank you for your cooperation and considerations.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 52
PART TWO: PHONETICS (2pts)
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others by circling A,
B, C or D. (1 pt)
1. A. switch B. stomach C. match D. catch
2. A. laughs B. cars C. stops D. works
3. A. watched B. reduced C. coughed D. raised
4. A. three B. through C. without D. thank
5. A. angle B. face C. page D. angel
II. Choose one word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D. (1 pt)
1 A. directory B. telephone C.invention D. experiment
2. A. furniture B. university C. patient D. hospital
3. A. sociable B. humorous C. generous D. reserved
4. A. delivery B. equipment C. electricity D. experiment
5. A. enroll B. summer C. hobby D. favor
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (6pts)
I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences by circling A, B, C or D. (2 pts)
1. Are there enough apples for us to have one ?
A. every B. each C. self D. individually
2. Don’t forget to the alarm clock for 6 o’clock tomorrow morning.
A. put B. ring C. set D. wind
3. My alarm clock usually goes at 5 am.
A. on B. off C. up D. down
4. John nor his friends are going to the beach now.
A. Either B. Neither C. No D. So
5. The name of the book was on the of my tongue but I just couldn’t think of it.
A. point B. tip C. top D. end
6. Not only but she is also intelligent.
A. beautiful she is C. is she beautiful
B. She is beautiful D. beautiful she is
7. A number of sheep eating grass now.
A. are B. is C. was D. were
8. These snakes will not cause you any serious harm even if they bite you. They are .
A. poisonous B. cruel C. harmful D. harmless
9. I am grateful you for your help.
A. to B. at C. with D. for
10. Hoa is reading short stories Jack London.
A. of B. from C. by D. with
II. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (1 pt)
1. I write letters my right hand.
2. He congratulated me winning the competition.
3. Mr. Foster lives 667E 76th street New York.
4. I prefer coffee tea.
5. This area is famous apples.
6. He worked the deaf-mutes at Boston University.
7. The thief broke the national bank last week.
8. He accused me stealing the money.
9. My brother succeeded winning the race.
III. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the words in capital letters. (2 pts)
1. He drives very . He is sure to have an accident. (CARE)
2. It has become difficult to find a job nowadays. (INCREASE)
3. Environmental is every one’s responsibility. (PROTECT)
4. I think it's very of him to expect us to work over time every night this week.
(REASON )
5. He is interested in the of old buildings. (PRESERVE)
IV. Give the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following
sentences. (1 pt)
1. My brother enjoys (read) magazines in his free time. 
2. He (elect) the president of the football club at their last meeting. 
3. I always prefer driving to (drive). 
4. I think she has no objection to (go) on a picnic. 
5. It is a waste of time recommending them (start) a new life. 
6. His hair is short. He (have) a haircut. 
7. They'll have their cars (mend) tomorrow. 
8. This palace (say) (build) in 3 years. 
9. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are. 
PART FOUR: READING (5pts)
I. Complete the following passage by choosing the best option, A, B, C or D. (2pts)
For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea
quite terrifying, (1) flying is no more dangerous (2) any other form of travel and some experts say it
is considerably safer. It is known, however, that most accident occurs (3) taking off and landing when
a
(4) decisions are vitally important.
The people, (5) job is to look (6) the passengers, the stewards and stewardesses play an
important part in helping passengers to (7) safe and comfortable. Indeed for many passengers being
(8)
such care of is all part of the total experience. (9) other form of travel involves waiting for
people in quite the same (10) , with food, drink, newspapers, magazines,
music, and even video films.
1- A. although B. too C. and D. because
2- A. than B. as C. then D. with
3- A. while B. during C. for D. through
4- A. leader’s B. chief ’s C. driver’s D. pilot’s
5- A. whose B. which C. their D. that
6- A. for B. up C. after D. round
7- A. feel B. rest C. experience D. lie
8- A. given B. kept C. shown D. taken
9- A. Any B. No C. All D. Not
10- A. way B. kind C. sort D. part
II. Read the following passage and complete the numbered blanks with one suitable word only.
(2pts)
When I (1) a child I used (2) go to see my grandmother. I thought her house was (3)
beautiful as a palace and the garden seemed bigger than a park. (4) I grew (5) the
house and (6) seemed smaller but I still loved visiting the old lady. There were so many beautiful
things in the house. Sometimes, I played (7) the doll’s house which was older than grandmother
herself. At (8) times, I looked (9) books which were (10) interesting than my
children’s book at home.
III. Read the passage and answer the questions. (1pt)
TRADITIONS AND CUSTOMS IN GREAT BRITAIN
Every nation and every country has its own customs and traditions. In Britain traditions play a more
important part in the life of the people than in other countries. Englishmen are proud of their traditions and
carefully keep them up
It has been the law for about 300 years that all theatres are closed on Sundays. No letters are
delivered, only a few Sunday papers are published
To this day an English family prefers a house with a garden to a flat in a modern house with central
heating. English people like gardens. Sometimes the garden in front of the house is a little square covered
with cement painted garden in imitation of grass and a box of flowers.
Holidays are especially rich in old traditions and are different in Scotland, Ireland, Wales and
England. Christmas is a great English national holiday, and in Scotland it is not kept, except by clerks in
banks, all shops and factories are working.
1. How important are traditions in Britain?
=> ……………………………………………………………………………………….
2. What do Englishmen do to their traditions?
=> ……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Which does an English family prefer, a house with a garden or a flat?
=> …………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Find sentences in the text which shows that the English people like gardens very much.
=> …………………………………………………………………………………….
5. How is Christmas kept in Scotland?
=> ………………………………………………………………………………………….
PART FIVE: WRITING (5pts)
I. Rewrite each of the following sentences so that it means the same as the first one, beginning
with the given words. (2 pts)
1. I would like you to help me put the chairs away.
=> Do you mind ?
2. I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years.
=> It’s years .
3. You can try to get Tim to lend you his car, but you won’t succeed.
=> There is no point .
4. Is it really necessary for us to arrive so early?
=> Do we really ?
5. Be careful or you may fall.
=> If you .
6. This is my first visit to Scotland.
=> I have .
7. Mark is too young to see the horror film.
=> Mark is not .
8. Please don’t make any noise; I'm very tired.
=> I'd rather .
9. I expected them to offer me that job.
=> I expected .
10. Vinh keeps forgetting his homework
=> Vinh is .
II. Use the given suggestions to complete sentences.
1. you / mind / if / I / stay / here?
=> ?
2. I / invite / her birthday party / last week.
=> .
3. The concert hall / so crowded / I / see / hear / nothing.
=> .
4. It / very kind / you / make friend / me.
=> .
5. This book / is/ interesting enough / you / read.
=> .
III – Your friend likes studying English, but he/she faces some difficulties. Write a letter to
him/her telling how to help him/her improve English
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
PART TWO: PHONETICS (2pts)
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others by circling A,
B, C or D. (1 pt) (0,2 pt for each correct answer)
1. B. stomach 4. C. without
2. B. cars 5. A. angle
3. D. raised
II. Choose one word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D. ( 1 pt)
(0,2 pt for each correct answer)
1. B. telephone 4. C. electricity
2. B. university 5. A. enroll
3. D. reserved
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (6pts)

I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences by circling A, B, C or D. (2 pts)
(0,2pt for each correct answer)
1. B. each 6. C. is she beautiful
2. C. set 7. A. are
3. B. off 8. D. harmless
4. B. Neither 9. A. to
5. B. tip 10. C. by
II. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (1 pt) (0,1pt for each correct answer)
1. with 6. with
2. on 7. into
3. at, in 8. of
4. to 9. in
5. for
III. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the words in capital letters. (2 pts)
(0,4 point for each correct answer)
1. carelessly 2. increasingly 3. protection
4. unreasonable 5. preservation
IV. Give the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences. ( 1
pt) (0,2 point for each correct answer)
1. reading 6. has had
2. was elected 7. mended
3. being driven 8. is said; to have been built
4. going 9. are always blaming
5. to start
PART FOUR: READING (5pts)
I. Complete the following passage by choosing the best option, A, B, C or D. (2pts) (0.2 point for each
correct answer)
Câu VI/ 2 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 0,2 điểm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A A B D A C A D B A
II. Read the following passage and complete the numbered blanks with one suitable word only.
(2pts) (0.2 point for each correct answer)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
was to Very/as when up garden with that in more
III. Read the passage and answer the questions. (1 pt) (0.2 point for each correct answer)
1. In Britain traditions play a more important part in the life of the people than in other countries.
2. Englishmen are proud of their traditions and carefully keep them up.
3. An English family prefers a house with a garden to a flat.
4. “English people like gardens. Sometimes the garden in front of the house is a little square covered with
cement painted garden in imitation of grass and a box of flowers”
5. In Scotland, Christmas is not kept, except by clerks in banks, all shops and factories are working.
PART FIVE: WRITING (5pts)
I. Rewrite each of the following sentences so that it means the same as the first one, beginning
with the given words. (2 pts) (0,2 point for each correct answer)
1. Do you mind helping me put the chairs away?/ putting the chairs away for me?
2. It’s years since I enjoyed myself so much / I had such a good time.
3. There is no point in getting Tim to lend you his car/ borrowing Tim's car.
4. Do we really have/ need to arrive so early?
5. If you are not careful, you will fall. (If you are careful, you will not fall.)
6. I have never visited Scotland before / I have never paid a visit to Scotland before / I have never been to
Scotland before.
7. Mark is not old enough to see the horror film.
8. I'd rather you didn't make any noise.
9. I expected to be offered that job.
10. Vinh is always forgetting his homework.
II. Use the given suggestions to complete sentences. (1 pt) (0,2 point for each correct answer)
1. Do you mind if I stay here? / Would you mind If I stayed here?
2. I was invited to her birthday party last week.
3. The concert hall was so crowded that I saw and heard nothing/ could see and hear nothing.
4. It is very kind of you to make friend with me.
5. This book is interesting enough for you to read.
III – Your friend likes studying English, but he/she faces some difficulties. Write a letter to him/her telling
how to help him/her improve English (2pts)
ENGLISH PRACTICE 53
A. VOCABULARY-GRAMMAR
I. Chose the odd word.
1. A. myself B. bookshelf C. ourselves D. yourself
2. A. building B. morning C. evening D. afternoon
3. A. Birthday B. Monday C. Wednesday D. Friday
4. A. born B. saw C. went D. played
5. A. summer B. winter C. season D. autumn
I. Chose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
6. A. happy B. character C. fat D. classmate
7. A. bought B. enough C. laugh D. cough
8. A. honor B. hour C. character D. horse
9. A. last B. taste C. task D. fast
10. A. thin B. thumb C. this D. birthday
II. Choose the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress.
11. A. national B. engineer C. figure D. scientist
12. A. provide B. combine C. service D. account
13. A. approve B. wonder C. physical D. knowledge
14. A. marriage B. happiness C. faithful D. divorce
15. A. money B. army C. afraid D. people
III. Choose the best option to complete each sentence.
16. Summer is always hotter than Fall, ……?
A. is summer B. is the summer C. is it D. does it
17. He is............young to get married.
A. so B. too C. such D. very
18. We haven’t seen them...................last Sunday.
A. since B. until C. while D. for
19. I’m sure I................come tomorrow.
A. will be able to B. would C. may D. am going to
20. He is..............to lift this heavy package of cotton.
A. not strong enough B. enough strong C. strong not enough D. not enough strong
21. She hasn’t bought a new computer ………….
A. ever B. since C. yet D. already
22. I was listening while my brother................computer games.
A. played B. was playingC. have played D. would play
23. Mary sent me some vegetables...........by his father.
A. to grow B. grow C. grew D. grown
24. John is said................the brightest in the class.
A. to be B. was C. being D. he was
25. The new shopping mall is quite…...............the present shopping area.
A. different from B. like to C. similar D. the same
IV. Underline then correct ONE mistake in each sentence.
26. He won two gold medals since the beginning of the SEA GAMES.
27. Most boys in my class enjoy to read comic books.
28. Mark used to played the guitar when he was a student.
29. Marie wanted buy some food, so she went to the supermarket.
30. My new coat is the same with my sister’s coat.
V. Use the correct form of the words in CAPITAL to complete the sentences.
31. In Vietnam, industrialization has …… the country’s economy. DIVERSE
32. …… beauty sports are particular to Halong Bay. ATTRACT
33. Among the ethnic minorities, the Tay has the …… population. LARGE
34. Local people in …… clothing are selling their farming products. COLOR
35. The people of Vietnam are diverse but very ……. PEACE
36. I can’t do more work as I am so ……. TIRE
37. Living in the countryside has its own some ……. LIMIT
38. “The Young Pioneers” is a famous …… in Vietnam. ORGANIZE
39. David’s …… last night was successful. PERFORM
40. Life in the city is more …… than in the countryside. CONVENIENCE
C. READING (3.0/10)
I. Read the following passage then choose the best option to each question.
Have you ever heard someone use the phrase “once in a blue moon”? People use this expression to
describe something that they do not do very often. For example, someone might say that he tries to avoid
eating sweets because they are unhealthy, but will eat chocolate “once in a blue moon”. Or someone who
doesn’t usually like to go to the beach might say “I visit the shore once in a blue moon.” While many people
use this phrase, not everyone knows the meaning behind it. The first thing to know that the moon itself is
never actually blue. This is just an expression. The phrase “blue moon” actually has to do with the shape of
the moon, not the color. As the moon travels around the Earth, it appears to change shape. We associate
certain names with certain shapes of the moon. For example, when we can see a small part of the moon, it is
called a crescent moon. A crescent is a shape that looks like a tip of a fingernail. When we cannot see the
moon at all, it is called a new moon. When we can see the entire moon, it is called a full moon. Usually, there
is only one full moon every month. Sometimes, however, there will be two full moons in one month. When
this happens, the second full moon is called a “blue moon”. Over the next 20 years, there will only be 15 blue
moons. As you can see, a blue moon is a very rare event. This fact has led people to use the expression “once
in a blue moon” to describe other very rare events in their lives.
41. Which would be a good example of someone doing something “once in a blue moon”?
A. Mary likes to go to the mountains every weekend. B. Tom rarely remembers to take out the trash.
C. Cindy hates washing the dishes. D. Mary sometimes forgets to do homework.
42. When does a blue moon happen in nature?
A. When there are two full moons in a month. B. When the moon has blue color.
C. When we can only see a small part of the moon. D. When we cannot see the moon at all.
43. According to the passage, it can be understood that which of the following sentences does not contain
the expression?
A. Thomas has lost his mind B. An apple a day keeps the doctor away
C. I’ll mow the grass after I finish my homework. D. It’s never bad time to start something new
44. According to the passage, what is another example of something that has crescent shape?
A. your thumb B. a distant star C. the letter “C” D. the letter “H”
45. The author states that “Over the next 20 years, there will only be 15 blue moons.” This means that over
the next 20 year, a blue moon will happen ……
A. once a year B. less than once a year
C. more than once a year D. Not enough information is provided
II. Read then answer the questions.
Colds and flu are caused by viruses. The infections are contagious, passed on by tiny droplets and
hand contact. There are hundreds of different types of virus that can cause cold, which explains why children
get repeated colds. Flu is caused by the influenza virus. There are three major types: A (often the cause of flu
epidemics), B and C. The flu virus is constantly changing its structure, so new strains appear each year. We
don’t have immunity to the new strains, which is why we can catch flu repeatedly. Anyone can catch a cold
or
flu. The peak season for colds is the colder winter months, not only because of the weather but because
central heating dries out the normally moist nasal mucosa-an important defense against invading viruses.
However, you can catch a cold at any time of the year; one particular type of cold virus thrives in the
summer. Flu rarely occurs outside November to February in the UK. A cold causes a stuffy or runny nose,
sneezing, sore throat, cough, mild fever and tiredness, lasting from two to four days. Flu is more severe with
a high fever (usually 39oC or above), chills, headache, intense muscle pains, exhaustion, loss of appetites,
cough and sometimes a blocked nose and sore throat. It may last a week or more and possible complications
include pneumonia. Most cold don’t last long and need no specific treatment other than painkillers and
simple measures such as decongestant rubs or vaporizers. Antibiotics are of no benefit. Zinc supplements
may help to settle a cold more quickly. Children with flu can be given similar treatments, with lots of rest,
medicine to bring down any fever and plenty of fluids to avoid dehydration. Lowering the temperature in the
room can also be helpful when someone has a fever. Specific antiviral treatments for flu are now available,
but generally these are only given to those at high risk of flu complications.
46. What are cold and flu caused by?
47. Why do children get repeated colds?
48. How many influenza viruses is flu caused by? What are they?
49. Who can catch a cold or flu?
50. Which season do people usually get cold the most in the year?
51. What symptoms do colds often cause?
52. How many days does a cold last?
53. What symptoms does flu often cause?
54. How long does flu last?
55. When someone gets colds, what measures should be used instead of painkillers?
III. Match each nation from 56 to 65 to the description from A to J
56. Turkey 57. Germany 58. Italy 59. G 60. Thailand
61. United Kingdom 62. Mexico 63. France 64. Spain 65. The United States
A. The myriad of World Heritage Sites along with the largest urban footprint in Europe and the Middle East,
have made Istanbul a major attraction in Turkey along with series of other sites.
B. The exotic range of marine life, ravishing coastline beauty, and quintessential vibrancy of nightlife in the
cities have made Thailand one of the roaring countries attracting more tourists with their exclusive tourism
promotions.
C. Mexico is one of the latest inclusions in the list of top ten most attractive destinations around the world for
tourists. Lively nightlife, exotic beaches, lush green forests and the Mayan ruins stand among the top
attractions for the tourists who reach 35 million.
D. While the country ranks 7th position among the most tourist attracting countries in the world, it is the
number one country as per UNWTO’s ranking list for tourism expenditure. Germany is a favorite destination
in the summers as well as during the Christmas festival
E. Though the United Kingdom wins over the sixth position, its difference from Italy’s tourist count is quite a
lot. The magnificent landscape of Scotland, the beauty of the London Tower, the magic of old wine and
coastline is the major attraction of this country which attracts 35.8 million tourists.
F. Starting from historical legacies to the romantic canals of Venice, the exotic sight of the Piazzas to
oriental climate, exquisite cuisine to the dramatic coastline, Italy has a lot to offer, and undoubtedly it is one
of the most romantic destinations in the world. Besides Venice, Rome and Florence are also world’s popular
hit destinations for tourism
G. China has emerged as one of the most prominent economies in the world. It’s the largest exporter and the
second largest importer. Its important role in the trade and business and influential economic role in the
global economy has made its global relations better. Moreover, after opening its gate for tourism, it quickly
received a havoc response.
H. Considered to be the major trade and business hub for its former colony Latin America, Spain already
attracts a lot of tourists from Latin America. Besides, owing to the country’s unique geographical advantage
of boasting both the coastal lime of the Mediterranean Sea and the Atlantic Ocean, the country attracts
millions of tourists.
I. The diversity of tourism scopes which the US accommodates within its 3.79 million square miles right from
California in the West to New York in East, has a lot to offer to tourists. The US is exceptionally popular
amongst tourists for its extravagant tourism diversities, a large reserve of natural scenic spots to the most
vibrant lifestyles in cities, Nature Parks to mountains.
J. Paris is one of the most popular and the fifth most visited location in the world. France always had an
advantageous edge on the world tourism ranking. This country is known to attract almost 83.7 million
tourists across the world.
IV. Use the words in the box to fill in the blanks to complete the paragraph
in have by criticize exercise eating get example like such
A healthy heart is influenced (66)…… various factors. For instance, when people (67)…… angry, the
heartbeat increases and the chance of clogging the arteries increases as well. Medical experts such as heart
specialists (68)…… against too much drinking of alcohol (69)…… beer or whisky. In this instance, however,
not all experts agree. To be specific, some doctors say that moderate drinking, such as one or two glasses of
beer a day, can be good influence on the heart. Daily (70)…… like playing tennis exemplifies one influence
that most experts agree is positive or maintaining a healthy heart.
D. WRITING (3.0/10)
I. Rearrange the words to make sentences.
71. to/enough/not/old/ horror/ my sister /films/is/watch.
72. meet/I/the/going/headmaster/am/to/tomorrow.
73. Sundays/have/on/work/to/doctors.
74. train/we/by/used/go/Hanoi/Hochiminh City/from/to/to.
75. smoking/should/up/we/give.
II. Write sentences from the given cues.
76. She/warn/stay away/water.
77. My brother/study/English/for/5 years.
78. my hat/different/your hat
79. No one/class/more intelligent/Daisy.
80. Her roses/beautiful/than/roses/I/buy/yesterday.
III. Rewrite these sentences in such a way that the sentences you write remain unchanged
from the original ones.
81. We are more careful than the students in class
8B. The students in class 8B …………………………………
82. My teacher cooks very well.
My teacher is ………………………………………………………
83. It is necessary for you to revise your lessons before the
examination. You had ………………………………………………….
84. This is the tallest building in the
town. No ……………………………………………….
85. “This box is too heavy, so I can’t lift it now” said
Dick. Dick said ………………………………………….
IV. Write a passage.

Having good study habits is very important for all students. In about 90 to 100 words, write about your study
habits. You should pay attention to the contents and the structure of your writing.
-------The end-----
PRACTICE 53 - KEYS
Chú ý: Cách cho điểm: Từ câu 1 đến câu 85 mỗi câu đúng được 0.1 điểm
Phần viết văn được chấm theo các tiêu chí trong hướng dẫn
1. B 2. A 3. A 4. D 5. C 6. D 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. C 11. B 12. C 13. A
14. D 15. C 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. D 20. A 21. C 22. B 23. D 24. A 25. A
26. wonhas won 27. to readreading 28. playedplay 29. buyto buy
30. withas 31. diversified 32. attractive 33. largest 34. colorful 35. peaceful
36. tired 37. limitations38. organization 39. performance 40. convenient
41. B 42. A 43. C 44. C 45. B
46. Colds and flu are caused by viruses
47. Because there are hundreds of different types of virus that can cause cold.
48. There are three major types: A (often the cause of flu epidemics), B and C.
49. Anyone can catch a cold or flu.
50. People usually get cold the most in the year in the colder winter months.
51. A cold causes a stuffy or runny nose, sneezing, sore throat, cough, mild fever and tiredness.
52. A cold lasts from two to four days.
53. Flue often causes a high fever (usually 39oC or above), chills, headache, intense muscle pains,
exhaustion, loss of appetites, cough and sometimes a blocked nose and sore throat.
54. It/Flue may last a week or more.
55. Decongestant rubs or vaporizers should be used instead of painkillers.
56. A 57. D 58. F 59. G 60. B 61. E 62. C 63. J 64. H 65. I
66. by 67. get 68. criticize 69. like70. exercise
71. My sister is not old enough to watch horror films.
72. I am going to meet the headmaster tomorrow.
73. Doctors have to work on Sundays.
74. We used to go from Hanoi to Hochiminh City by train.
75. We should give up smoking.
76. She warns us (the children) to stay away from the water.
77. My brother has studied English for 5 years.
78. My hat is different from your hat.
79. No one in the (her/my) class is more intelligent than Daisy.
80. Her roses are more beautiful than the roses I bought yesterday.
81. The students in class 8B is (not as careful as/more careless than) we are.
82. My teacher is a good cook.
83. You had better revise your lessons before the examination.
84. No building in the town is taller than this building.
85. Dick said that box was too heavy so he couldn’t lift it then.
Write a passage
Tiêu chí Yêu cầu Điểm

Content A provision of all main ideas and details as appropriate. 0.5
Language A variety of vocabulary and structures appropriate to the level of English
0.5
language for lower-secondary school students.
Presentation Coherence, cohesion, and style appropriate to the level of English
0.5
language for lower-secondary school students.
Total: 10
ENGLISH PRACTICE 55
I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest (5 pts).
1. A. hour B. honor C. honest D. how
2. A. empire B. bridge C. liberty D. pyramid
3. A. cave B. statue C. bay D. ancient
4. A. believe B. field C. science D. movie
5. A. required B. opened C. plugged D. worked
III. Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences (10 pts).
1. She was very sad good marks in the final test.
A. not get B. not to get C. to not get D. not getting
2. My sister has decided to lose weight, so she is living oranges for a week.
A. with B. on C. in D. by
3. When I school, I am going to work in a factory .
A. begin B. study C. leave D. learn
4. What can we do to prevent people throwing drink cans away?.
A. in B. of C. on D. from
5. We have not seen each other last Sunday.
A. for B. since C. on D. in
6. Excuse me! I am doing my homework. turning down your radio a bit?.
A. Would you please B. Can you C. Could you D. Would you mind
7. You should work for the coming exam.
A. hard B. hardly C. more hardly D. more hard
8. He found a watch when he in the street.
A. walked B. has been walking C. was walking D. has walked
9. My uncle used to live a farm when he was young.
A. in B. at C. during D. on
10. Millions of Christmas cards every year.
A. send B. are sent C. are sending D. was sent
IV. There mistake in the four underlined part of each sentence underline it then correct it (10 pts).
1. There are a lot of food in the fridge, so help yourself.
A B C D
2. You should take a taxi although it is raining hard.
A B C D
3. The telephone was invented with a Scotsman, Alexandre G. Bell, in 1876.
A B C D
4. Would you like coming to my birthday party.
A B CD
5. It is difficult for students to answer all of the question in fifteen
minutes. A B C D
6. Mary enjoys to be able to meet a lot of interesting people during her
vacation. A B C D
7. It has been a long time since we last talked together, isn’t it ?
A B C D
8. Lots of information are store in the
computer. A B C D
9. This is the second time I took part in the rice-cooking contest.
A B C D
10. Either Nam or his father know how to connect the
printer. A B CD
V. Give the correct form of each verb in brackets to complete the following sentences if necessary (10 pts).
1. Lan’s hair was dirty. Now it is clean, she (clean)..........................it.
2. Look! Somebody (break)..................................that door.
3. They (not meet)............................us since last week.
4. What (you/do)........................................at this time yesterday.
5. Our school (open)...................................a new club next week.
6. Would you like (come)................to dinner to night.
7. You (phone)...................................me last night?.
8. Would you mind if I (smoke)..............................?
9. I don't enjoy..........................................(laugh) at by other people.
10. Most of the NOKIA mobile phones (sell)...................in this shop are imported from China.
VI. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals (10 pts).
1. What is the correct...................................of this word. (pronounce)
2. My grand father can read................................(good)
3. Last week we had an.............................summer holiday. (enjoy)
4. The..........................of the project made me tense. (important).
5. You had better do some.......................for the final exams (revise)
6. We should save............................resources. (nature)
7. People in the in the country are often more.......................than people in the city. (friend)
8. Increased pollution is another........................result. (please)
9. The air is heavily..........................with traffic fumes. (pollute)
10. …………………, her illness was more serious than we thought. (fortunate)
VII. Fill in each gap with a suitable word to complete the following passage (10 pts).
Rivers are on of the world’s most important natural resources. Many cities are on the large rivers,
and (1)………….. every country has a least one river that (2)...........an important part in the lives of its people.
Besides transportation, rivers (3)………………..water for crops, water to drink , and recreation for people who
live along their (4)………….. And in (5)............to get water for crops, engineers sometimes build a dam (6)
…........a river and let water become a lake behind the dam. Then people can use their water not (7)
……………..to irrigate fields but also to make electricity for homes and industries. (8)............the water often
becomes polluted when cities on river bank grow (9)...............and the number of industries increases. We are
learning that it is necessary to (10)...........rivers clean if we want to enjoy the benefits of the natural
resources.
VIII. Choose the best answer by circling A, B, C or D to complete the passage (10 pts).
THE LANGUAGE OF CLOTHES
We don’t only choose clothes to make us look.........(1)......, we also use them to tell the world .........(2)......
our personality. The clothes we wear and our appearance......(3)...... a whole give other people useful
information about what we think and.........(4)...... we feel. If we feel cheerful, we usually wear......(5) clothes
and if we feel.........(6)..... we sometimes put on dark clothes. But why do teenagers wear black so.........(7) ? Is
it because they feel miserable all.........(8)......? This is unlikely the case. It is probably just because it is.........
(9)...... to wear black, and young people they are real fans.........(10) fashion.
1. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
2. A. of B. with C. by D. about
3. A. on B. as C. for D. in
4. A. which B. what C. how D. when
5. A. colorful B. colors C. colorfully D. colorless
6. A. depress B. depressed C. depressing D. depression
7. A. frequent B. frequency C. frequently D. infrequency
8. A. the time B. the times C. the week D. the month
9. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned
10. A. of B. in C. from D. with
IX. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition to complete the following sentences (5 pts).
1. You can use dictionary to find new words.
2. My younger brother is very good Math.
3. Nam should work harder his English pronunciation .
4. Do you believe ghost.
5. Do you like chocolate cakes? I am very fond them.
6. Are you laughing me?.
7. My uncle has been in hospital Monday.
8. This cake is made flour, eggs, milk, salt and butter.
9. We thanked them all their help.
10. Can you meet me 8 am and 9 am?
X. Rewrite the following sentences with the beginning words, staying the same
meaning with the old one. (10 pts)
1. Having a vacation in Da Lat is very interesting.
It…………………………….............................................................................................................…………………………………………...........
2. The water was so hot that I could not drink it.
The water was not...................................................................................................................................................... …………………………
3. She last ate this kind of food in January.
She has not .................................................................................................................................................................. …………………………
4. I would like you to move this table
Do you mind…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. She said to me “Don’t go out in the evening”.
She …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………
6. The theater is near Hoa’s house
The theater is not……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. How about going to the movie tonight?
Let’s ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. Air travel is faster than any kind of transport.
Air travel is the…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Nobody has used this machine for years.
This machine……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Please don’t smoke in the kitchen.
Would you mind ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
XI. Use the words or phrases given to make complete sentences. You can add more words if necessary.(10
pts)
1. Learning / foreign language / necessary / us / get / job. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. This film / interesting / I / see/ twice.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. My family / I / spend / two months / make our plan / for summer holiday. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. driver / stop / car / time / save / child / yesterday. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Boxing / too / dangerous / her / play //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. Of all / hotels in town / the Royal Hotel / comfortable. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. He / try / stop / smoking / many times / but / he / never / succeed. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. I / hope / my English / improve / by the end / course. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. It / difficult / prevent / people / park here. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
XII. Use the words to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning
to the original sentence. Do not change the form of the given words (5 pts).
1. We went to Hai Phong two months ago. (been)
We……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Whose book is this? (belong) Who……………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………………………………
3. My aunt ran a small company in the city but she doesn’t do any more. (used)
My aunt………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. English eight has sixteen units. (are)
There…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. “You should not lend him your car”, Nam said to me. (advised)
Nam ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
I.(5 điểm) : Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm.
1. D 2. A 3.B 4. C 5. D
II.(5 điểm): Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm.
1.B 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. D
III. (10 điểm: Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm .
1. B. 2. B 3. C 4.D 5.B
6.D 7.A 8.C 9D 10. B
IV.(10 điểm : Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm.
1. A –is 2. C- because 3. B – by 4. C- to come 5. D- the questions
6. A- being 7. D- hasn’t it 8. C- is stored 9. B- have taken 10. C – knows
V.(10 điểm) : Mỗi động từ chia đúng cho 1 điểm
1. has cleaned 2. is breaking 3. have not met 4. were you doing
5.is going to open 6. to come 7. did you phone? 8. smoked
9. being laughed 10. sold
VI. (10 điểm) : Mỗi câu biến đổi đúng cho 1 điểm
1. pronunciation 2. well 3. enjoyable 4. importance 5. revision
6. natural 7. friendly 8. unpleasant 9. polluted 10.Unfortunately
VII. (10 điểm) : Mỗi từ đúng cho 1 điểm .
1. almost 2. plays 3. provide 4. banks 5. order
6. across 7. only 8. However 9. inside 10. keep.
VIII. (10 điểm): Mỗi câu chọn đúng cho 1 điểm
1. B 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. A
6. B 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. A
IX. (5 điểm): Mỗi câu đúng cho 0,5 điểm .
1. out 2. at 3. on 4. in 5. of
6. at 7. since 8. from 9. for 10. between
X.(10 điểm): Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm
1. It is very interesting to have a vacation in Da Lat.
2. The water was not warm/cool enough for me to drink.
3. She has not eaten this kind of food since January.
4. Do you mind moving this table?
5. She told me not to go out in the evening.
6. The theater is not far from Hoa’s house.
7. Let’s go to the movie tonight.
8. Air travel is the fastest kind of transport.
9. This machine has not been used for years.
10. Would you mind not smoking in the kitchen?
XI. (10 điểm): Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm
1. Learning a foreign language is necessary for us to get a good job.
2. This film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.
3. My family and I spent two months planning our summer holiday.
4. The driver stopped his car in time to save the child.
5. Boxing is too dangerous for her to play.
6. It is difficult to learn English (well) without a good dictionary. .
7. Of all the hotels in town, the Royal Hotel is the most comfortable.
8. He has tried to stop smoking many times but he has never succeeded
9. I hope my English will be considerably improved by the end of the ( this ) course .
10. It is difficult to prevent people from parking here.
XII. (5 điểm) Mỗi câu viết đúng cho 1 điểm.
1. We haven’t been to Hai Phong for two months
2. Who does this book belong to?
3. My aunt used to run a small company in the city.
4. There are sixteen units in English eight
5. Nam advised me not to lend him my car.

ENGLISH PRACTICE 56
II. READING
1. Read the passage and answer the questions. Circle A, B, or C.
The Moon is approximately 384,400 kilometers from the Earth. Its diameter is 3,479 kilometers, about 1/4
the diameter of Earth. The average temperature on the surface of the Moon during the day is 107°C, hot
enough to boil water on Earth. During the night, the average temperature drops to −153°C.
Because of its smaller size and mass, the gravity of the Moon is about 1/6 the gravity on the Earth. That
means that a person who weighs 180 pounds on Earth would only weigh 30 pounds if measured on the
Moon.
The force of gravity from the Moon affects Earth. Its gravity reaches Earth and pulls the oceans toward the
Moon, causing the tides. The gravity from the Sun also affects the tides. The highest tides will always occur
when the Moon and Sun are aligned. That is when there is a New Moon or a Full Moon.
1. What is the first paragraph mainly about?
A. A comparison between the Moon and Earth
B. Physical characteristics of the Moon
C. The effect of the Moon on Earth
2. The word “its” in paragraph 2 refers to which of the following?
A. the Moon’s
B. Earth’s
C. gravity’s
3. According to the passage, which of the following is true?
A. A person would lose 5/6 of their weight if they were on the Moon.
B. A person would weigh much less on the Moon than on Earth.
C. The Earth weighs six times as much as the Moon.
4. What can we learn about the tides?
A. They happen twice a month at New Moon and Full Moon.
B. The Sun causes higher tides on Earth than the Moon does.
C. They are caused by both the Sun and the Moon.
5. The word “aligned” is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A. combined together
B. arranged in a line
C. affected by the other
2. Read the passage about computers. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T
or F.
Do you own a PDA – Personal Digital Assistant? Have you got a personal computer? Have you ever used a
laptop? The answer can be “Yes”. But do you know that the first computer was made about 70 years ago? It
was large enough to take up a living room. It was named ENIAC – Electronic Numerical Integrator and
Calculator.
Thanks to the development of technology, computers become smaller and smaller. The first personal
computer was actually introduced in the 1970s by MITS, Apple Computer and IBM. They didn’t look exactly
like now but they were surely revolutionary at the time.
Scientists are finding ways to make computers as smaller and slimmer as possible. Some of the today
computers are small enough to carry out in pockets. But technology doesn’t stop there. They will continue to
bring out smaller computers. Who knows? Maybe one day we will not need the big desktops or laptops. We
may need a computer chip that is as small as a fingernail.
1. The first computer was made 70 years ago. TF
2. The ENIAC was small enough to carry around. TF
3. MITS, Apple Computer and IBM were the first to introduce personal computers. TF
4. Today computers are not as small and slim as the previous ones. TF
5. Fingernail size computer chip will soon be a new revolution. TF
III. WRITING
1. Complete each of the following sentences using the cues given. You can change the cues and
use other words in addition to the cues to complete the sentences.
Here is an example.
0. Ngoc/ usually/ play/ badminton/ Sunday.
Answer: 0. Ngoc usually plays badminton on Sundays.
1. Noise pollution/ big cities/ lead/ hearing/ problems.
2. Lots/ aquatic animals/ die/ because/ oil spills.
3. If/ you/ president/ country/ what/ you/ do/ protect/ environment?
4. One way/ save/ environment/ is/ use/ renewable/ energy/ sources.
5. This boy/ suffer/ birth/ defects/ because/ parents/ expose/radioactive/ pollution.
2. Write an email (90-110 words) to your pen friend telling him about a natural disaster that
you have experienced, seen or been told about.
Use the following questions as cues:
- What is the disaster?
- When did it occur?
- Where did it occur?
- What were its consequences?
- How did you feel about it?
Dear Mary,
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
II. READING
1. Read the passage and answer the questions. Circle A, B, or C.
1. B 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. B
2. Read the passage about computers. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T
or F.
1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T
III. WRITING
1. Complete each of the following sentences using the cues given. You can change the cues and
use other words in addition to the cues to complete the sentences.
1. Noise pollution in big cities leads (has led) to hearing problems.
2. Lots of aquatic animals die (have died) because of oil spills.
3. If you were the president of the country, what would you do to protect the environment?
4. One way to save the environment is using (to use) renewable energy sources.
5. This boy suffers (is suffering/ has suffered) from birth defects because his parents were exposed
to radioactive pollution.
2. Write an email (90-110 words) to your pen friend telling him about a natural disaster that
you have experienced, seen or been told about.
Dear Mary,
How are you? I must write to tell you about the natural disaster I saw on TV this morning. It was a huge
tsunami in Japan two days ago. At first, there was a very strong earthquake, and then the tsunami
swept through the coastal areas of northern Japan.
It was so devastating. What used to be busy and lively cities now has become a vast area of debris. Houses
were totally destroyed, and pieces of furniture and means of transport were scattered everywhere. Luckily,
thanks to early warning, there was no human loss. I felt terrible .I intend to donate some of my pocket
money to help the Japanese people.Would you like to join me?
Lov
ENGLISH PRACTICE 69
PART II - Choose the word A, B, C or D whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the
others.
1. A. rubbish B. uniform C. umbrella D. thumb
2. A. appear B. weather C. bread D. headache
3. A. project B. belong C. woman D. concert
4. A. think B. though C. mother D. these
5. A. eraser B. baseball C. suitcase D. waterfall
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
PART III- Choose the best answers to completes each sentence.
1. Hoa coins and stamps since she was six.
A. was collecting B. has collected C. collected D. will collect
2. His brother is a boy. He always tells a joke.
A. handsome B. humorous C. sociable D. energetic
3. Do you mind if I your car to work?
A. drive B. driving C. to drive D. drove
4. They are that their son won the championship.
A. delighted B. pleasing C. sad D. interesting
5. My sister regretting Mai’s glasses yesterday.
A. to break B. broken C. breaking D. break
6. Hoa dances more than her classmates.
A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beautify
7. They will hold a meeting in the large room the morning of next Sunday.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
8. Minh loves playing chess his sister enjoys skipping in their free time.
A. when B. because C. while D. during
9. One hundred dollars an big amount of money for her.
A. is B. are C. were D. is being
10. Don’t overheat the victim blankets or coats.
A. on B. for C. with D. from
11. We are going to a small plane to Ha Long Bay this weekend.
A. drive B. ride C. take D. give
12. They as well as Mai in the field at this time last Sunday.
A. was working B. were working C. has worked D. have worked
13. Thanks Alexander Graham Bell’s invention, I can communicate with each other easily.
A. for B. from C. on D.to
14. We must the environment from the pollution every day.
A. save B. protest C. protect D. waste
15. In our opinion, there are a lot of differences two twins.
A. from B. without C. with D. between
16. If you your work, let’s play volleyball with them in the garden.
A. finish B. are finishing C. have finished D. will finish
17. Have a picnic with in the mountain tomorrow.
A. Hanh and I B. Hanh and me C. I and Hanh D. me and Hanh
18. Study is no restricted to just one location.
A. longer B. long C. longest D. the longest
19. My son was hit a stick while he was working in the field.
A. by B. with C. without D. out
20. Nam and Manh have played badminton for two hours, but of them are tired.
A. none B. both C. neither D. all
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
16. 17. 18. 19. 20
PART IV - Put the correct form of the words:
1. Joanne wants to become a in the future. (science)
2. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been in the last few years. (urban)
3. The book was so that we didn’t want to read it. (interest)
5. Linda’s made the party less exciting. (absent)
7. Because of his , they failed the exam. (lazy)
8. Vinamilk company has served customers a lot of recently. (produce)
9. Tet holiday is one of the most important for Vietnamese people. (celebrate)
10. Laura loves all of Vietnamese dishes, Nem. (special)
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
PART V - Find and correct a mistake in each sentence:
1. The boy was enough intelligent to solve that problem.
2. The girl helped me with the needlework yesterday is my classmate.
3. They asked their friends not play soccer in the road.
4. Hanh is the same weigh as my sister.
5. It is careless for you to leave your book on the train.
6. My brother used to going to the movies with our father.
7. Hoa asked me if I could have a picnic with her in the country or not.
8. Most of monkeys both in the forest and in the zoo are interesting in bananas.
9. It takes Nam thirty minutes going to school on foot everyday.
10. Not only Ha but also her friends was present in my fifteenth birthday party.
Your answers:
1. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. 9.
5. 10.
Part VI- Choose the most suitable answer A, B, C, or D to complete the following passage.
Air pollution is caused (1) ill health in human beings. In a lot of countries, there are (2)
limiting the amount of smoke factories can produce although there is not enough (3) on the effects of
smoke on the atmosphere. Doctors have (4) that air pollution causes (5) diseases. The gases
from the exhausts of cars (6) also increased air pollution in most cities. The
(7) of petrol produces a poisonous gas, which is often collected in busy streets circled by high
buildings. Children
(8) in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere can not think as (9) as other
children, and are clumsy when they (10) their hands.
1. A. from B. on C. over D. of
2. A. laws B. ideas C. problems D. regulations
3. A. news B. article C. information D. newspaper
4. A. agreed B. pointed C. disagreed D. proved
5. A. lung B. heart C. liver D. stomach
6. A. had B. have C. has D. having
7. A. water B. lead C. gas D. exhaust
8. A. lived B. live C. to live D. living
9. A. quick B. slowly C. quickly D. slow
10. A. touch B. use C. handle D. collect
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
PART VII - Read and fill a suitable word in each blanket:
Christmas is always held (1) December the twenty fifth every year. Every family in England
decorates a Christmas tree and puts (2) in the middle of the living room. And Santa Claus plays an
important (3) in this festival. There is a poem to relate him. In 1823, the patron saint of children,
Saint Nicholas appeared in a poem (4) A Visit Saint Nicholas. The character in the poem (5) a
fat jolly man who wore a (6) suit and gave children (7) on Christmas Eve. The poem, which
was (8) by Clement Clarke Moore, an American professor, became popular (9) the USA.
Santa Claus is based (10) the description of Saint Nicholas in this poem.
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Part VIII- Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence.
1. It is over two years since they left their homeland. (They haven’t.............................)
2. “How many cars are there in front of your house, Mai?” I said (I asked.......................)
3. No one introduced me to newcomers in the festival. (I..........................................)
4. The food was too bad for the children to eat. (The food was so................................)
5. It’s no use persuading her to join in that activity. (There is no.................................)
6. I am on the fifth page of the essay I am typing. (So far.........................................)
7. The dog keeps stealing my socks. (The dog is....................................................)
8. Hoa found it easy to translate this poem into French. (Hoa had no............................)
9. Collect all of dirty clothes by 8 o’clock tomorrow morning. (Let all..........................)
10. Mary is the most graceful girl at school. (No girl................................................)
Your answers:
1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
--------------- END ---------------

KEYS – PRACTICE 69.
PART II –points
0.1 for each correct answer
1. B 2.A 3.C 4. A 5. D
6. C 7. B 8. D 9. B 10. D
PART III - points
1. B 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. C
6. C 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. C
11. C 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. D
16. C 17. B 18. A 19. B 20. C
PART IV –points
1. scientist 2. urbanized 3. uninteresting 4. participation 5. absence

6. hopeless 7. laziness 8. products 9. contestants 10 especially
PART V – points
1. enough intelligent - intelligent enough 6. going - go

2. helped - helping 7. if - whether
3. play - to play 8. interesting - interested
4. weigh - weight 9. going - to go
5. for - of 10. was - were
Part VI – points
1. D 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. A
6. B 7. B 8. D 9. C 10.B
PART VII – points
1. ON 2. IT 3. PART/ROLE 4. CALLED 5. WAS

6. RED 7. PRESENTS 8. WRITTEN 9. WITH 10.ON
Part VIII- points

1. They haven’t come back their homeland for over two years.
2. I asked Mai how many cars there were in front of her/his house.
3. I wasn’t introduced to newcomers in the festival.
4. The food was so bad that the children couldn’t eat it.
5. There is no point in persuading her to join in that activity.
6. So far I have typed five pages of the essay.
7. The dog is always stealing my socks.
8. Hoa had no difficulty in translating this poem into French.
9. Let all of dirty clothes be collected by 8 o’clock tomorrow morning.
10. Mary is the most graceful girl at school. (No girl at school is as graceful as Mary.
--------------- END ---------------

ENGLISH PRACTICE 70
II. Choose the word or phrase that best complete each unfinished sentence below or
substitutes for the underlined words or phrases.
1. He is looking forward to...........to England .
A. travel B. travelling C. be travelling D. A and B
2. Margaret is a good ............. He can type 60 words per minute.
A. typer B. type C. typist D. typewriter.
3..................hot today.
A. A sun B. The sun C. A sun's D. The sun's
4. What is your teacher..........?
A. like B. alike C. liking D. does like.
5. A........is the person who sells flowers.
A. florist B. chemist C. vendor D. chauffeur
6. If you want to have a table made , you must call a ..........
A. mechanic B. plumber C. carpenter D. fortune-teller
7. My dress is very different.........yours.
A. with B. from C. as D. towards
8.....................beautiful flowers!
A. What a B. What C. How D. So
9...................happens, I shall stand by you.
A. Whatever B. What C. Which D. That
10. Ha Noi is............capital of Vietnam.
A. an B. a C. the D.x
11. This town is not an interesting place to visit, so...........tourists come here.
A. a few B. few C. a little D. x
12. Nobody is ready to go,................?
A. isn’t he B. is he C. are they D. aren't they
13. He has little spare time.
A. free B. occupied C. busy D. filled
14. John's a handsome guy.
A. kind B. good C. good-looking D. interesting
15. I don’t like to work for my wife's mother.
A. mother of my wife B. mother of my wife's
C. mother-in-law D. mother of mine
III. Read the text and then decide which word below best fit each space.Circle the letter you
choose for each question.(1 ps)
Jeans are very popular with young people all (1)...........the world. Some people say that jeans are the
"uniform" of (2) ............ But they haven't always been popular. The story of jeans started (3)...........two
hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth (4)..........in Genoa was called "jeans". The
pants were called "jeans". In 1850, a salesman (5).........California began selling pants made of canvas. His
name was Levi Strauss. (6) ..............they were so strong, "Levi's pants" became (7) ........ with gold miners;
farmers and cowboys. Six years (8)............; Levis began making his pants with blue cotton (9)............called
denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe began (10) .........jeans. Young people
usually didn’t wear them.
1. A. in B. on C. over D. above
2. A. youth B. young C. younger D. youngest
3. A. lots B. much C. most D. almost
4. A. make B. makes C. making D. made
5. A. in B. on C. at D. with
6. A. Although B. But C. Because D. So
7. A. famous B. popular C. good D. wonderful
8. A. late B. later C. latest D. last
9. A. cloth B. clothing C. cloths D. clothes
10. A. wear B. wearing C. wore D. worn
IV. Read the passage carefully, then choose the best answer. ( 0,5 ps )
It is very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us to chew our food. They also help us to
look nice. How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamed covering of the tooth.
This happens after germs and bits of food have collected there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside the
tooth. Eventually, poison goes into blood, and we may feel quite ill.
How can we keep our teeth healthy?. Firstly, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small
holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in
the right way. Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist.
Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day- once
after breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth
after a meal.
Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread,
potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially
when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.
1. Good teeth help us to ................
A. be nice B. have a good eyesight.
C. chew our food D. be important
2. When food and germs collect in a small crack, our teeth ............
A. become hard B. begin to decay.
C. send poison into the blood. D. makes us feel quite ill.
3. A lot of people visit a dentist only when ..............
A. their teeth grow properly B. they have holes in their teeth
C. they have toothache D. they have brushed their teeth.
4. We ought to try clean our teeth ...............
A. once a day B. at least twice a day
C. between meals D. before breakfast.
5. We shouldn’t eat a lot of ...............
A. red rice B. fresh fruit
C. fish D. chocolate.
V. Read the passage carefully, then fill in each blank a suitable word to complete this passage.(1 ps
)
Television now ................. (1) such an important role in so many people lives that it is essential for us ..............
(2) try to decide whether it is good or bad. First of all, television is not only a convenient source of
entertainment,.but......................(3) a rather cheap one. For a family of our, for example,it is more convenient
as well as cheaper to sit comfortably at home than to go...............(4) There is no transport to arrange.They
don’t ...................... (5) to pay for expensive seats at the theater or in the..............(6) All they have to do is to
turn a switch, and they can see the plays, films of every kind, not to mention political discussions and the
latest exiting football match .Some people, however, say that this is just where the danger is. The TV viewers
need to do nothing. He doesn’t even use his legs. He makes no choice. He is completely passive and has
everything presented to him. TV, people often say, informs one about current events, the latest developments
in science and politics, and presents an endless series of programmes. The most farway countries and the
strangest customs are brought into one’s living-room.Yet, here again there is a danger. We get to like ...............
(7) TV so much that it begins to dominate our lives,and we don’t have................(8) to talk to each other and
do other things.There are many arguments for and................(9) TV. I think we must understand that TV in
itself is neither good...............(10) bad. TV is as good or as bad as we make it.
VI. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. ( 1ps)
1. Over the years, he ....................... thousands of stamps. (collect)
2. I' ll never forget ....................... her for the first time. (see)
3. It is difficult to get used to ....................... with chopsticks. (eat)
4. Would you like some coffee? I just ....................... some. (make)
5. Look at those black clouds. It ....................... (rain)
6. That house ....................... in 1996. (rebuild)
7. This bike ....................... for more than six years. (use)
8. He should know how ......the lift, but if he doesn't you'd better.....him. (use) / (show)
9. The kids ....................... when the bell rang. (sleep)
VII.Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences. (1 ps)
1. The ............students often play soccer or basketball. (energy)
2. A fairy appeared and ................................changed her old clothes. (magic)
3. Her father soon died of a ...........................heart. (break)
4. "The Lost Shoes" is one of the ........................stories I like best. (tradition)
5. Trung and his brother like .......................movies very much. (act)
6. ..............., dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. (fortunate)
7. There are three trains ...................... from Hanoi to Lao Cai. (day)
8. This temple was built by the local .................... over 100 years. (inhabit)
9. What is your ......................................for designing this house? (suggest)
10. You must make a quick ......................... about who winsthe contest. (decide)
VIII. There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it. (1 ps)
1. The climate in Vietnam is different than that of England .
2. The boys said they have to bring home medals.
3. Surface is many cheaper than airmail.
4. The bicycle is such old that I don’t want to use it.
5. Tom asked me to help him because he was doing his homeworks.
6. My father has retired three years ago and he is now living on his pension.
7. Singapore is one of the country of Association of South East Asian Nations.
8. I’ll help you. I’m sure you aren’t enough strong to lift it on your own.
9. These vegetables should be washed and boil before we serve them.
10. In the past, Jeans wore mostly by working people.
IX. Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.( 1ps)
1. This video film / be/so / interesting / I/ see/ twice/.
.....................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
3. He / learn/ English / two years now.
.....................................................................................................................................................
4. She /used/ stay / her uncle/ when / be / a child.
.....................................................................................................................................................
5. A note/ write/board / Mai / yesterday.
.....................................................................................................................................................
6. Have / vacation / abroad / be / interesting
....................................................................................................................................................
7. Vinh / always / forget/ his homework
.....................................................................................................................................................
8. Ballpoint pens / use / widely/ than / fountainpens.
.....................................................................................................................................................
9. We / not / see her / since / leave/ university.
.....................................................................................................................................................
10. Brother / very good/ repair / household / appliances
.....................................................................................................................................................
X. Complete the second sentence with the same meaning. (1 ps)
1. “Have you ever been to My Son, Mrs Blake?”, Nam said
 Nam asked . ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... .....................................................
2. We started living here fifteen years ago.
 We have ........ ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................................
3. Trung's parents gave him a microcomputer on his birthday
Trung ....... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ................. ..
4. He has never played a computer game before.
 This is ................ ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... .........
5. Nga is pleased to meet her aunt again soon.
 Nga is looking.............. ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ................................
6. He is too old to have more children.
 He is so ...................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ....................................
7. "I'm very busy. I'll ring you tomorrow," Susan said to me.
 Susan .... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ....................
8. Their teacher is making them study hard.
They are ..... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ...............
9. This cheque has not been signed
 No................................ ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... .........................................
10. She cooks well.
She is ................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... .................................
THE END
II. (1,5 ps) (0,1ps for each correct answer)

Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Answer B C D A A C B B A C B C A C C
III. (1 ps) (0,1 ps for each correct answer)
Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Answer C A D D A C B B A B
IV. (1 ps) (0,1 ps for each correct answer)

Sentence 1 2 3 4 5
Answer C B C B D
V. (1 ps) (0,1 ps for each correct answer
1. plays 2. to 3. also 4. out 5. have

6. cinema 7. watching 8.time 9. against 10. nor
VI. (1 ps) (0,1 ps for each correct answer)

1. has collected 2. seeing 3. eating 4. have just made 5. is going to rain
6. was rebuilt 7. has been used 8. to use / show 9. were sleeping
VII. (1 ps) (0,1 ps for each correct answer)

1.energetic 2. magically 3. broken 4. traditional 5. action
6. Unfortunately 7. daily 8. inhabitants 9. suggestion 10 decision
VIII. (1 ps) (0,1 ps for each correct answer)

1. than --> from 6. has retired --> retired
2. have --> had 7. country --> countries
3. many --> much 8. enough strong --> strong enough
4. such --> so 9.boil --> boiled
5. homeworks --> homework 10. wore --> were worn
IX. (1 ps) (0,1 ps for each correct answer)

1. This video film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.
2. It is difficult to learn English without (having) a good dictionary.
3. He has learned / has been learning English for two years now.
4. She used to stay with her uncle when she was a child.
5. A note was written on the board by Mai yesterday.
6. Having a vacation abroad is interesting.
7. Vinh is always forgetting his homework
8. Ballpoint pens are used more widely than fountainpens.
9. We haven’t seen her since we left university.
10. My brother is very good at repairing household appliances
X. (1 ps) (0,1 ps for each correct answer)

1. Nam asked Mrs Blake if/ whether she had ever been to My Son.
2. We have lived / have been living here for fifteen years
3. Trung was given a microcomputer by his parents on his birthday.
4. This is the first time I have ever played a computer game.
5. Nga is looking forward to meeting her aunt again .
6. He is so old that he can’t have more children.
7. Susan told me that she was very busy and she said (that) she would ring me the following/
next day.
8. They are being made to study hard.
9. No one has signed this cheque.
10. She is a good cook.
THE END
ENGLISH PRACTICE 71
II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others
1. a. hard b. carry c. card d. yard
2. a. try b. why c. heavy d. dry
3. a. cool b. food c. look d. flood
4. a. Thursday b. those c. thirteenth d. theatre
5. a . attended b. wanted c. needed d. looked
III. Supply the correct verb forms/ tense:
1. They (watch) their favorite TV programmes at the moment.
2. Mary and John are neighbors. They ( know) each other for a long time.
3. They ( arrive) in New york yesterday?
4. I haven’t met him since he ( move ) to Ho Chi Minh City..
5. My mother is tired enough ( cook) tonight.
6. The teacher asked me ( not make) noise in class.
7. The boys like ( play ) games but hate doing lessons.
8. His doctor advised him ( give) up smoking.
9. Look at those black clouds. It( rain) .
10. This is the first time I (be) to Ha Noi.
11.Will you wait a minute while I (look) through the text ?
12.“ I hear you’ve bought a new house.” - “Yes, I ( move ) in next week”
13.Look at those black clouds. It ( rain)
14.The film ( begin) at 7.30 or 8.00 this evening ?
15.Mai (telephone) you when she comes back.
16.The pens ( produce ) by Thien Long Company are usually cheap and good.
17.“Do you mind if I sit here ?” – “ I ‘d rather you ( sit ) over there”
18.The price ( become ) more and more expensive these days.
19.Mr Binh ( know) how to drive a car although he ( not learn) it yet.
IV. Give the correct forms of these words 10pts
1. Bell experimented with ways of transmitting ……........over a long distance. (SPEAK)
2. The tiger wanted to see the farmer's .................. (WISE)
3. The scouts do the ...................................work . (VOLUNTEER)
4. Nowadays, scouting is popular ........................ (WORLD)
5. After his parents died, he was sent to an……….….….. (ORPHAN)
6. Huy makes friends very easily because he is very ………..……. . (SOCIAL)
7. Cook the meat in the ……………………..for at least 30 minutes. (STEAM)
8. My friend, Nga plays the piano……………………. (BEAUTIFUL).
9. “The lost shoe” is one of the …………………. stories I like best. ( TRADITION)
10. Our teacher always………………………. us to work hard. (COURAGE)
V. Rewrite the sentences, keep the meaning unchanged
1. It’s a long time since we became close friends.
We have……………………………..........................................................................…………………………………
2. No one is more intelligent than her in our school.
She…………………………………..........................................................................……………………………………
3. ‘Can I borrow your bike, Nga?’, Nam asked.
 Nam asked Nga ………………….................................................................………………………………………..
4. Lan is 1.60m tall and Hoa is 1.60 tall, too.
 Lan …………………………………………………………………..........................................................................…..
 Apples are not……………………………………….................................................................……………………..
 He prefers……………………………………………...................................................................…………………….
7. “You shouldn’t translate each sentence into Vietnamese,” my brother told me
My brother told …………………………………...............................................................………………..………....
8. When did you start playing the piano?
 How long...............................................................................................................................?
9. Your younger brother is too weak to lift that box
Your brother is not……………………………................................................................……..….…………………
10. Hung is interested in collecting stamps
 Hung’s………………………………………............................................................................…………………………..
VI. Read the passage and fill in each blank with a suitable word. 10pts
My day usually (1).............at six thirty. I get up and do some exercises for about fifteen minutes. Then I
take my shower. After that I (2)……………dress and have breakfast with my family. At seven thirty I
leave (3)………..school. I generally take the bus to school. I catch the bus near my house and then (4)
………….. from the bus -stop to school. It (5)…………….about thirty minutes to get to school. My first class
is at eight thirty and I usually (6)………….school at three. Sometimes I stay (7)…………..to have a game of
volleyball or to work in the library. I usually watch TV for a (8)...................Then I start my homework. I
have dinner at seven o’clock. After that I often (9) more homework to do. Sometimes I watch TV
or go (10)..............with friends after dinner. I generally go to bed at around ten thirty.
VII. There are 11 mistakes in the following paragraph. Underline the mistake then correct it.
Write your answer in the table below. 10pts
In 1783, two French brothers build the first balloon to take people into the air. One hundred and twenty
years lately, in 1903, the Wright brothers built the first plane with an engine and flied in it . This was in the
United States. Then, in 1918, the US Post Office begun the first airmail service. Aeroplanes changed a lot in
the next thirty year. Then, in 1950s, aeroplanes became many faster because they had jet engines. In 1976,
Concorde was building in the UK and France. It is the faster passenger plane in the world and it can flying at
2500 kilometers an hour, so the journey in London to New York is only four hours. Today millions of people
travel on aeroplane, and it is difficult to think of a world without them.
0. build  built
VIII. Use the following words and phrases. Make all the necessary changes and additions to write
complete and meaningful sentences. 20pts
…………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………
5. My mother/ said/ seen/ this kind/ film/ ago.
…………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………
7. Question/ too difficult/ them/ answer.
…………………………………………………………………
8. Tom/ turn/ radio/ in order/ hear/ result/ football/ between 3.00/ 4.00 pm/ last Sunday
…………………………………………………………………
9. This / be/ first time/ I/ be/ Paris
…………………………………………………………………
10. While/ Carol/ discuss/ Math exercise/ Dennis/ we/ arrive/ at 11 pm yesterday.
…………………………………………………………………
I. Listen and complete the dialogue with the words you have
heard(10pts) Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 đ
1. sounds 2. mean 3. North 4. perfect 5. according
6. advertisement 7. looking 8. rain 9. dry 10. World
II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others
(5pts) Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 đ
1. b 2. c 3. d 4. b 5. d
III. Supply the correct verb forms/ tense: 15pts Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1.5 đ
1. are watching 2. have known 3. Did they arrive 4. moved 5. to cook
6. not to make 7. playing 8. to give 9. is going to rain 10. have been
IV. Give the correct forms of these words 10pts Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 đ
1. SPEECH 2. WISDOM 3. VOLUNTARY 4. WORLDWIDE 5. ORPHANAGE
6. SOCIABLE 7. STEAMER 8. BEAUTIFULLY 9. TRADITIONAL 10. ENCOURAGES
V. Rewrite the sentences, keep the meaning unchanged:(20pts
). Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 2 đ
1. We have become/have been close friends for a long time
2. She is the most intelligent student/girl in our school.
3. Nam asked Nga to lend him her bike./Nam asked Nga if he could borrow her bike.
4. Lan is the same height as Hoa/ Lan is as tall as Hoa/ Lan and Hoa are the same height.
5. Apples are not as expensive as oranges.
6. He prefers golf to tennis/ He prefers playing golf to (playing) tennis
7. My brother told me not to translate each sentence into Vietnamese.
8. How long have you played the piano
9. Your brother is not strong enough to lift that box.
10. Hung’s hobby is collecting stamps.
VI. Read the passage and fill in each blank with a suitable word. (10pts
) Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 đ
1. starts/begins 2. get 3. for 4. walk 5. takes
6. finish 7. there 8. while 9. have 10. out
VII. There are 11 mistakes in the following paragraph. Underline the mistake then correct it. Write your answer in the
table below. (10pts) Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 đ
1.lately - later 2. flied - flew 3. begun - began 4. year - years 5. many - much
6. building - built 7. faster - fastest 8. flying - fly 9. in - from 10. on - by
VIII. Use the following words and phrases. Make all the necessary changes and additions to write complete and
meaningful sentences. (20pts ). Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 2 đ.
1. Those buses are not going to the airport and neither are taxis.
5. My mother said he had seen that kind of film before.
6. It is difficult to prevent people from parking here
7. The/ This question was too difficult for them to answer.
8. Tom was turning on the radio in order to hear the result of the football match between 3.00 and 4.00 pm last
Sunday.
9. This is the first time I have been to Paris
10. While Carol was discussing on/ about Math exercise with Dannis we arrived at 11 pm yesterday.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 75
I. Chooseonewordwhose underlinedpart ispronounceddifferentlyfromtheothersbycircling A, B, Cor D.(5 pts)
1. A. action B. national C. partial D. question
2. A. tidal B. sight C. describe D. cinema
3. A. connect B. comfort C. computer D. contest
4. A. cough B. though C. rough D. tough
5. A. pleased B. erased C. increased D. amused
II. Choose one word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D. (5 pts)
1. A. medical B. restaurant C. remember D. government
2. A. household B. homework C. garbage D. throughout
3. A. electrical B. interesting C. necessary D. beautifully
4. A. celebrate B. consider C. expression D. criteria
5. A. partner B. between C. visit D. program
III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences by circling A, B, C or D. (10 pts)
1. - Mary: “Is 11 o’clock alright?” - Tom: “ .”
A. Yes, that’s fine B. No, I don’t want to go
C. Wait a minute D. Sounds interesting
2. Typhoons, floods or droughts can easily a harvest.
A. finish B. destroy C. provide D. defeat
3. You should pay to what the instruction is saying.
A. attendance B. intention C. convention D. attention
4. My friends usually enjoy my of humor.
A. sense B. kind C. means D. form
5. - Mother: “Could you do me a favor?” - Kate: “ .”
A. No, thanks. I’m fine B. Yes, that’s kind of you
C. Yes, sure D. Yes, thank you
6. Practising English anywhere you can is a way to better your speaking skill.
A. speak B. speaking C. to speak D. for speaking
7. Soak some old newspapers in a of water overnight.
A. pair B. bunch C. bucket D. tube
8. Mrs. Thanh: “ you give the book to me, please?” - Mai: “Of course.” .
A. Will B. Shall C. Do D. Should
9. The winners are the first ones a fire.
A. make B. makes C. making D. to make
10. Children may drink or eat chemicals and drugs they look like soft drinks and candy.
A. until B. because C. although D. so that
IV. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (5 pts)

1. We should cover the burned area a thick sterile dressing.
2. They fell love each other almost immediately and were married in a few weeks.
3. Next month I’m going to Scotland a short holiday.
4. Their parents are very proud their results.
5. What is the difference “clean up” and “clean out”?
6. We are going to hold a discussion recycling.
7. The boy fell his bike and hit his head the road.
8. Santa Claus is based the description of Saint Nicholas.
V. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the words in capital letters. (10 pts)
1. In 2013, the World Water Week will be held under the theme “Water -Building
Partnerships”. (COOPERATE)
2. , dark clouds soon appeared and it began to rain. (FORTUNE)
3. Laura is the most person in our group. (BEAUTY)
4. Many of the older generation were there. (REPRESENT)
5. She has cut herself, and it is quite badly. (BLOOD)
6. His health was seriously affected and he suffered from constant . (SLEEP)
7. Bao is kind and generous to everyone. (EXTREME)
8. I’m pleased to hear that you had an Christmas vacation. (ENJOY)
9. This knife is - it can cut everything. (USE)
10. The Scouting Association is the largest youth organization in the
world. (VOLUNTEER)
VI. Put the sentences (A – J) in the correct order (1 – 10 ) to make a meaningful conversation. (5 pts)
A. Goodbye.
B. Yes, can you come at ten to three on Wednesday afternoon?
C. What name is it, please?
D. Yes, that’s fine.
E. It’s Tom Smith.
F. Yes, can I make an appointment with doctor Wall, please?
G. No, I’m sorry, I can’t. What about the evening?
H. Good morning. Can I help you?
I. Thank you Mr. Smith. Goodbye.
J. Doctor Wall isn’t here in the evening on Wednesday, I’m afraid. I can put you in at half past six on
Thursday evening.
Your answers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
VII. Give the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences. (10 pts)
1. How many times you (be) to London this year? 
2. The two girls (play) chess over there are my classmates. 
3. We must take an umbrella. It (rain). 
4. The guests (arrive) while I (still / cook). 
5. The rice-cooking festival (hold) every two years. 
6. I often (climb) trees when I was a little girl. 
7. Two miles (be) enough for her to go jogging every morning. 
8. I’m very bored. My mother always (complain) about her 
housework.
9. Fred would like (admit) to the college. 
VIII. Each of the following sentences contains one error. Underline and correct it. (5 pts)
1. We won’t get to the airport in least than 30 minutes. 
2. Your grandfather and I are delighting that you passed your English 
exam. 
3. People use first-aid in order for ease the victim’s pain and anxiety. 
4. We believe that she feels very badly about her mistake. 
5. The big present is wrapped in red papers is five dollars.
IX. Fill in each numbered space with ONE appropriate word. (10 pts)
Youth Month 2013 launched nationwide
(1) February 28 , over 1,500 young people gathered at a ceremony to kick off Youth Month
th
2013 in the central province of Thua Thien Hue under the theme “Youth Action for an urban civilised
lifestyle”.
At the (2) , 500 youngsters volunteered to (3) more than 400 units of blood to the Hue
Central Hospital. Hundreds of Youth Union members took part in propagation to (4) public awareness
on environmental protection, traffic safety, and urban civilisation.
For the entire month of March, activities will (5) directed to motivate young people’s
participation in diverse activities, (6) giving feedback to the Draft Amendment of the 1992
Constitution, building a civilised lifestyle, protecting the environment (7) urban landscape.
There will be “Green Sunday” and “Volunteering Saturday” with intensive activities to (8) up
the surroundings, remove illegal advertising posters, eliminate black spots of pollution. The Youth Month
was first launched in 2004 and has become (9) annual event for the youth, which aims (10)
increase young people’s responsibilities to the community and the nation.
Your answers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
X. Read the passage below and then circle the correct answer A, B, C or D. (10 pts)
Have you ever been to Britain? I’ve dreamed of going there (1) I was a little girl and finally, (2)
the spring of 2012, it happened. I was there three weeks and (3) much of that time soaking up the
culture, history, and scenery of this incredible island. I visited several districts in England, Wales and
Scotland and even (4) a site trip to Ireland. Every place I went to seemed to be more interesting and
more beautiful (5) the last.
The tour I was with began in London. Of all the sights I saw there, the Tower of London was the most (6)
. The Tower is a building complex of incredibly rich history.
Also on the Thames are the Houses of Parliament and, of course, the clock tower housing “Big Ben”. I saw so
many landmarks I can hardly remember them all. Although it was just a glimpse of London I did, (7) ,
get a chance to see all the (8) famous places.
After (9) of days in London we traveled to the south of England stopping to visit Stonehenge. If you
don’t know about Stonehenge there are a couple of links on my links page that will (10) you to sites
that can fill you in.
1. A. for B. while C. since D. because
2. A. on B. in C. at D. to
3. A. spent B. took C. did D. used
4. A. did B. got C. spent D. made
5. A. then B. as C. with D. than
6. A. interesting B. interested C. interest D. interestingly
7. A. at first B. at all C. at least D. at that
8. A. more B. much C. most D. many
9. A. few B. some C. a couple D. little
10. A. reach B. take C. make D. send
XI. Read the following text then choose from the list A-F the best sentence to fill each of the
spaces. There is one extra sentence which you do not need. (5 pts)
I have recently become very worried about my 15-year-old son, Nick. Although he was never
brilliant at school, he used to get reasonable good marks. (1) .
He used to be such a good swimmer that he won several prizes. But now he has given up training.
And instead of neat clothes he used to wear, all he ever puts on is the same pair of shabby of old jeans and a
dirty sweatshirt.
(2) . Nick was in the kitchen. The radio was so loud that he didn’t hear me come behind him.
My handbag was on the table. (3) .
We had a terrible row. Finally, he broke down and confessed everything. He has been going every
day to a big amusement arcade near his school and playing electronics games with nick names like Space
Warrior and Alien Invaders. I had always thought they were harmless. (4) .
He has promised he won’t go there again, but I think he’s too addicted to stop. (5) . What can I
do to help him?
A. But now I realize that he’s so hooked on them, he’ll even steal from his own mother in order to
pay for the habit.
B. Even if he wanted to, he couldn’t - and he doesn’t .
C. I often leave it there so that I won’t forget it when I go out.
D. He had taken some money out of it and was just about to put it in his pocket.
E. But that isn’t all. Last Sunday, I got up earlier than usual.
F. But now his work has become so bad that his teachers say he is just wasting his time there.
Your answers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
XII. Rewrite each of the following sentences so that it means the same as the first one, beginning with the
given words. (10 pts)
1. “You shouldn’t lend him any more money,” Mrs. Tuyet said to Nga.
 Mrs. Tuyet advised .
2. Everyone was surprised to see Geoff leave the party early.
 To .
3. It was so late that nothing could be done.
 It was too .
4. Is this the best price you can offer?
 Can’t you ?
5. I don’t go to church every Sunday any longer.
 I used to .
6. I sent my friend a letter in London last week.
 A letter .
7. I last saw him when I was a student.
 I haven’t .
8. “Don’t forget to bring your passports with you when you go abroad.”
 She reminded .
9. Smoking is not allowed in the ward.
 Would you ?
10. He failed the exam because of his laziness.
 Because he .
XIII. Use the given word to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible
in meaning to the original sentence. Do not change the form of the given word. (5 pts)
1. I wanted to finish my homework, so I stayed up late last night. (as)
 I stayed .
2. The thick fog prevented me from driving to work. (made)
 The thick fog .
3. Nick hasn’t been to Vietnam before. (time)
 This is .
4. Mr. Lam teaches English. Mr. Hai teaches Math. (subject)
 Mr. Lam doesn’t .
5. I’d rather not see him tomorrow. (want)
I .
XIV. Use the given suggestions to complete sentences. (5 pts)
1. Instead / reuse / plastic bags / we / use / cloth bags.
 .
2. Will / you / have / look / house / me / while / I / be / holiday?
 ?
3. We / hope / give / more / green / color / town / and / earn / money / group.
 .
4. “Friends of the Earth” / be / organization / protect / planet.
 .
5. It / brave / him / jump / river / save / child.
 .
I. 5 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm)
1. D 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. C
II. 5 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm)
1. C 2. D 3. A 4. A5. B
III. 10 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm)
1. A 2. B 3. D 4. A5. C
6. B 7. C 8. A 9. D10. B
IV. 5 pts: (Mỗi giới từ đúng 0.5 điểm)

1. with 5. between
2. in - with 6. about
3. for 7. off - on
4. of 8. on
V. 10 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1

điểm) 6. sleeplessness
1. Cooperation 7. extremely
2. Unfortunately 8. enjoyable
3. beautiful 9. useful
4. representatives 10. voluntary
5. bleeding
VI. 5 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 0,5 điểm)

1. H 2.F 3. B 4. G5. J
6. D 7. C 8. E 9. I 10. A
VII. 10 pts: (Mỗi động từ đúng 1 điểm)

1. have (you) been / have … been
2. playing
3. is going to rain
4. arrived / was still cooking
5. is held
6. climbed
7. is
8. is always complaining
9. to be admitted
VIII. 5 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm, tìm được lỗi 0.5, sửa được lỗi 0.5)
1. least -> less
2. delighting -> delighted
3. for -> to
4. badly -> bad
5. is wrapped -> wrapped / which is wrapped
IX. 10 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm)

1. On 2. event / ceremony 3. donate 4. raise 5. be
6. including 7. and 8. clean 9. an 10. to
X. 10 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm)

1.C 2. B 3. A 4. D5. D
6. A 7. C 8. C 9. C 10. B
XI. 5 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm)

1. F 2. E 3. D 4. A5. B
XII. 10 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm)
1. Mrs. Tuyet advised Nga not to lend him any more money.
2. To everyone’s surprise, Geoff left the party early.
3. It was too late to do anything.
(Or: It was too late for anything to be done.)
4. Can’t you offer a better price?
5. I used to go to church every Sunday.
6. A letter was sent to my friend in London last week.
7. I haven’t seen him since I was a student.
8. She reminded me to bring my passports with me when I went abroad.
9. Would you mind not smoking in the ward?
10. Because he was lazy, he failed the exam.
XIII. 5 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm)

1. I stayed up late last night so as to finish my homework.
2. The thick fog made it impossible for me to drive to work.
3. This is the first time Nick has been to Vietnam.
4. Mr. Lam doesn’t teach the same subject as Mr. Hai.
5. I don’t want to see him tomorrow.
XIV. 5 pts: (Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm)

1. Instead of reusing plastic bags, we should / can use cloth bags.
2. Will you have a look at the house for me while I am on holiday?
3. We hope to give more green color to the town and earn some money for our group.
4. “Friends of the Earth” is an organization to protect our planet.
5. It was brave of him to jump into the river to save the child.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 76
I. Select A, B, C or D only to indicate the word whose bold and underlined part is pronounced
differently from the rest.
1. A. looked B. watched C. stopped D. carried
2. A. bath B. father C. theater D. health
4. A. whole B. when C. where D. while
5. A. improvement B. equipment C. comment D. development
II. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following questions
6. She went to market without anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. Buying
7. she plays the piano!
8. The new shopping mall is quite the present shopping area.
9. There were flowers that I couldn’t dicide what to buy.
A. so many B. so few C. so little D. so much
10. Of my parents, my father is
A. the stricter B. the strictestC. strict D. stricter
11. Would you cleaning the floor for me?
A. like B. please C. mind D. rather
12. I’ve never seen such an interesting
13. I’m sorry. I’m not to help you lift the table.
14. I usually go to work by bus, but and then I use my motorbike
15. There are not jobs for all of us.
A. so B. such C. too D. enough
III. Complete the following questions with the correct preposition.
16. She isn’t here the moment.
17. Warm clothes protect us bad weather.
18. What do you often do weekends.
19. We haven’t seen him last month.
20. He had an accident and was taken hospital.
21. We regarded him a famous doctor.
22. You’re better ask the information desk.
23. He borrowed $ 100 his father
24. “ Hamlet” is Shakespeare.
25. Jane fell her bike and hit head on the road
IV. Fill the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided in the right column.
28. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more COMFORT
30. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very there in the fall WIND
32. During his the family lived in Cornwall CHILD
35. , dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. SUDDEN
V. Give the correct form of the verb in brackets.
36. Will you wait a minute while I (look) through the text ?
37. “ I hear you’ve bought a new house.” - “Yes, I ( move ) in next week”
38. Look at those black clouds. It ( rain)
39. The film ( begin) at 7.30 or 8.00 this evening ?
40. Mai (telephone) you when she comes back.
41. The pens ( produce ) by Thien Long Company are usually cheap and good.
42. “Do you mind if I sit here ?” – “ I ‘d rather you ( sit ) over there”
43. The price ( become ) more and more expensive these days.
44, + 45. Mr Binh ( know) how to drive a car although he ( not learn) it yet.
VI. Complete the following passage by choosing the best option, A, B, C or D.
For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea
quite terrifying, (46) flying is no more dangerous (47) any other form of travel and some experts say it
is considerably safer. It is known, however, that most accident occurs (48) taking off and landing when
a
(49) decisions are vitally important.
The people, (50) job is to look (51) the passengers, the stewards and stewardesses play
an important part in helping passengers to (52) safe and comfortable. Indeed for many passengers being
(53)
such care of is all part of the total experience. (54) other form of travel involves waiting
for people in quite the same (55) , with food, drink, newspapers, magazines, music, and even video films.
46- A. although B. too C. and D. because
47- A. than B. as C. then D. with
48- A. while B. during C. for D. through
49- A. leader’s B. chief ’s C. driver’s D. pilot’s
50- A. whose B. which C. their D. that
51- A. for B. up C. after D. round
52- A. feel B. rest C. experience D. lie
53- A. given B. kept C. shown D. taken
54- A. Any B. No C. All D. Not
55- A. way B. kind C. sort D. part
VI. Listen to the the following passage and complete the numbered blanks with one word you
hear.
When I (56) a child I used to go to (57) my grandmother. I thought her house was very
(58) as a palace and the garden seemed bigger than a park. (59) I grew up , the house
and garden seemed (60) but I still loved visiting the (61) lady. There were
so
many beautiful things in the house. Sometimes, I played (62) the doll’s house which was older than
grandmother herself. At (63) times, I looked (64) books which were (65)
interesting than my children’s book at home.
VIII. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find it by choosing A, B, C or
D.
66. Have you ever seen a painting of Picasso yet ?
A B C D
67. “ Do you think anyone saw us ?” she told
nervously. A B C D
68. The plays writing by Shakespeare are very popular in the world.
A B C D
69. The employer said that he would give them a two – day trip to Phu Tho next
week. A B C D
70. My sister is studying very hard in order to pass the exam and getting
scholarship at university. A B C
D
IX. Rewrite the sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first given.
71. Peter spent three hours repainting his house.
-> It
-> People
73. We arrived too late to see the film.
->. We didn’t
74. “Do you know to speak English?” He asked me.
->. He asked me
-> We haven’t
======== The End =======
KEYS - PRACTICE 76
I: ( 1pt), Each correct answer get 0.2pt.
1 2 3 4 5
D B A A C
II: ( 2pts) Each correct answer gets 0.2pt
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
D A A A D C C C C D
III: (2pts), Each correct answer gets 0,2 pt.
16 17 18 19 20
at from At/ on since to
21 22 23 24 25
as at from by off
IV: (3pts) . Each correct answer gets 0,3pt.
26 27 28 29 30
different pronunciation comfortable performers windy
31 32 33 34 35
unhealthy childhood successfully flights suddenly
V: (3 pts). Each correct answer gets 0,3pt.
36. am looking 41. produced

37. am going to move ( am moving) 42. sat
38. is going to rain 43. is becoming
39. Does........begin 44. knows
40. will telephone 45. hasn’t learned/ learnt
VI: (2pts) Each correct answer gets 0,2 pt.
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
A A B D A C A D B A
VII: (2pts), Each correct answer gets 0,2 pt.
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65
was to Very/as when up garden with that in more
Listening.
When I was a child I used to go to see my grandmother. I thought her house was very beautiful as a
palace and the garden seemed bigger than a park. When I grew up , the house and garden seemed
smaller but I still loved visiting the old lady. There were so many beautiful things in the house.
Sometimes, I played with the doll’s house which was older than grandmother herself. At that times, I
looked in books which were more interesting than my children’s book at home.
VIII: ( 1pt), Each correct answer get 0.2pt.
66 67 68 69 70
C D B D C
IX: (2pts) Each correct answer gets 0,5pt.
71. It took Peter 3 hours to repair his house

72. People recycle old car tires to make shoes and sandals
73. we didn’t arrive early enough to see the film
74. He asked me if I knew to speak English.

75. We haven’t met each other for 10 years.
======== The End =======

ENGLISH PRACTICE 77
B. LEXICO-GRAMMAR (4.0/10)
I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
1. A. ancient B. delicious C. participate D. special
2. A. worked B. helped C. watched D. naked
3. A. position B. bottle C. product D. opposite
4. A. tidy B. prize C. written D. final
5. A. event B. end C. market D. festival
II. Choose the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress.
1. A. decorate B. prepare C. however D. tradition
2. A. collect B. festival C. explain D. design
3. A. participate B. unsuitable C. competition D. activity
4. A. wonderful B. traditional C. arrangement D. attractive
5. A. harvest B. perform C. council D. ancient
III. Choose the best option to complete each sentence.
1. I will return you the book as soon as I reading it.
A. finishing B. finish C. finished D. will finish
2. He is getting married a famous film star this weekend.
A. with B. to C. for D. after
3. The heavy rain has caused in many parts of the country.
A. storms B. droughts C. typhoon D. floods
4. Deaf-mutes can speak hear.
A. both/ and B. either/ or C. neither/ nor D. not only/ but also
5. They from Canada to America to find work.
A. started B. demonstrated C. delivered D. emigrated
6. Doctor insists for a few days.
A that he is resting B. his resting C. him to rest D. that he rest
7. The number of cars on the road .
A. increase B. is increasing C. are going to increase D. are increasing
8. bacon and eggs every morning.
A. I am used to eat B. I used to eating C. I am used to eating D. I use to eat
9. The team really looks good tonight because the coach had them every night this week.
A. practice B. to practice C. practiced D. the practice
10. The road to the sea is very rough.
A. goes B. to go C. going D. is going
IV. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
1. Keep the cheese freshly by wrapping each one individually.
A B C D
2. What is the most important thing in really life?
A B C D
3. Da Lat is known like a city of pines, waterfalls and flowers.
A B C D
4. The river bank was covered by weed.
A B C D
5. The harder he tried the worst he danced before the large audience.
A B C D
6. A flower growing in the garden is more beautiful than a flower stood in a
vase. A B C D
7. A five - thousand - dollar reward were offered for the capture of the escaped
criminals. A B C D
8. In the mid-nineteenth century, an Englishman had someone designed a Christmas
card. A B C D
9. His illness is probably because stress.
A B C D
10. Jack asked his boss could he have a day off.
A B C D
V. Supply an appropriate form of the words in CAPITALS.
1. WEIGH Every woman nowadays seems to want to lose (1) . It has become
2. DAY almost a (2) topic of conversation.
3. END Otherwise sensible women spend hours in (3) argument about what
4. DISCUSS to eat. Newspaper articles are eagerly read and radio and TV (4)
5. AVAIL carefully listened to. There is so much information (5) it is no wonder
people get confused.
Women who are slimming can never enjoy a meal without being afraid of
6. ORGANIZE (6) their diet. And when they have lost a few pounds are they really
7. HAPPY any (7) . Is it really a fact of life that slim women are the only really (8)
8. ATTRACT ones? No, in some parts of the world a husband would be(9) to
9. SHAME be seen with a thin wife. Nevertheless, if a woman really has a slimming
10. DECIDE problem, there is only one (10) to make: Eat Less
C. READING (2.5/10)
I. Choose the most suitable answer from the four options marked A, B, C, or D to complete each of
the numbered gaps in the passage below. .
In the waters around New York City is a very small island called Liberty Island. On Liberty Island there is
a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty. It is one of the most (1) sights in the world.
The Statue of Liberty was a gift (2) the people of France to the people of the United States. The
statue was made by a French (3) named Fredric Auguste Bartholdi. The inner support system was
designed by Gustave Eiffel, the same man who made the famous Eiffel Tower in Paris.
Liberty, of course, (4) freedom, and the Statue of Liberty was given to the United States to (5)
the one-hundredth anniversary of U.S independence from England. The statue was built in France, (6)
apart piece by piece, and the rebuilt in the United States. It was opened to the (7) on October
28, 1886.
(8) you might expect, the statue is very big. Visitors can ride an elevator from the (9) to the
bottom of the statue. If they want to, they can then walk up the 168 steps to reach the head of the statue
where they can look out and enjoy the beautiful (10) of the city of New York.
1. A. well-known B. celebrated C. famous D. notorious
2. A. from B. by C. of D. for
3. A. sculpture B. sculptor C. carver D. potter
4. A. indicates B. points out C. clarifies D. means
5. A. organize B. commemorate C. celebrate D. hold
6. A. taken B. brought C. broken D. torn
7. A. humans B. crowd C. people D. public
8. A. So B. Like C. As D. Thus
9. A. surface B. ground C. soil D. level
10. A. sight B. view C. scene D. scenes
II. Complete the passage with the suitable words.
important differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this: learning how to do such
things needs lots (3) practice. It is never simply to “know” something. You must be able to “do”
things with what (4) know. For example, it is not enough simply to read a book on (5) to
fly an aeroplane. A (6) can give you lots of information about how to fly, but if only read a book
and then try to (7) without a great deal of practice first, you will crash and kill (8) .The
same is true of (9) the piano. So you think it is enough simply to read about it? Can you play the
piano without having lots of (10) first?
III. Read the following directions on medicine and ointments, and then write true (T) or false (F)
for each sentence below.
PARATECIL TABLETS
For headache, colds and influenza
Dose: (Unless told otherwise by a doctor)
Adults and children over 12 years: one to two tablets
Take the tablets three or four times daily every four hours.
Don’t continue to take the tablets for more than three days. If you do
not get better after this time, see your doctor.
Do not take more than the dose.
Keep the tablets in a safe place because they can be dangerous to young
children.
ANTI-STING
For insect bites and stings. Help to prevent pain and itching.
IMPORTANT: Use on the skin only. Rub gently on the skin two or three
times daily for up to three days. Keep out of the reach of children.
If there is no improvement within three days, see your doctor.
Write T or F:
1. Take two Paratecil tablets every four hours for up to three days.
2. Use Anti-sting for mosquito bites.
3. All adults and children with headache, cold and influenza can take one or
two Paratecil tablets.
4. You can swallow Anti-sting to help prevent pain.
5. Don’t take Paratecil tablets for longer than three days.
D. WRITING (2.5/10)
I. Complete these sentences in such a way that they remain unchanged from the original ones.
1- The last time I saw her was in 2005.

 I haven't .................................................................................................... .................................. ................................ ....................
2- He is writing a book on biology.
 A book on biology ...................................................................... .................................. ...................................... .........................
3- Going swimming in the summer is interesting.
 It ................................................................................................... .................................. ........................................ ............................
4- He was punished by his mother
 His mother.......................................................................... .................................. ............................................... ...........................
5- “Don’t play video games too much, Minh"Mr Ha said.
 Mr Ha asked ..................................................................... .................................. ............................................. ...............................
6- Tom is not as tall as Mary.
 Mary......................................................................................... .................................. ....................................... ..................................
7- How is the weather ?
What’s..................................................................................... .................................. ....................................... ....................................
8- “Please turn down the radio for me,” said my father.
 My father asked............................................................................ .................................. ........................... ......................................
9- Many trees are cut down to make paper.
 They.... .......................................................................................... .................................. .............................. .....................................
10- She cleaned the house.Then she went to the market.
 After................. ............................................................................. .................................. .................................. .................................
II. Write a passage.
Many people want to have a life in the city, others like the countryside. What is your favorite place to live?
Give some details in about 90 to 100 words to support your idea? These guidelines will help you:
- Where do you want to live? Why
- How is the life there? (The environment/people …..)
- How do people earn their living?
- How do you feel living there?
B. LEXICO-GRAMMAR (4.0/10)
I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. (0.5)
Câu 1 2 3 4 5
Đáp án C D C C C
Điểm 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
II. Choose the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress. (0.5)
Câu 1 2 3 4 5
Đáp án A B C A B
Điểm 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
III. Choose the best option to complete each sentence.(10)
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp án B B D C D D B C A C
Điểm 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
IV. Find out and correct one mistake in each line. (10)
1. B. freshly -> fresh 6. D. stood -> standing
2. D. really -> real 7. C. were offered -> was offered
3. B. like -> as 8. D. designed -> design
4. D. by -> with 9. C. because -> because of
5. B. worst -> worse 10. C. could he -> if he could
V. Use the correct form of the words in CAPITAL to complete each sentence. (10)
1. WEIGHT 2. DAILY 3. ENDLESS 4. DISCUSSIONS 5. AVAILABLE
6. DISORGANIZING 7. HAPPIER 8. ATTRACTIVE 9. ASHAMED 10. DECISION
C. READING (2.5/10)
I. Choose the most suitable answer from the four options marked A, B, C, or D to complete each of
the numbered gaps in the passage below. (10)
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. C
6. A 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. A
II. Complete the passage with the suitable words. (10)
1-learning 2-are 3-of 4-you 5-how
6-book 7-fly 8-yourself 9-playing 10-practice
III. Read the following directions on medicine and ointments, and then write true (T) or false (F)
for each sentence below. (0.5)
1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T
D. WRITING (2.5/10)
I. Complete these sentences in such a way that they remain unchanged from the original ones.
1- I have’t seen her since 2005.
2- A book on biology is being written by him.
3- It’s interesting to go swimming in the summer.
4- His mother punished him.
5- Mr Ha asked Minh not to play video game too much.
6- Mary is taller than Tom.
7- What’s weather like ?
8- My father asked me to turn down the radio for him.
9- They cut down many trees to make paper.
10- After she cleaned the house, she went to the market.
II. Write a passage
Tiêu chí Yêu cầu Điểm
Content A provision of all main ideas and details as appropriate. 0.5
Language A variety of vocabulary and structures appropriate to the level of 0.5
English language for middle-secondary school students.
Presentation Coherence, cohesion, and style appropriate to the level of English 0.5
language for middle-secondary school students.
Total: 10
ENGLISH PRACTICE 79
I. Circle the letter A, B, C or D in each sentence before the word that has the underlined
part pronounced differently from the rest. ( 1pt)
1. A. sunbathe B. write C. facsimile D. surface
2. A. lunar B. cruel C. tutor D. produce
3. A. chemistry B. headache C. character D. challenging
4. A. typhoon B. look C. afternoon D. cartoon
5. A . tradition B. question C. production D. pronunciation
II. Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences. Write your
answers in the table below(1pt)
1. It’s at least a month since…...............John.
A. I last seen B. I have last seen C. I last see D. I last saw
2. I think I’ll buy this pair of shoes. They.............me really well.
A. fit B. are fitting C. have fit D. are fitted
3. I’ll tell my uncle all the news when I.............him.
A. will see B. am going to see C. see D. shall see
4. Our neighbours are very...................on camping holidays.
A. interested B. fond C. eager D. keen
5. She kindly offered to................me the way to the station.
A. explain B. show C. direct D. describe
6. Thank you very much.................the Christmas gift .
A. of B. with C. for D. about
7. It is raining outside, and Tom brought his umbrella with him.......he wouldn’t get wet.
8. I found it difficult to eat with chopsticks. But now I................with them.
A. used to eat B. am used to eating C. use to eat D. am used to eat
9. I think Egypt is a....................country.
A. fascinate B. fascinated C. fascination D. fascinating
10. We had a party last night. I...................spend all morning clearing up the mess.
A. must have B. have been to C. have had to D. have must
ANSWERS:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
III. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences (1pt)
1. Huy makes friends very easily because he is very.................( SOCIAL)
2“The lost shoe” is one of the......................stories I like best. ( TRADITION)
3Our teacher always...........................us to work hard. (COURAGE)
4The tiger wanted to see the farmer's ............. (WISE)
5The scouts do the ................work (VOLUNTEER)
6 Bell demonstrated his invention. (SUCCESS)
7. , dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. (FORTUNATE)
8. Every day, there are two from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. (FLY)
9. Thank you for your………………...… (KIND)
10. Thomas Watson was bell’s …………… , wasn’t he? (ASSIST)
IV. Read the following passage and choose the best answer(1pt)
Footprints on the moon
Long ago a lot of people thought the moon was a god. Other people thought it was a light in the sky. And
others thought it was a big ball of cheese!
Then telescopes were made. And men saw that the moon was really another world. They wondered what
it was like. they dreamed of going there. On July 20, 1969, that dream came true. Two American men landed
on the moon. Their names were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin. The first thing the men found was that
the moon is covered with dust. The dust is so thick that the men left footprints where they walked. Those
were the first marks a living thing had ever made on the moon. And they could stay there for years and
years. There is no wind or rain to wipe them off. The two men walked on the moon for hours. They picked up
rocks to bring back to earth for study. They dug up dirt to bring back and they set up machines to find
out things people wanted to know. Then they climbed back into their moon landing craft.
Next day the landing craft roared as the two men took off from the moon. They joined Micheal Collins in
the spaceship that waited for them above the moon. Then they were off on their long trip back to earth.
Behind them they left the plains , the tall mountains of the moon and they left the machines they had set up.
Above all, they left their footprints that may last forever.
1. This story tells .....................
A. about the first men to walk on the moon.
B. how men found footprints on the moon.
C. what the men brought back from their trip to the moon.
D. who had left footprints on the moon before the two men landed there.
2. A telescope ........................
A. makes balls of light seem brighter.
B. turns the moon into another world.
C. makes many of men’s dreams come true.
D. makes faraway things seem closer.
3. The men brought rocks and dirt from the moon because..........
A. they wanted something to show they were there.
B. people wanted to use them to learn about the moon.
C. they wanted to keep them as souvenirs.
D. they might sell them to scientists.
4. The Americans’ machines will most likely stay on the moon until ..............
A. someone take them away.
B. a storm covers them with dust.
C. rain and wind destroy them.
D. they become rusty and break to pieces.
5. The next people who go to the moon most likely could ...................
A. find that the machines have disappeared.
B. leave the first set of footprints on the moon.
C. find the places where Armstrong and Aldrin walked.
D. find that dust has wiped off the two men’s footprints.
V. Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word (1pt)
We have an alarm-clock. It was ...(1)... in 1867. It was a Swiss make. My father likes ...(2)... very much
because it is a present ...(3)... Mr. Anderson, a friend of ...(4)... . Mr. Anderson ...(5).... my grandfather ...(6)... his
80th birthday. It always keeps good ...(7)... .
...(8)... to it, we never get ...(9)... late.
It has a good sound when it ...(10)... the time. It is a preciuos thing in our family.
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….
6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………
VI. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the verbs in the brackets (1pts)
1. I (give) a nice gift when I was fourteen.
2. This letter must (type) before the director leaves here for London.
3. Why you (not work)? It’s 8.30 now?
4. Look! Those dogs and cats (feed) by the little girl.
5. She said she (pick) me up at the airport the following morning.
6. Do you mind if I (use) your computer for some minutes?
7. Nothing (give) to you if you don’t obey me.
8. Would you mind if I (sit) next to you?
9. She told me (not smoke) in her room.
10. I know you have lived in this house for a long time. When your father (buy) it?
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….
6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………
VII. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the same meaning as the sentence printed before (1pt)
1. Has anyone asked you for your opinions?
Have you...................................................................................?
2. I’ll only help you if you promise to try harder.
Unless........ ....................................................................................................
3. Susan is better at mathematics than Sarah.
Sarah..... .........................................................................................................
4. It’s two months since I last had a good night’s sleep.
I ...................... ..............................................................................................
5. They’re going to built a new hospital in my home town.
A new ..........................................................................................................
6. “ I must go home before noon,” said Mrs. Nga.
Mrs. Nga .....................................................................................................
7. “ Children, don’t play soccer here,” said the old man to the
children. The old
man......... .......................................................................................
8. Ba is too short to reach the top shelf.
The top shelf.............................................................................................
9. It is difficult for Tom to anwer the questions.
Tom finds..................................................................................................
10. Let’s go out for a walk.
Why...................................................................................?
VIII. Each sentence below contains an error, underline and write the correct one in the space. 0 is
done as an example. (1pt)
0. My brother are a teacher. 0. is
1. I go to see her if I have enough time. 1.
2. It is not easy do that difficult work. 2.
3. He drove such fast that he won the race. 3.
4. I wish I can go with you to the countryside next weekend. 4.
5. When she came, I read her letter. 5
6. It’s dangerous to drive fastly in busy streets. 6.
7. The bicycle is so expensive for me to buy. 7.
8. Dave is a friend of mine. I knew him for a long time. 8.
IX. Complete the following sentences by using the suggested words. (1pts)
1. Although / Nam / I / has / quite / different / characters, we / be / close / friend .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. My grandmother / used / tell / us / folktales / when / we / small.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Lan / get / good / marks / because / she / work / hard / final exam.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Alexander Graham Bell / born / Edinburgh / Scotland / nineteenth century.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. My father / be home / before / seven / because / want / see / 7 / o’clock news.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. That / very / kind / you / help / me / this math problem.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. We / raise / funds / by / collect / waste paper / and / break / glass.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
8. What / you / do / when / I call / the phone?
…………………………………………………………………………………………
9. This work / have to / finish / before / five o’clock.
………………………………………………………………………………………
10. If / she / not invite / birthday party / I / not / go.
………………………………………………………………………………………
Câu Đáp án Điểm
I..Circle the letter A, B, C or D in each sentence before the (1,0m)
1 word that has the underlined part pronounced differently
from the rest.
1.C 0,2
2.D 0,2
3.D 0,2
4.B 0,2
5.B 0,2
2 II.Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of 1m
the following sentences. Write your answers in the
table below
1.D 0,1
2.A 0,1
3.C 0,1
4.D 0,1
5.B 0,1
6.C 0,1
7.C 0,1
8.D 0,1
9.B 0,1
10.C 0,1
III. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to 1m
3 complete sentences .
Sociable 0,1
Traditional 0,1
encourages 0,1
Wisdom 0,1
Voluntary 0,1
Successfully 0,1
Unfortunately 0,1
flights 0,1
kindness 0,1
assistant 0,1
IV. Read the following passage and choose the best answer. 1m
4
1.A 0,2
2.D 0,2
3.B 0,2
4.A 0,2
5.C 0,2
V. Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word . 1m
5
1.made 0,1
2.it 0,1
3.from 0,1
4.his 0,1
5.gave 0,1
6.on 0,1
7.time 0,1
8.thanks 0,1
9.up 0,1
10.ring 0,1
VI. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the 1m
verbs in the brackets.
1.was given 0,1
2.be typed 0,1
3.aren't you working or are you not working. 0,1
6
4.are being fed 0,1
5.would pick 0,1
6.use 0,1
7.is given 0,1
8.sat 0,1
9.not to smoke 0,1
10.did your father buy 0,1
VII. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the same meaning 1m
as the sentence printed before.
1.Have you been asked for opinions? 0,1
2.Unless you promise to try harder ,I won't help you. 0,1
3. Sarah isn't as good at Mathematics as Susan. 0,1
4.I haven't had a good night'S sleep for 2 months 0,1
7
5.A new hospital is going to be built in my home town. 0,1
6.Mrs Nga said she had to go home before noon 0,1
7. The old man asked the children not to play soccer there. 0,1
8. The top shelf is too tall for Ba to reach 0,1
9. Tom finds the question is difficult to answer 0,1
10.Why don't we go out for a walk? 0,1
VIII. Each sentence below contains an error, underline and 0,8m
8 write the correct one in the space. 0 is done as an example.
1.wll go
0,1
2.to do 0,1
3.so 0,1
4.could 0,1
5.was reading 0,1
6.fast 0,1
7.too 0,1
8.have known 0,1
IX. Complete the following sentences by using the suggested 1m
9 words.
1. Minh used to live on a farm when he was a small boy. 0,1
2. Minh used to live on a farm when he was a small boy. 0,1
3. My grandmother didn’t go to school because she had 0,1

to stay at home to help her family.
4. We didn’t use to have electricity when we lived in the 0,1

countryside.
5. She had to do the housework al day after her father 0,1

got married to a new wife.
6. When the prince found the shoe, he decided to marry 0,1

the girl who owned it
7. If arrive after half past four, the bank will be closed. 0,1
8. Mr. Cuong will be home before seven because he 0,1

wants to see the 7 o’clock news.
9. We traveled overnight to HANoi and arrived at 5 0,1

o’clock in the morning.
10. They are going to visit their home village at weekend. 0,1
………………………HẾT………………………….
ENGLISH PRACTICE 80
Question 1:
a- Choose the word whose underlined part is pronouced differently from that of the others in each
group.
1. A- thank B- than C- month D- youth
2. A- advantage B- adventure C- advertise D- addtion
3. A- main B- complain C- curtain D- entertain
4. A- good B- noon C- soon D- food
5. A- sing B- morning C- long D- angry
b- Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets:

1. When we (see) ……....................... them last night, they (sing)..........................in the hall .
2. We (wait)….......................… for you when you (get)........................back tomorrow.
3. They (not come)….......................… home until they (see)........................everything.
4. What did you think the children (do)……....................... when we (get)........................home last night?
5. I’m sure the letter won’t arrive in time unless it (send)........................by air.
Question 2 :
a- Fill each blank with correct form of the word given in capital letters.
1. He was ……...............…. when he did the test badly. HOPE
2. We started our trip on a beautiful …......…… morning. SUN
3. I enjoyed the book very much, because it was so …........…….. READ
4. What time do you …...........…….. start work ? USE
5. I really don’t think he has the ….......……. to do this job. ABLE
6. He was very ….......…. of the work he had done. PRIDE
7. Thank you for a very …….......… evening. ENJOY
8. Their ….........…. has lasted a lifetime. FRIEND
9. He cycled …............…… and had an accident. CARE
10. She has one of the biggest …….…...................in Britain. COLLECT
b- Correct the wrong form of verbs in the following sentences.

1. I enjoyed to listen to her song.
2. The breaking glass was still on the floor.
3. He walked away without to look back.
4. Most of people inviting to dinner were old friends.
5. We’re looking forward to visit London.
Question 3: Read the text below then choose the right sentence a, b, c or d.
Do you like seasons?
The four seasons in Britain are very different. Read about what Daniel and Fiona think about winter,
spring, summer and autumn.
Daniel
Autumn is very beautiful time of the year. The leaves on the trees go brown, red and yellow and they
go down. I love to watch it ! We play in the parks a lot but we wear warm clothes, because the days get cold.
School starts again in autumn, at the beginning of September. I don’t like school !
Summer is the time for me! School finishes in July and we can play in the parks all the time.
Sometimes it is very hot. People are happier and they talk with their friends and go for a walks more. The
days are very long. In July, for example, it gets dark only about 10 o’clock. It’s very difficult to go to sleep at
night!
Fiona
It’s very cold in winter! Sometimes, we have a lot of snow and we can make snowmen. I don’t like
winter because we can’t go for a walks very much. We wear thick clothes and in our house it sometimes
gets cold. When we come home from
school at 4 o’clock, it is already dark. I don’t like it at all! But there is one good thing about winter -
Chirismas!
After the long winter, sprong is great! There are new leaves on the trees and the birds start to sing.
We can go for long walks again and play in the park. The days are longer and it doesn’t get dark until about
six o’clock. It’s much warmer but it rains a lot and the days are very windy.
1. a- Daniel likes autumn because the trees are beautiful.
b- Daniel likes autumn because school starts in September.
c- Daniel doesn’t play in the park in autumn because the days are cold.
d- Daniel goes to school with great pleasure.
2. a- School in Britain finishes in May.
b- Daniel doesn’t like to meet his friends in the park in summer.
c- People in Great Britain sometimes have hot summers.
d- In July it is dark at nine.
3. a- Daniel always goes to sleep at eight in summer because the days are shorter than in winter.
b- It is always very hot in Britain in summer.
c- Daniel doesn’t like autumn at all !
d- In summer Daniel is happier than in autumn because he doesn’t go to school.
4. a- Fiona makes snowmen every day in winter.
b- Fiona likes to go for walks with her friends.
c- Fiona doesn’t like winter because it is cold in winter.
d- It never gets cold in Fiona’s house.
5. a- Winters are short in Britain.
b- Fiona comes home in the afternoon.
c- Fiona doesn’t like winter at all !
d- It never snows in Great Britain.
6. a- Fiona likes spring very much.
b- Fiona likes dark winter days.
c- It gets dark at 5 in the afternoon in spring.
d- In Great Britain it doesn’t rain much in spring.
Question 4: Complete the sentences with at / in.

1. Hamid works …….. a restaurant............Oxford.
2. We live............number 32 Redland Road now.
3. We had a wonderful week.............Madrid.
4. The accident happened because the driver didn’t stop...........the traffic lights.
5. There’s a supermarket............the end of the street.
6. We had a great fun last night...........Mick’s party.
7. Are there any fish.........this river ?
8. It’s too cold to go out. I’m staying............home tonight.
Question 5: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.

1. Quiet please! The headmaster would like to...................a few words.
2. You are late; we’ve been waiting for you.....................eight o’clock.
3...............................he is wrong, almost everyone admires him.
4. I don’t think I’ve lent you this book before,.....................I ?
5. Many people find....................difficult to give up smoking.
6. I don’t know......................to call him, Mister or Doctor.
7. We must find him,...................he is.
8. If I had today..................., I would go to the seaside.
9. Practice......................perfect.
10. The book I am talking about is that....................on the second shelf.
Question 6: Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. It isn’t necessary to finish the work today.
You don’t ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. John finally managed to get a job.
John finally succeeded ……………………………………………………………………………...………………….
3. That’s the last time I go to that restaurant.
I certainly …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. “I advise you to take a holiday,” the doctor continued.
You’d ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. If you don’t rest yourself you really will be ill.
Unless ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……
Question 1:
a- 1-B 2- D 3- C 4- A 5- D
b- 1. saw / were singing

2. will be waiting / get
3. won’t come / see
4. were doing / got
5. is sent
Question 2:
a- 1. hopeless 2. sunny 3. readable 4. usually 5. ability
6. proud 7. enjoyable 8. friendship 9. carelessly 10. collections
b- 1. enjoyed listening to
2. broken
3. without looking back
4. people invited to
5. forward to visiting
Question 3: 1- a 2- c 3- d 4- b 5- b 6- a
Question 4: 1. at / in 2. at 3. in 4. at 5. at 6. at 7. in 8.
at
Question 5:
1. say 2. since 3. Although ( Though) 4. have 5. it
6. what 7. wherever 8. off 9. makes 10. one
Question 6:
1. You don’t have to finish the work today.
2. John finally succeeded in getting a job.
3. I certainly won’t go to that restaurant any more.
4. You’d better take a holiday.
5. Unless you rest yourself you really will be ill.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 81
PART ONE: PHONOLOGY
I. Choose the word whose bold part is pronounced differently from the others in each
group. Write your answer A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
1. A. absent B. campus C. label D. relax
2. A. claimed B. walked C. laughed D. helped
3. A. there B. they C. than D. thing
4. A. hard B. honor C. house D. hand
II. Choose the word whose main stress position is placed differently from the others in each group.
Write your answer A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
1. A. finish B. revise C. prefer D. produce
2. A. purpose B. entrance C. music D. typhoon
3. A. interesting B. necessity C. pollution D. environment
4. A. excellent B. popular C. efficient D. beautiful
PART TWO: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct word or phrase to complete each of the following
sentences. Write your answer A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
1. Auld Lang Syne is a song is sung on New Year’s Eve.
A. which B. when C. whom D. where
2. Jeans are very with young people all over the world.
A. favorite B. suitable C. popular D. famous
3. Tornadoes are storms which pass overland below a thunderstorm.
A. funnel-shaped B. circle-shaped C. tropical D. Snow
4. take the train instead of the bus. It’s faster and more reliable.
A. Why not B. Why don’t C. How about D. Let’s
5. She was very tired. , she tried to finish the game.
A. Although B. So C.And D. However
6. Passover is celebrated in Israel and by all people.
A. English B. Vietnamese C. Japanese D. Jewish
7. I suggest using showers instead of baths because baths use twice showers.
A. more water than B. less water than C. As much water as D. fewer water than
8. She is a good singer. She sings .
A. beauty B. beautify C. beautiful D. beautifully
II. Choose the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets to complete each
sentences. Write your answers on your answer sheet.
1. My sister advised me this book. (to read/reading/read)
2. She said that she an English exam the following week. (had/would have/will have)
3. In 1995, a huge earthquake the city of Kobe in Japan. (strike/struck/to strike)
4. She never goes to school late, ? (does she/is she/doesn’t she)
5. Paul is not used to on the right. (drive/driving/drove)
6. 6 The authors spent 6 years his best novel. (to write/writing/wrote)
7. Little Jane to the zoo by her brother. (is often taken/often takes/has often taken)
8. What when he came to your house yesterday? (were you doing/are you doing/did you do)
9. If it tomorrow, we will go on a picnic. (not rain/will not rain/does not rain)
10. the room, he said hello to us. (Enter/Entering/To enter)
III. Fill in the blank in the following sentences with ONE suitable
preposition. Write your answers on your answer sheet.
1. Mary was very impressed the beauty of Hue.
2. What do usually have breakfast?
3. He still keeps in touch us.
4. Malaysia is divided two regions, East Malaysia and West Malaysia.
5. We’ll have a meeting 8 am and 10 am tomorrow.
PART THREE: READING
I. Fill each blank in the following passage with ONE suitable word. Write your answers on your
answer sheet.
English is a very useful language. If we (1) English, we can go to any countries we like. We will not find
it hard to make people understand (2) we want to say.. English also (3) us to increase our
knowledge as hundreds on various subjects are (4) in English everyday. It has helped to spread ideas
and knowledge to all corners of the (5) . And above all, the English language has help to build better
friendship and understanding (6) countries of the world.
II. Read the passage and decide whether the following statements are true or
false. Write your answers on your answer sheet.
May people still believe that natural resources will never be used up. Actually, the world’s resources are
limited. Nobody knows exactly how much fossil fuel is left. However, we should use them economically and
try to find out alternative source of energy. According to Professor Marvin Burnham of the England Institute
of Technology, we have to start conserving coal, oil and gas before it is too late and nuclear power is a
potential alternative.
However, many people do not approve of using nuclear power because it is dangerous. What would happen
if there were a serious nuclear accident? Radioactivity causes cancer and may badly affect many future
generations.
Therefore, while scientists are trying to find out other sources of energy, the most important thing for us to
do now is to use our natural resources as economically as we can.
1. Natural resources will never run out.
2. We don’t know exactly how much fossil fuel is left.
3. According to Professor Marvin Burnham, solar energy will be one of the alternatives to fossil fuels.
4. All people agree that nuclear power is a dangerous source of energy.

5. Radioactivity is very harmful to health.
6. Natural resources should be used as much as possible.
PART FOUR: WRITING

I. Finish the second sentence in such a way that is similar to that of the original
one. Write your answers on your answer sheet.
=> Experiments……………………………………………………….
2. “Can you lend me some money, Mary?” he asked.
=> He asked…………………………………………………………….
3. My sister has worked in the factory since 2001
=>My sister started…………………………………………………
4. I’m sorry I can’t go to the party tonight.
=> I wish…………………………………………………………………..
II. Use the suggested words to write complete sentences. Write your answers on your
answer sheet.
1. It/take/half an hour/get/home village/bus.
=> ……………………………………………………………………………
2. We/not see/him/long time.
=> ……………………………………………………………………………
PART ONE: PHONOLOGY
I. Choose the word whose bold part is pronounced differently from the others in each group.
1. C 2. A 3. D 4. B
II. Choose the word whose main stress position is placed differently from the others in each group.
1. A 2. D 3. A 4. C
PART TWO: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Choose the correct word or phrase to complete each of the following sentences.
1. A 2. C 3. A 4. D
5. D 6. D 7. C 8. D
II. Choose the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets to complete each sentences.
1. to read 2. would have 3. struck 4. does she 5. driving
6. writing 7. is often taken 8. were you doing 9. does not rain 10. Entering
III. Fill in the blank in the following sentences with ONE suitable preposition.
1. by 2. for 3. with 4. into 5. between
PART THREE: READING

I. Fill each blank in the following passage with ONE suitable word. Write your answers on your answer sheet. (1.5pts)
1. learn 2. what 3. helps 4.written 5.world 6. among
II. Read the passage and decide whether the following statements are true or false.
1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. F
PART FOUR: WRITING

I. Finish the second sentence in such a way that is similar to that of the original one.
1. Experiments should be stopped on animals.
2. He asked Mary to lend him some money.
3. My sister started working in the factory in 2001.
4. I wish I could go to the party tonight.
II. Use the suggested words to write complete sentences.

1. It takes me half an hour to get my home village by bus.
2. We have not seen him for a long time.

ENGLISH PRACTICE 84
PART TWO: PHONETICS
I. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D: (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
11. A. ancient B. delicious C. participate D. special
12. A. worked B. helped C. watched D. naked
13. A. position B. bottle C. product D. opposite
14. A. tidy B. prize C. written D. final
15. A. event B. end C. market D. festival
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
16. A. decorate B. prepare C. however D. tradition
17. A. collect B. festival C. explain D. design
18. A. participate B. unsuitable C. competition D. activity
19. A. wonderful B. traditional C. arrangement D. attractive
20. A. harvest B. perform C. council D. ancient
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (15 ¿ 0,2=3,0 pts)
21. Last summer we went on a three-............tour including San Francisco, Los Angles and Las Vegas.
A. centers B. cities C. towns D. center

22. Why did you lend him that book? I........................it.
A. am still reading B. was still reading

C. still read D. still reading
23. On the island of Alcatraz, there is a famous......................, where criminals are kept.
A. house B. flat C. accommodation D. prison

24. When you have a blister, prick it with a very clean.............and then put a plaster on it.
A. needle B. scissors C. stick D. knife

25. Trucks and trains are used to carry farm................to the city.
A. products B. production C. work D. cottage

26....................................................................Most of the goods in this factory are exported.
A. make B. making C. made D. to make
27. Some of the new horror movies are....................because they are so realistic.
A. frightening B. frighten C. frightened D. being frightened
28. When I arrived, there was a big red car..................outside the house.
A. park B. parked C. parking D. parks
29. A numbers of questions were...................in the discussion..
A. raised B. made C. done D. found
30. Soft ducks feathers...................to make pillows.
A. will be used B. are used
C.are going to be used D. are using
31. We spent a week.........................our house.
A. repaint B. to repaint C. repainted D. repainting
32. After………….……. the conditions I decided.................for the competition.

A. hearing/not B. hear / not enter C. to hear/ not to D. hearing/ not to
entering enter enter
33. The only man-made.....................can be seen from the Moon is the Great Wall of China.
A. house B. building C. structure D. sky scraper
34. The teacher was very strict. Nobody dared................during his lesson.
A. talk B. to talk C. talking D. talked
35. Harry said to Mary, “Do you have time to help me?”
Harry asked Mary...............................time to help him.
A. does she have B. if she has C. did she have D. if she had
II. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (7 ¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)
36. He went to England...........order to learn English.
37. Thank you................your letter of invitation.
38. When I don’t know the meaning of a word I look it............in the dictionary.
39. Life in the countryside is always a struggle...............nature.
40. You have to keep all dangerous objects...............children’s reach.
41. The headmaster was ill so David went...............his place.
42. This text is too long I can’t learn it.............heart.
III. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters: (7 ¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)
43. I think.....................games are good for our health. (DOOR)

44. Pedestrians should walk on the ………………, not in the street. (WALK)
45. Tam and I played for the school football team. We were …………………. (TEAM)
46. Our school has been making.....................for the upcoming sports contests. (PREPARE)
47. A special chemical is used to ………………..the wood pulp. (WHITE)
48. To play computer games all day is an …………….…….habit. (HEALTH)
49. Can you see any …………………between these two calculators? (DIFFERENT)
IV. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (6 ¿ 0,2=1,2 pts)
50. The river Nile (flow)....................into the Mediterranean sea.

51. The river (flow)........................very fast today, much faster than usual.
52. Can you help (do).....................the washing up?- I hate it.
53. The gate (lock).......................at 6.30 pm every day.
54. When we met Binh and Huong yesterday, we (walk).............................through the park.
55. Your poem should (write).....................in English.
PART FOUR: READING
I. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
Are you “green” enough?
Thanks (56)...............the Internet,we are now living in a global village. We have more information about
other countries (57) ……………….ever before. We know as much about the situation in Africa (58)
………………….in the USA, pollution which (59)..................in one country will affect other countries, too.
For example, nuclear power is not dangerous only for one country (60)…………………is an international
problem. If we do not take action soon, the possibility of a nuclear (61)......................is very real. We should
all recycle our (62)……………….not hope “green” people will do it for us. Some people think (63)
………………..resouces will go on forever, but they (64)………………… . We all have an obligation (65)
….................our environment.
56. A. to B. for C. of D. from
57. A. as B. than C. more D. all
58. A. than B. as well C. as D. more than
59. A. produces B. producing C. is produce D. is produced
60. A. but B. and C. or D. so
61. A. event B. happening C. disaster D. incident

62. A. rubbish B. garbage C. waste D. all are correct
63. A. nature B. natural C. man-made D. artificial
64. A. will B. shan’t C. won’t D. may
65. A. to protect B. protect C. protecting D. protected
II. There is a mistake in each following sentence. Find and correct it:
(5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)
Eg: 0. I haven’t saw my grandmother for two years. 0/ seen
66. The explanation that our teacher gave us was different than the
A B
66. ->
one you gave us.
C D
67. Almost everyone has heard the more famous Olympic saying
A
67. ->
“Stronger, Higher, Faster”.
B C D
68. I strongly believe that friends plays a very important role in
A B C
68. ->
our life.
69. It is a festival in which people have their bulls to fight against
A B C D 69. ->
each other.
70. If I am Trang, I would be very angry with you.

70. ->
A B C D
III. Read the passage and fill the suitable words in the blank: (10 ¿ 0,2=2 pts)
As a student I have to learn a lot of subjects and English is one of them. We have English lessons (71)
…………………Tuesday and Friday mornings. My English class (72)………………..very big with 50 students (73)
……………….different cities in Viet Nam. My teacher often gives us a lot of homework so I try (74)...................it
carefully before I go to class. In class, I listen to the teacher attentively, answer the teacher’s (75)
……………………..in English and practise English (76)…………………my classmates. I think (77)...................isn’t
easy to learn English because you speak it in one way and write it in the (78)......................way. That is why
at first I found it difficult to learn English. But day after day, thanks (79)...................our teacher’s help and
my great effort, I have made some progress in my English now and I hope that one day I can read English
books in the originals and communicate (80).......................English well.
PART FIVE: WRITING

I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences: (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)
81. protect/can/the/fruit/life/and/vegetables/shelf/Packaging/of/some/.
…………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………82.
be/for/drinks/bottles/and/shampoo/starting/used/plastic/is/for/a/to/range/of/Recycled/.
…………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………83.
in/saves/Using/manufacture/of/material/energy/considerable/less/the/amounts/.
…………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
84. The/more/that/we/manufacturers/refills/will/more/likely/it/is/use/the/range/increase/the/.
…………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…................................................................................................................85.for/the/Recycling/materials/
natural/helps/important/raw/and/conserve/future/habitats/ protects/.
…………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………II. Complete the second sentence,
using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. Do not
change the words given in any way: (5 ¿ 0,4=2,0 p)
86. We had to wait two hours for Donald.
-> Donald kept……………………………………………..………….............................................................................……………………..
87. “Have you been out at all this evening, Mr. Johnson?” The detective asked.
-> The detective wanted to find out.....……………………...............................................................…………………......................
88. Does he know enough French to work as a translator?
-> Is his..............................................................................................................................................................?
89. A Spanish architect designed our house.
-> Our house……………………………… .................................................................................................................................................
90. This is my first visit to Hue, the ancient capital city in Viet Nam.
-> This is the first time……………………..…………………….….................................................................…………………………..
III. Write a thank-you letter about 100 - 120 words to your friend. Invite your friend to go
to somewhere. Arrange to contact your friend:
(don’t show your name, your school or your village): (2.0pts)

The end
PART TWO: PHONETICS

I. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D. (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
11. C. participate
12. D. naked
13. C. product
14. C. written
15. C. market
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
16. A. decorate
17. B. festival
18. C. competition
19. A. wonderful
20. B. perform
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (15 ¿ 0,2=3,0 pts)
21 – D. center 22 - A. was still 23 – D. prison 24 – A. needle 25 – A. products

reading
26 – C. made 27 – A. frightening 28 – C. parking 29 – A. raised 30 – B. are used
31 – D. repainting 32 – D. hearing / 33 – C. 34 – B. to talk 35 – D. if she had

not to enter structure
II. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (7 ¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)
36 - in 37 - for 38 - up 39 - with 40 – out of 41 - in 42 - by

III. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the
following sentences. (7 ¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)
43. outdoor 44. sidewalk 45. teammates 46. preparations
47. whiten 48. unhealthy 49. differences
IV. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (6 ¿ 0,2=1,2 pts)
50 51 52 53 54 55
flows is flowing doing is locked were walking be written
PART FOUR: READING

I. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
56 - A. to 57 – B. than 58 – C. as 59 – D. is 60 – A. but
produced
61 - C. disaster 62 – D. all are 63 - B. natural 64 – C. won’t 65 - A. to protect
correct
II. There is a mistake in each following sentence. Find and correct it:
(5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)
66. B. than -> from 67.A. the more -> the most 68.B. plays -> play
69. D. to fight -> fight 70. A. am -> were
III. Read the passage and fill the suitable words in the blank: (10 ¿ 0,2=2 pts)
71. on 72. is 73. from 74. to do 75. questions
76. with 77. it 78. other 79. to 80. in
PART FIVE: WRITING

I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)
81. Packaging can protect the shelf life of some fruit and vegetables.
82. Recycled plastic is starting to be used for a range of bottles for drinks, milk and shampoo.
83. Using less material in the manufacture of cans saves considerable amounts of energy.
84. The more we use refills the more likely it is that manufacturers will increase the range.
85. Recycling helps conserve important raw materials and protects natural habitats for the future.
II. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence. Do not change the words given in any way. (5 ¿ 0,4=2,0 pts)
86. Donald kept us waiting two hours.
87. The detective wanted to find out if/whether Mr.Johnson had been out at all that evening.
88. Is his knowledge of French good enough for him to work as a translator?
89. Our house was designed by a Spanish architect.
90. This is the first time I have visited Hue, the ancient capital city in Viet Nam.
III. . Write a thank-you letter about 100 - 120 words to your friend. Invite your friend to go
to somewhere. Arrange to contact your friend:
(don’t show your name, your school or your village): (2.0 pts)
- Nội dung (content): 0.5 điểm
- Từ vựng (vocabulary): 0.5 điểm
- Ngữ pháp (grammar): 0.5 điểm
- Tính mạch lạc và trôi chảy (coherence and cohesion) + độ dài (length): 0.5 điểm
- Sai dưới 4 lỗi không trừ điểm.
- Sai trên 4 lỗi, hoặc sai những lỗi nặng trừ 0.5 điểm/1 lỗi.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 85
I. Circle the letter A, B, C or D before the word in each group that has the underlined part
pronounced differently from the rest. (1,25pts)
1. A. promised B. hopped C. booked D. burned
2. A. though B. ought C. thought D. bought
3. A. hard B. carry C. card D. yard
4. A. try B. why C. heavy D. dry
5. A. cool B. food C. look D. flood
II. Circle A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences . (5,75pts)
1. The teacher told him up late.
A. to not stay B. to stay not C. to stay not D. not to stay
2. My father is good at English.
A. speaking B. spoken C. speak D. to speak
3. We are all that you passed your English exam. Congratulation!
A. relieved B. afraid C. delighted D. certain
4. “ to come and have dinner with us?” “I’d love to but I’m very busy”.
A. would you mind B. could you please C. Would you like D. Do you enjoy
5. I am very in the information you have given me.
A. concerned B. interested C. surprised D. worried
6. Can you tell me where ?
A. she does B. does she C. she is D. is she
7. You have to work for the coming exam.
A. hardly B. more hardly C. more hard D. hard
8. I saw her the flowers in the garden.
A. watering B. watered C. be watered D. is watering
9. They had their luggage by the porter.
A. carry B. carrying C. to carry D. carried
10. She often spends her weekend through pleasant open countryside.
A. travel B. traveling C. to travel D. to
traveling 11- My brother is studying hard......pass the exam.
A. for B. in order to C. so to D. so that
12- We have studied................seven o'clock.
A. for B. at C. since D. to
13- He was born in England. English is his .................................
A. mother tongue B. first language
C. foreign language D. A and B are correct
14- It's dangerous......................in this river.
A. swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swam
15........................to America yet ?
A. Were you B. Have you ever been C.Were you been D. Are you
16- The boy was...................by the dog
A. bite B. bit..... C. bited D. bitten
17- My father used...................me to school.
A. took B. taking C. to take D. take
18- Would you mind................for a few minutes?
A. to wait B. waiting C. wait D. be waiting
19. My aunt speaks English very ................................
A. good B. well C. goodly D. best
20. We have math on Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday; It means we have math.........a week.
A. once B. twice C. three times D. four times
21. Lan promises to........................her best in learning English.
A. try B. make C. work D. learn
22. The manager asked me........................for him outside his office.
23. She hasn’t written to me ........................................
A. already B. yet C. never D. any longer
III. Give the correct form of the bold words in parentheses. (2,5pts)
1. This book has a lot of information. It’s very . (use)
2. You’ll meet the tour guide on your at the hotel. (arrive)
3. Our post is delivered except for Saturday ( day)
4. Ha Long Bay was by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site. (recognition)
5. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more . (comfort)
6. His parents are very of him. (pride)
7. “The lost shoes” is one of the stories I like best. (tradition)
8. The from Hanoi to London was delayed in two hours. (fly)
9. I’m sure that I have connected the printer . (proper)
10. Each of my friends has a character. (differ)
IV. Each sentence below contains an error, underline and write the correct one in the space. 0 is
done as an example. (2pts)
0. My brother are a teacher. 0. is
1. I go to see her if I have enough time. 1.
2. It is not easy do that difficult work. 2.
3. He drove such fast that he won the race. 3.
4. I wish I can go with you to the countryside next weekend. 4.
5. When she came, I read her letter. 5
6. It’s dangerous to drive fastly in busy streets. 6.
7. The bicycle is so expensive for me to buy. 7.
8. Dave is a friend of mine. I knew him for a long time. 8.
V. Give the correct form of the bold verbs in parentheses. (2pts)
1. The dictionaries (1. buy ) yesterday.
2. While my mother and I (2. watch ) a film on T V last night, our
aunt in the USA (3. phone ).
3. My friend (4. not/visit ) me since he (5. move _________) to another town.
4. We (6. already/ finish ) our work.
5. My English (7. get ) better and better.
6. You should practise (8. speak ) English everyday.
7. How long________you (9. wait ) for me?
8. It was a nice day, so we decided (10. go ) for a walk.
VI- Complete the following sentences based on the given cues.(2pts)
1- How long / it / take you / get / school ?
.....................................................................................................................................
2- He / not interested / buy / new / house.
.....................................................................................................................................
3- I / play badminton / Nam / when / my friends / come.
.....................................................................................................................................
4- I / bored / doing / same thing / day after day.
.....................................................................................................................................
5- Marie Curie / born / Poland / 1867
.....................................................................................................................................
6- We ought / use/ cloth bags/ instead / reuse/ plastic bags.
.....................................................................................................................................
7- We / have / wonderful/ time / moment / SaPa.
.....................................................................................................................................
8- Could / give me / information ?
.....................................................................................................................................
VII. Read the passage then answer the questions below.(2pts)
Nam moved to this neighborhood last year. Nam and his family lived in a big city before coming here. On the
first days, he didn’t like the life in the country because there was not much to do.
However, after a short time he has changed his mind. He now likes his new neighborhood very much because the air
is fresh, the food is delicious and the people are friendly. There are a lot of things he can do in his free time such as
going swimming, going fishing, going boating. He doesn’t want to live in a big city anymore.
1. When did Nam move to this neighborhood?
....................................................................................................................................
2. Did he like the life in the country on the first days?
......................................................................................................................................
3. Why does he like his neighborhood now?
......................................................................................................................................
4. Does he want to live in a big city now?
.....................................................................................................................................
VIII. Complete the 2nd sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the fist (2,5pts).
1. The children are too young to be in class 6.
→The children are not....................................................................................................
2. "Eat more fruits and vegetables", the doctor said to her
→The doctor told............................................................................................................
3. We began to study English 5 years ago.
.We have ...................................................................................................................
4 “Can you wait for me here, Jerry?”
Tom told......................................................................................................................
5. A dog is bigger than a cat.
 A cat isn’t as..............................................................................................................
6. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink it.
 The coffee is too .......................................................................................................
7. The ladder isn’t very long. It doesn’t reach the window.
 The ladder ....................................................................................................................
8. The weather was fine. We could go camping.
 The weather .............................................................................................................
9. I often went boating when I was young.
 I used to..........................................................................................................................
10. We built this house in 1975.
This house ....................................................................................................................
I. Chän tõ mµ phÇn g¹ch ch©n cã çch ph¸t ©m kh¸c víi çc tõ
cßn l¹i. (1.25 ®iÓm = 0.25®iÓm/1®¸p ¸n ®óng)
1.D 2. A 3. B 4.C 5.D
II. Chän ®¸p ¸n ®óng nhÊt ®Ó hoµn thµnh c©u (5.75 ®iÓm- 0.25
®iÓm /1®¸p ¸n ®óng)
1. D 2.A 3.C 4.C 5.B 6.C 7.D
8.A 9.D 10.B 11.B 12.C 13.D 14.B
15.B 16.D 17.C 18.B 19.B 20.C 21.A
22.C 23.B
III. Cho d¹ng ®óng cña tõ trong ngoÆc (2.5 ®iÓm- 0,2 ®iÓm/1 ®¸p ¸n
®óng)
1. useful 2. arrival 3. daily 4. recognized 5. comfortable
6. proud 7. traditional 8. flight 9.property 10. different
IV. Trong mỗi câu có 1 lỗi sai, gạch chân và viết đáp án đúng. (2 ®iÓm- 0.25 ®iÓm/1
®¸p ¸n ®óng)
1. go  will go 5. read  was reading
2. do  to do 6. fastly  fast
3. such  so 7. so  too
4. can  could 8. knew  have known

V. Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. (2 ®iÓm- 0.25 ®iÓm/1 ®¸p ¸n ®óng)
1. were bought 2. were watching 3. was phoning 4. hasn’t visited
5. moved 6. have already finished 7. is getting 8. speaking
9. have – waited 10. to go
VI. Dïng tõ gîi ý viÕt thµnh c©u hoµn chØnh. (2®iÓm- 0,25 ®iÓm/1
®¸p ¸n ®óng)
1- How long does it take you to get to the school ?

2- He is not interested in buying a new house.
3- I was playing badminton when my friends came.
4- I am bored with doing the same thing day after day.
5- Marie Curie was born in Poland in 1867.
6- We ought to use cloth bags instead of reusing plastic bags.
7- We are having a wonderful holiday at the moment in Sapa.
8- Could you give me some information ?
VII. Đọc đoạn văn rồi trả lời câu hỏi. (2®iÓm- 0.5 ®iÓm/1 ®¸p ¸n ®óng)
1. He / Nam moved to this neighborhood last year.

2. No, he didn’t.
3. Because the air is fresh, the food is delicious and the people are friendly.
4. No, he doesn’t.
VIII. ViÕt l¹i çc c©u sau sao cho nghÜa kh«ng ®æi. (2.5®iÓm- 0.25
®iÓm/1 ®¸p ¸n ®óng)
1. The children are not old enough to be in class 6.

2. The doctor told her to eat more fruits and vegetables.
3. We have studied English for 5 years.
4. Tom told Jerry to wait for him there.
5. A cat is not as big as a dog.
6. The coffe is too hot for me to drink.
7. The ladder is not long enough to reach the window. Or The ladder is too short to
reach the window.
8. The weather was so fine that we could go camping./ The weather was too fine for us
to go camping. / The weather was fine enough for us to go camping.
9. I used to go boating when I was young./ I used to boat when I was young.
10. This house was built by us in 1975. Or This house was built in 1975 by us.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 86
I/ LANGUAGE FOCUS:
Part 1. Choose and circle the word (A, B, C, or D) that best completes each sentence: (4pts)
1. The weather is warm enough for us
A. going out B. to going out C. go out D. to go out
2. Bell started with ways of transmitting speech.
A. experiment B. experimenting C. to experimenting D. experimented
3. She is too to speak and laugh in front of other people.
A. shy B. active C. humor D. interested
4. He finally the decision to go abroad.
A. came up B. came C. came with D. came up with
5. The women sang the song
A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beautifuly
6. There is on TV tonight.
A. an action movie interesting B. a action movie interesting
C. a interesting action movie D. an interesting action movie
7. Tell me
A. why do you like coffee and bread?
B. why you like coffee and bread.
C. why do you like coffee and bread.
D. why you like coffee and bread?
8. What is Mary doing, mom? – She is looking at in the mirror.
A. her B. hers C. she herself D. herself
9. I can’t remember when I was young.
A. what life was like B. how life was like
C. what life was D. how life was
10. He was a Scotsman although he later Canada.
A. moved B. emigrated to C. lived to D. born in
11. Mary used to do all the chores still ten years old.
A. when she is B. because she is
C. when she was D. because she was
12. She is speaking because she is having a sore throat.
A. soft B. softly C. well D. fast
13. Could you me a favor? – How can I help?
A. give B. make C. do D. bring
14. How long here? – Since last year.
A. do you live B. did you live
C. have you live D. have you lived
15. The rope is the snake.
A. as long as B. long than C. so long as D. is much longer
16. Can I speak to Mary, please? – Please .
A. wait the phone B. hold on C. stay there a minuteD. keep the phone
17. TV is bringing not only information entertainment.
A. and also B. and C. but also D. also but
18. Let’s go home now. It’s and darker.
A. darker B. was darker C. gets darker D. getting darker
19. My mother believes that my brother is than me.
A. well B. better C. best D. good
20. I don’t want much sugar in my coffee. Just please.
A. a little B. little C. few D. a few
Part 2. Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one: (2pts)
1. The tickets can be bought on line.
2. She is so short that she can not reach the top of the wardrobe.
3. Peter and Mark are excellent soccer players.
4. Tom said to Jane: “Can you help me with my pronunciation?”
5. She is a good English speaker.
6. It isn’t safe to climb high mountains alone in the winter.
7. Tom started learning English in 1990.
8. He last met my sister last summer.
9. Hue is not as big as Ho Chi Minh City.
10. How long have you studied medicine?
Part 3. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals. (2pts)
1. Sugar is not an food because we need it to live. HEALTH
2. The nurse wanted to know Nga’s and weight. HIGH
3. Mr. Hung has a very tooth. PAIN
4. Last year Mr. Hoang drove very . CARE
5. This room is very . COMFORT
7. More and more young people want a university . EDUCATE
8. When I go to the library, I sit and read about things. WONDER
9. The most popular at recess is talking. ACT
10. A fairy appeared and changed her old clothes. MAGIC
Part 4. Each line of the following passage contains one mistake. Correct the mistake and write
your answers in the space provided: (2pts)
Ex: I haven’t saw your brother for two months. 0. seen

Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer holiday. He 1.
traveled with him schoolmates to a mountainous area in Hoa Binh 2.
Province. They gone there to help make a road through a forest among 3.
two villages. “It was very difficult because there had no water to drink 4.
and no shops where we could bought food,” said Nam. “It was also very 5.
cold and wet in the mountains. It is one of the wetter places in the 6.
country.” Nam stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard work, 7.
but he says it was the best thing he has ever did. He is hoping to return 8.
next year to do any more work there. 9.
10.
Part 5. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each space: (2pts)
his died other story novel
leaving by most family wrote
One of the first novels in the history of literature was written in England in 1719. It was Robinson Crusoe
(1) Daniel Defoe.
Daniel Defoe was born in London in the (2) of a reach man. When Daniel was a schoolboy, he
began to write stories. After (3) school he worked in his father’s shop and (4)
articles for newspapers. Defoe visited many countries and met many people. That helped him much in
(5) writings.
In 1719, when Defoe was sixty years old, he wrote the (6) Robinson Crusoe which made him
famous. Defoe used in his book a true (7) about a sailor who lived on an island for four years.
Robinson Crusoe in Defoe’s novel lived on an island for twenty-eight years. People liked the novel in
England and in many (8) countries. Daniel Defoe wrote other books but his novel Robinson
Crusoe is the (9) famous. Defoe was not a rich man where he (10) in 1731.
I/ READ:
Part 1. Read and answer the questions: (2pts)
Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others
are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others studies by themselves. A few learn English
just by hearing the language in film, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not many are
lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language.
Learning other language! Learning English! Why do all these people want to learn English? It is not
difficult to answer that question. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their
subjects. They study their own language and Math…and English. (In England or America or Australia
many boys and girls study their own language, which is English and Math and other language, perhaps
French or German or Spanish)
Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their
higher studies because of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people learn
English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.
Answer the questions:
1. According to the writer, who learns English?
2. Where do the students learn English?
3. Is it easy to answer the question “Why do all these people learn English?”?
4. Why do teenagers learn English?
5. According to you, why do you learn English?
Part 2. Read the passage below and write T if it is true and F if it is false for the following
sentences: (2pts)
Even before it is born, a baby has small teeth under its gums. At about the age of six months, its first
tooth starts to grow. Before the young child is three years old, it has twenty small teeth. Between the
ages of six and twelve a second set of teeth form in the gum below the first teeth and push them out.
1. A baby has teeth under its gums even before its birth.
2. A baby’s first tooth appears as soon as it is born.
3. Three-years-old child has twenty tiny teeth.
4. A child’s second set of teeth appear before it is six years old.
5. A child’s second teeth begin to grow while the child still has its first teeth.
III. WRITE:
Write a paragraph (about 100 words) about your neighborhood: (4pts)
These questions may help you.
Where do you live?
What does your house look like?
What can you see from your bedroom window?
How far is it from your home to school?
How do you get to school?
What are there in your neighborhood?
What things in your neighborhood do you like best? Why?
What do you think about your neighborhood?
THE END
(Good luck to you)
I. LANGUAGE FOCUS:
Part 1: (4pts) Mỗi đáp án đúng 0,2 điểm
1. D 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. B
11. C 12. B 13. C 14. D 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. D 19. B 20. A
Part 2. (2pts) Mỗi đáp án đúng 0,2 đỉêm
1. You can buy the tickets on line.
2. She is not told enough to reach the top of the wardrobe
3. Peter and Mark play soccer excellently.
4. Tom asked Jane to help him with his pronunciation
5. She speaks English well.
6. To climb high mountains alone in the winter is not safe
7. Tom has learned English since 1990.
8. He hasn’t seen my sister since last summer.
9. Ho Chi Minh City is bigger than Hue.
10. When did you start to study medicine?
Part 3: (2ms) Mỗi câu đúng 0,2 điểm
1. unhealthy 2. height 3. painful 4. carefully 5. comfortable
6. pronunciation 7. education 8. wonderful 9. activity 10. magically
1. interested 2. him 3. gone 4. among 5. had
6. bought 7. wetter 8. since 9. did 10. any
1. by 2. family 3. leaving 4. wrote 5. his
6. novel 7. story 8. other 9. most 10. died
II. READING: (4pts)
Part 1. (2pts) Mỗi đáp án đúng 0,4 điểm
1. According to the writer, young children, teenagers and adults learn English.
2. Some learn at school, others studies by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the
language in film, on television, in the office or among their friends.
3. Yes, it is.
4. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies because of their books are in English at the
college or university.
5. I learn English because it is one of my subjects at school...
Part 2. (2pts) Mỗi đáp án đúng 0,4 điểm
1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T
III. WRITING: (4pts)
Câu không mắc lỗi ngữ pháp cơ bản, sử dụng từ vựng tốt, ý hay, phong phú, biểu đạt được nội dung
liên quan chặt chẻ với chủ đề đạt điểm tối đa.
Tùy theo chất lượng từng bài làm mà giám khảo có thể cho theo thang điểm 0,5; 1; 1,5; 2; 2,5; 3; 3,5;
4.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 87
PART II. PHONETICS
Choose one word that has a different stress position from the others. Identify your answer by writing
the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
1. A. cartoon B. open C. paper D. answer
2. A. computer B. shortage C. village D. teacher
3. A. important B. community C. organize D. diseases
4. A. education B. geography C. occupation D. information
5. A. relative B. cinema C. continue D. suddenly
PART III. LEXICAL – GRAMMAR
I. Choose from the four options given (marked A, B, C and D) one best answer to complete each
sentence.
1. Your hair is long. It needs .......................
A. cut B. cutting C. to cut D. had cut
2. You...................forget what I told you. It is very important.
A. must B. have to C. can't D. mustn't
3. I think it's high time for the children...................to bed .
A. go B. went C. going D. to go
4. You have never been to Ha Noi,...................?
A. haven't you B. did you C. didn't you D. have you
5. I have a...................sister.
A. seven years old B. seven-years - old C. seven- year - old D. seven year olds
6. I'd rather you...................that.
A. do B. don't do C. won't do D. didn't do
7. We are now wet. You...................the raincoats with you.
A. should bring B. should have brought C. must bring D. have to bring
8. They are looking forward...................Tet holiday.

A. to have B. having C. to having D. have
9. That was a...................ceremony.

A. prepared-well B. prepare-well C. well-prepared D. well-prepare
10. I object to...................like this.
A. be treating B. treating C. being treated D. have been treated
11. My mother often gives me advice...................water.
A. to save B. how to save C. on how to save D. with how to save
12. My dog as well as my cats...................twice a day.
A. eat B. eats C. has eaten D. have eaten
13. Do it right now,...................?
A. do you B. aren’t you C. will you D. don’t you
14. We’ll go out as soon as it...................raining.
A. has stopped B. is stopping C. stop D. will stop
15. Take this cake and cut it into eight...................pieces.
A. same B. like C. alike D. equal
II. Fill in each gap in each sentence with the correct form of the word in capital letters.
1. After many years of failure, Edison finally......in inventing the light bulb. SUCCESS
2. The accident happens because of driving...... CARE
3. He believed in his ......to jump down from the fourth storey without getting hurt. ABLE
4. You must pass the ......exam to attend the course. WRITE
5. Many people like him because of his ...... GENEROUS
6. The media help increase the ......of sports and games. POPULAR
7. The ......of forests has brought about floods recently. DESTROY
8. An ......man has stolen all our money. KNOW
9. The ......of this factory are widely consumed in this country. PRODUCE
10. Viet Nam declared its ......on September 2nd 1945. DEPEND
III. There are ten mistakes in this paragraph. Find them out and correct them.
Line 1 Summer in England is the better season of all. The sky is clear and blue. The
Line 2 sun shines brightly. But it is not pleasant to go out at noon because of the sun
Line 3 dazzles our eyes. The air is generally dry. It is very pleasant taking a walk in
Line 4 the morning when the country is cool, or again on the evening when the
Line 5 sunshine is not so heat, and the moon raises above the horizon. How beauty it
Line 6 is in summer in the countryside. There high in the sky, there has the moon
Line 7 which sheds it’s silver light together with thousand of little stars twinkling and
Line 8 twinkling.
PART IV. READING
I. Read the following passage then choose the best answer from the four options (marked A, B, C and
D) to complete the numbered blanks in the passage.
LEARNING HOW TO LEARN

There is usually one important (1).............missing from most school timetables. Very few students are (2)
................ how to organize their learning and how to (3)..............the best use of their time. Let’s take some simple
examples. Do you know how to (4)..........up words in the dictionary?, and do you understand all the information
the dictionary contains? Can you (5) ..................... notes quickly, and can you understand them (6).............? For some
reason, many schools give learners no help with these matters. Teachers ask students to (7)................pages from
books, or tell them to write ten pages, but don’t explain (8)...............to do it. Learning by heart can be useful, but it
is important to have a genuine (9) ………..…… of a subject. You can (10)................a lot of time memorizing books,
without understanding anything about the subject!
1. A. theme B. book C. subject D. mark
2. A. taught B. learnt C. educated D. graduated
3. A. take B. give C. get D. make
4. A. find B. look C. research D. get
5. A. do B. send C. take D. revise
6. A. after B. afterwards C. lastly D. at last
7. A. concentrate B. remind C. forget D. memorize
8. A. how B. what C. why D. it
9. A. information B. success C. understanding D. attention
10. A pass B. waste C. tell D. use
II. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space.
Computers play an important role in our everyday lives, sometimes without us even realizing it. Consider
the use (1) computers in both shops and offices. Big shops especially chain stores with branches all over
the country, have to deal with very large amounts of information.
They have to make (2) that there are enough goods on the shelves for customers to buy; they need to be
(3) to re-order before stocks (4) out, to decide which things are selling well and (5) on. All
these processes (6) performed quickly and efficiently bycomputers.
A (7) of office work in the past involved information on paper. (8) it had been dealt with by
people, the paper was put (9) for future reference. This way of working was (10) particularly easy
or fast. A computerized system is much more efficient.
III. Read the following passage carefully and choose the best answer to each question.
The culture of Vietnam is one of the oldest in the Southeast Asia region. Although Vietnam lies
geographically in Southeast Asia, long periods of Chinese domination and influence has resulted in the emergence
of many East Asian characteristics in Vietnamese culture, and generally Vietnam is said to be a part of the East
Asian cultural sphere, known widely as Chinese cultural sphere.
Despite considerable foreign influence, Vietnamese people have managed to retain many
distinct customs. While Chinese culture has the largest influence on traditional Vietnamese culture,
there is also a much smaller influence from the Cham and later Western cultures, most notably of
France, Russia and the United States. In term of prehistory, most Vietnamese historians consider the
ancient Dong Son Culture to be one of the defining aspects of early Vietnamese civilization.
Vietnam’s population in 2006 was 84,402,966, with a population density of 253 people per km2.
Most people live in or near the densely populous Red River or Mekong deltas. Due to the nation’s
southward expansion throughout its history, along with the different climate and environment met by the
settlers as they moved further south, slightly different regional cultures began to emerge, most notably
between Northern and Southern Vietnam.
1. The culture of Vietnam .
A. is the youngest in Asia B. does not get any Asian characteristics
C. was influenced by that of China D. was greatly dominated by that of Western
2. Which culture has not affected the Vietnamese one?
A. Of the United States B. Of the United Kingdom
C. Of Russia D. Of France
3. Vietnamese people .
A. cannot keep their own culture in their daily life
B. have many diverse nation customs
C. highly appreciate the Western influence on their culture
D. failed to retain the native customs
4. Through history, Vietnam expended to the .
A. south B. north C. east D. west
5. Which statement is true?
A. The North and the South of Vietnam have the same regional cultures.
B. The Mekong delta is more populous than the Red River one.
C. Red River delta is densely populous.
D. Vietnamese people do not like living in the deltas.
PART V. WRITING
I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence
printed before it.
1. If we can solve the problem soon, it will be better for all concerned.
The sooner.................................................................................................................
2. I would prefer you to deliver the sofa on

Friday. I would rather
3. We've run out of tea.
There
4. Susan was too excited to
sleep. Susan was
5. Robert has not had a job for two
years. Robert has been
II. Write a passage of 150 – 200 words
It is better for children to grow up in the countryside than in a big city. Do you agree or disagree? Use
specific reasons and examples to develop your essay.
The end
Part I
Pronunciation
1. B 2. D 3. D 4. D 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. C 10. C 11. C 12. B 13. C 14. A 15. D
II. Fill in each gap in each sentence with the correct form of the word in capital letters.
1. succeeded . 6. popularity
2. carelessly 7.destruction
3. ability 8. unknown
4. written 9. products
5. generosity 10. independence
III. There are ten mistakes in this paragraph. Find them out and correct them.
Line 1 Summer in England is the better season of all. The sky is clear and blue. The
sun shines brightly. But it is not pleasant to go out at noon because of the sun
Line 2
dazzles our eyes. The air is generally dry. It is very pleasant taking a walk in
Line 3 the morning when the country is cool, or again on the evening when the
sunshine is not so heat, and the moon raises above the horizon. How beauty it
Line 4 is in summer in the countryside. There high in the sky, there has the moon
Line 5 which sheds it’s silver light together with thousand of little stars twinkling
and twinkling.
Line 6
Line 7
Line 8
Line Mistakes Corrections Line Mistakes Corrections
1 better best 5 raises rises
2 because of because 5 beauty beautiful
3 taking to take 6 has is
4 on the evening in the evening 7 it’s its
5 heat hot 8 thousand thousands

PART IV. READING
I. Read the following passage then choose the best answer from the four options (marked A, B,
C and D) to complete the numbered blanks in the passage.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C A D B C B D A C B
II. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space.
1. of 2. sure/ certain 3. able 4. run/ sell 5. so
6. are/ get 7. lot 8. Once/When/After 9. aside/ away 10. not/ never
III. Read the following passage carefully and choose the best answer to each question.
1. C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C
PART V. WRITING
I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the
sentence printed before it.
1. If we can solve the problem soon, it will be better for all concerned.
The sooner we can solve the problem, the better it will be for all concerned
2. I would prefer you to deliver the sofa on Friday.
I would rather you delivered the sofa on Friday
3. We've run out of tea.
There isn't any tea left
4. Susan was too excited to sleep.
Susan was so excited that she couldn't sleep
5. Robert has not had a job for two years.
Robert has been out of job/ jobless/ unemployed for two years
II. Write a passage of 150 – 200 words

It is better for children to grow up in the countryside than in a big city. Do you agree or
disagree? Use specific reasons and examples to develop your essay.

Đề thi HSG Anh

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Đề thi HSG Anh

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGLISH PRACTICE 1

Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer 1/

II/ 5 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm

III/ 15 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm

1- A 2–C 3-D 4-A 5–C

IV/ 10 điểm – Mỗi động từ đúng 1 điểm

1. are caried out 6. have invented

V/ 10 điểm – Mỗi giới từ đúng 1 điểm

1. with 2. off 3. to 4. into 5.by

6. betwwwn 7. up 8. for 9. in / for

VI/ 10 điểm – Mỗi từ đúng 1 điểm

1. deliveries 3. activities 5. frightening 7. solution 9. arrangement

2. explanation 4. sunny 6. friendly 8. carefully 10. skillful

VII/ 10 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm

2. him -> his 4. among -> between 6. bought -> buy

8. since -> for 10. any -> some

VIII/ 10 điểm – Mỗi từ đúng 1 điểm

1. learning 2. are 3. of 4. you 5. how

6. book 7. fly 8. yourself 9. playing 10. practice

IX/ 10 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm

1. Minh does morning exercises regularly so as to be healthy.

2. I’m learning English in order to read book in English.

X/ 10 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 1 điểm

1. It’s very inportant to keep the environment clean.

2. The time machine will be shown to the public when it is finished.

3. He was delighted that his aunt sent him a letter.

4. People recycle old car tires to make shoes and sandals.

6. I haven’t spoken to her for three years.

7. Tam used to type faster than she can/ does now.

8. My father asked me to turn down the radio for him.

9. It’s Lan’s fifteenth birthday next week.

10. When did you use the pen?

XI/ 10 điểm – Mỗi câu đúng 2 điểm

1. Minh has collected stamps since he was a child.

3. They are going back to England in two months.

5. At home on the farm life is always a struggle with nature.

7. A. enjoyable B. power C. permission D. explore

8. A. photography B. minority C. heroic D. visit

9. A. translation B. difficult C. unluckily D. agree

10. A. Vietnamese B. engineer C. celebration D. product

1. ON 2. IT 3. PART/ROLE 4. CALLED 5. WAS

Part VII- points

Question I : ( 1,25 marks )

Question II : ( 3,75 marks )

1. to stop 2. visited 3. is going to rain 4.working 5. have broken

6. Have you done 7. is playing 8.not make 9. covers 10. is locked

1. The lesson took place in a small school in England.

2. The lesson was about the seasons of the year.

3. The teacher asked Tom to stop talking.

4. The teacher asked the class to listen to him.

5. Yes ,he did

Question V : ( 2,5 marks )

5. voluntary 10. household

Question VI : ( 1,25 marks )

Question VII : ( 2,5 marks )

1. His 2. as 3. was 4. had 5. money

Question VIII: ( 2,5 marks )

1. I don’t eat as much chocolate as she does.

2. Vinh is always forgetting his homework.

3. It’s very important to keep the inviroment clean.

4. Lan did the homework herself.

5. I haven’t spoken to her for three years.

6. Tam used to type fast.

7. When did you use the car?